SlideShare a Scribd company logo
2015 
global 
forecast 
Crisis and Opportunity 
editors 
craig cohen | josiane gabel
2015 
GLOBAL 
FORECAST 
Crisis and Opportunity 
editors 
craig cohen | josiane gabel
about csis 
For over 50 years, the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) has developed solutions to the world’s 
greatest policy challenges. As we celebrate this milestone, CSIS scholars are developing strategic insights and 
bipartisan policy solutions to help decisionmakers chart a course toward a better world. 
CSIS is a nonprofit organization headquartered in Washington, D.C. The Center’s 220 full-time staff and large 
network of affiliated scholars conduct research and analysis and develop policy initiatives that look into the future 
and anticipate change. 
Founded at the height of the Cold War by David M. Abshire and Admiral Arleigh Burke, CSIS was dedicated to 
finding ways to sustain American prominence and prosperity as a force for good in the world. Since 1962, CSIS 
has become one of the world’s preeminent international institutions focused on defense and security; regional 
stability; and transnational challenges ranging from energy and climate to global health and economic integration. 
Former U.S. senator Sam Nunn has chaired the CSIS Board of Trustees since 1999. Former deputy secretary of 
defense John J. Hamre became the Center’s president and chief executive officer in April 2000. 
© 2014 by the Center for Strategic and International Studies. All rights reserved. 
CSIS does not take specific policy positions. Accordingly, all views, positions, and conclusions expressed in this 
publication should be understood to be solely those of the author(s). 
PHOTO CREDITS: 
Page 4: Shutterstock.com. 
Page 6: Cheryl Casey / Shutterstock.com 
Page 8-9: Official White House Photo by Lawrence Jackson. 
Page 12: U.S. Navy photo by Mass Communication Specialist 3rd Class 
Amanda S. Kitchner/Released 
Page 15: Tech. Sgt. H. H. Deffner, U.S. military/ Department of Defense. 
Page 17: Shutterstock.com. 
Page 18-19: Shutterstock.com. 
Page 21: Shutterstock.com. 
Page 26-27: photo.ua / Shutterstock.com. 
Page 28-29: https://www.flickr.com/photos/eppofficial/5875973953/. 
Page 32: http://government.ru/media/2012/2/4/47985/ 
photolenta_big_photo.jpeg 
Page 36-37: Kiev.Victor / Shutterstock.com 
Page 41: Merkushev Vasiliy / Shutterstock.com. 
Page 45: Mykhaylo Palinchak / Shutterstock.com. 
Page 48-49: AP Photo/Hassan Ammar. 
Page 50-51: U.S. State Department photo. 
Page 54: Anton_Ivanov / Shutterstock.com. 
Page 56: https://www.flickr.com/photos/soldiersmediacenter/ 
The piece by Juan C. Zarate is an adaptation of two of the author’s previous op-eds: “Making Russia Pay for Its Actions in 
Ukraine,” The Washington Post, March 6, 2014, and “After the Sanctions, Prepare for the Russian Counterattack,” The Financial 
Times, September 24, 2014. 
Center for Strategic and International Studies 
1616 Rhode Island Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20036 
202-887-0200 | www.csis.org 
6795361645/. 
Page 58: Oleg Zabielin / Shutterstock.com. 
Page 60: U.S. Navy photo taken by Mass Communication Specialist 2nd 
Class Brett Cote. 
Page 62-63: U.S. Navy photo by Mass Communication Specialist 3rd Class 
Dustin Knight/Released. 
Page 65: Astrelok / Shutterstock.com. 
Page 67: Official White House Photo by Pete Souza 
Page 70: Nisarg Lakhmani / Shutterstock.com 
Page 72: jorisvo / Shutterstock.com 
Page 74: U.S. State Department photo by William Ng. 
Page 76-77: Shutterstock.com 
Page 80: Bretton Woods Monetary Conference of 1944, Mount Washington 
Resort photo 
Page 83: Dashu / Shutterstock.com. 
Page 86: The Yomiuri Shimbun via AP Images. 
Page 89: Jim Barber / Shutterstock.com. 
Page 90-91: Anton_Ivanov / Shutterstock.com. 
Page 93: EC/ECHO/Jean-Louis Mosser. 
This publication is made possible by internal resources to CSIS. Donors to CSIS can be found at CSIS's website at csis.org/ 
support-csis/our-donors.
contents 
Introduction | Is America in Retreat? 
JOHN J. HAMRE 
PART 1: What Role Will Deterrence Play in 
America's National Security Strategy? 
The Case for Deterrence 
KATHLEEN H. HICKS 
Rebuilding Credibility: Regional Perspectives 
A CONVERSATION WITH JON B. ALTERMAN, 
HEATHER A. CONLEY, AND MICHAEL J. GREEN 
MODERATED BY STEPHANIE SANOK KOSTRO 
Why Deterrence Failed to Prevent Syrian Use of WMD 
SHARON SQUASSONI 
A Nuclear Deterrent for the 21st Century 
CLARK A. MURDOCK 
Deterrence in the Cyber Age 
JAMES A. LEWIS 
The Role of Conventional Forces in Deterrence 
MAREN LEED 
The Challenge of Deterring ISIS 
THOMAS M. SANDERSON 
PART 2: What Are the Implications of Putin’s 
New Russia? 
Russia’s Influence on Europe 
HEATHER A. CONLEY 
Putin’s Dilemma 
ANDREW C. KUCHINS 
The Calculations of Russia's Neighbors 
JEFFREY MANKOFF 
Ukraine's Transition 
SARAH MENDELSON 
A Test of Wills on Sanctions 
JUAN C. ZARATE 
Energy Codependency 
EDWARD C. CHOW 
NATO’s Eastern Front 
ANDREW A. MICHTA 
PART 3: How Can the United States Best Exert 
Influence in Today’s Middle East? 
Acting and Reacting in the Middle East 
JON B. ALTERMAN 
The Need for Better Civil-Military Planning 
ANTHONY H. CORDESMAN 
The Challenge of Non-state Actors 
HAIM MALKA 
Counterterrorism Success and Failings 
SAMUEL J. BRANNEN 
PART 4: Is the Rebalance to Asia Sustainable? 
Asian Perceptions of the Rebalance 
MICHAEL J. GREEN AND ZACK COOPER 
Keeping Focus on Korea 
VICTOR CHA 
Economic Imperative in Southeast Asia 
ERNEST Z. BOWER 
The Long View on India 
RICHARD M. ROSSOW 
Maintaining the U.S.-Japan Alliance 
NICHOLAS SZECHENYI 
Recalibrating on China 
CHRISTOPHER K. JOHNSON 
PART 5: Is a Competing Economic Order 
Emerging? 
The Evolving Institutional Landscape 
MATTHEW P. GOODMAN 
Strengthening the Existing Order 
AMY STUDDART 
The Evolution of the Global Trading System 
SCOTT MILLER 
Geopolitical Instability and Energy Markets 
SARAH LADISLAW 
Divergent Perspectives of the Democratic BRICS 
A CONVERSATION WITH CARL MEACHAM, 
JENNIFER G. COOKE, AND RICHARD M. ROSSOW 
MODERATED BY AMY STUDDART 
PART 6: Will Ebola Evolve from a Health Crisis 
to an Economic and Governance Crisis? 
The Trajectory of Ebola and our Response 
J. STEPHEN MORRISON 
The Economic Impact of the Ebola Outbreak 
DANIEL F. RUNDE AND CONOR M. SAVOY 
Contributors 
5 
10 
12 
14 
16 
18 
21 
23 
28 
31 
34 
36 
40 
43 
45 
50 
53 
57 
59 
64 
65 
67 
69 
71 
73 
78 
81 
83 
85 
87 
92 
95 
97
Global forecast 2015
Is America in 
Retreat? 
Introduction | John J. Hamre 
As the 2016 presidential election race begins, both 
parties look schizophrenic on foreign and defense 
policy. Three factors create this wavering between 
isolationist and internationalist visions: budgets, who 
gets to wear the mantle of “strong on defense,” and the 
horizontal nature of the problems we face. The result 
is a policy debate that doesn’t conform to traditional 
battle lines. This has left the rest of the world wondering 
two things. Is America in retreat? And will the upcoming 
election settle this question or prolong it? 
Let me start with the politics of defense budgets. There 
is an internal political dynamic in Washington for defense 
budgets that is only indirectly related to the threats the 
country faces. Over the past 30 years, one of the dominant 
factors in budget politics has been a Republican Party that 
maintains “strong defense” as an essential component of 
its ideological base. Democrats were traumatized by the 
Vietnam War, and so despite a few notable exceptions, they 
were deeply ambivalent about defense over this period. 
Over the past six years, however, Democrats were able 
to emerge from the shadow of Vietnam. They were able 
to portray the party as sensible on national security 
after the overreach of the Bush administration on Iraq. 
The courageous strike on Osama bin Laden, the hated 
mastermind of the attack on 9/11, further shielded 
Democrats to the charge that they were soft on defense. 
But this also meant that there was no longer a great 
electoral benefit to Republicans to being defense 
champions. 
This trend coincided with the emergence of the Tea Party 
as the energetic base of the Republican Party. Tea Party 
conservatives came to Washington believing that the 
greatest national security risk we face is unbridled deficits. 
Former Vice President Dick Cheney famously said that 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2014 / 5
deficits don’t matter politically, but the Tea Party 
argued successfully that even Defense should be 
cut if that is how we need to get our national house 
in order. This sentiment still has a firm lock on 
Republicans, dividing them internally and blocking 
a consensus on defense spending. Democrats want 
to see greater domestic spending and are willing 
to increase defense to get it, but don’t want to be 
seen as flagrant deficit spenders. 
This is the dynamic that produced the sequester— 
the mindless, automatic process that cuts the 
federal budget by a set percentage unless Congress 
acts to replace it with another budget. Defense 
budgets have remained caught in this cycle in which 
discretionary spending—which will account for less 
than a third of federal spending in FY 2015—must 
shoulder the entire burden of reducing the deficit 
because Congress can’t reach consensus on cutting 
entitlements or raising taxes. Stepping out of this 
cycle will require positive action from both parties to 
compromise, a lost art in Washington these days. 
The result of this domestic political dynamic is 
that neither party has established a consensus 
for a sustained commitment abroad. In fact, both 
parties have strong wings questioning our existing 
commitments. These isolationist arguments 
resonate with Americans after 12 years of war. But 
the challenges we face internationally do not lend 
themselves to quick fixes or retreating behind Fortress 
America. Let me use the example of the two external 
crises commanding our attention at present—Ebola 
and the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS). 
Now that the Ebola virus has spread to the United 
States, we have become alert as a nation to a 
problem that we thought was limited to Africa. At 
the same time the news is deeply troubling in Iraq 
that ISIS continues its march across the desert, 
expanding its demonic remit. 
These two crises seem quite unconnected, yet they 
share fundamental qualities. Ebola has erupted 
periodically in Africa for at least decades. It always 
remained contained in its local setting, gradually 
disappearing back into the natural environment 
into what epidemiologists call the “reservoir” 
where it remains until the next outbreak. 
We have had terrorists for over a millennium in 
the Middle East. But historically those terrorists 
had only parochial aspirations. Now we have a 
virulent ISIS that threatens Europe and America via 
repugnant videos released on the Internet. 
While these are different forms of pestilence, 
they both become global concerns because of 
two factors. The first is the ease of movement 
in the 21st century—the movement of people, 
information, ideas, disease, and commercial 
goods. The second half of the 20th century saw a 
revolution in commerce and technology. American 
consumers depend on distant factories that 
transport goods in container ships within short 
weeks. Millions of people a day are flying across the 
globe. Technology has sped the transit of people, 
goods, and disease at unprecedented speed. In 
one sense it is amazing it took four months before 
Ebola showed up in America. 
The second factor that underlies ISIS and 
Ebola is that both exploded in areas with weak 
governments and poor infrastructure. Corruption 
undercuts the legitimacy and effectiveness of 
governments. The void is a breeding ground for all 
forms of pestilence. 
Both ISIS and Ebola have caused deep anxieties 
here in Washington. I hear politicians saying that we 
should shut down all air transportation from West 
Africa, for example. Until ISIS exploded in Syria and 
6 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
Iraq, the prevailing public sentiment was to walk away from Iraq and not get involved in Syria. 
Our fatigue with 12 years of war understandably caused Americans to simply want out of the 
whole mess. 
But we all greatly benefit from this new global economy. Our prosperity and way of life 
are now inextricably connected into this global system. We can’t simply quarantine our 
country from the rest of the world to avoid ISIS or Ebola or anything else. It was clear to 
health professionals six months ago that Ebola would come to America if we didn’t mount 
a Marshall Plan-type effort to stop it in West Africa. It was 
clear three years ago the chaos in Syria would erupt into 
violent energy throughout the Middle East. We just didn’t do 
anything. 
President Obama was widely criticized at the time of the 
Libya invasion when the administration said it would “lead 
from behind.” I thought the administration’s position was 
wrong at the time. But I would reformulate that statement 
the question is whether 
our domestic politics 
can sustain the type of 
lasting effort required 
to lead from within. 
to capture what I think has to be our strategy to deal with ISIS, Ebola, and most modern 
threats: we have to lead from within. 
We are not going to defeat ISIS with airplanes. We will have to be on the ground. But we 
will be on the ground in the middle of a coalition, predominantly made up of moderate 
Sunnis from Iraq and partner countries in the region. America has to be in the middle of it. 
We finally sent 3,000 military personnel to West Africa to provide logistics support for the 
health professionals there, who are struggling to contain Ebola at the source. Again, we 
have to be leading from within. 
The question is whether our domestic politics can sustain the t ype of lasting effort required 
to lead from within. This is the overarching question that lies behind the articles in this 
annual CSIS publication. Is America’s power of deterrence still credible? Can we sustain 
our alliances and commitments abroad? Can we still shape events in places where our 
credibility has suffered? Will the world still look to us for political, security, and economic 
leadership, or are we seeing alternatives emerge? 
In this modern era, there are very few unilateral actions America can take to solve the 
problems we face. Acting in concert with others doesn’t mean America is leading from 
behind or is in retreat. Quite the opposite. We must build partnerships with those who need 
our help but lack the ability to solve problems on their own. I suspect that both parties’ 
nominees for the presidency in 2016 will understand this. Americans are a pragmatic 
people. We adapt to the challenges we face. 
The risk is that before this occurs, our domestic politics will evolve into a crisis of 
confidence in government. We now need, all the more, a bipartisan consensus. No enduring 
U.S. policy can be achieved without it. 
I believe the world wants and needs U.S. leadership. We remain uniquely capable. The only 
thing that could truly send America into retreat is ourselves. ▶ 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2014 / 7
Global forecast 2015
PART ONE 
What Role Will Deterrence Play in 
America's National Security Strategy?
The Case for Deterrence 
Kathleen H. Hicks 
After a difficult year in U.S. foreign policy, some are wondering if the concept of 
deterrence still holds. Deterrence, though ancient in its basic precepts, came to prominence 
during the nuclear age when the United States was focused on convincing the Soviet Union 
that the costs and risks of direct military conflict would outweigh its potential benefits. With 
the dynamics of bipolar nuclear competition having long given way to a broader set of national 
security challenges, the U.S. government has made an effort to update its deterrence policy. 
Following the attacks of September 11, 2011, the U.S. go vernment began to refer to “tailored 
deterrence,” wherein the United States would tailor its approach to affecting the decision 
calculus of different potential adversaries in different circumstances. 
Some argue that tailored deterrence has gone too far—that deterrence has become so 
context-specific and ubiquitous that it is no longer useful as an or ganizing principle of U.S. 
policy. These critics can point to documents like the 2010 National Security Strategy, in which 
the Obama administration made 17 references to deterrence, ranging from deterring armed 
conflict and aggression to deterring cyber intrusions and unlawful entry to the United States 
to deterring attacks on the international financial system. If deterrence has so many variations, 
can the United States effectively build policy around it? 
The broad applicability of deterrence should not be seen as one of its failings. Deterrence 
was a key feature of foreign policy long before it carried the label and became synonymous 
with averting crises in strategic nuclear competition. Variations in the context for deterrence 
do, however, put a premium on effectively communicating to potential adversaries the risk-reward 
calculus they face in a particular circumstance. Communicating deterrent threats today 
is further complicated because norms are not yet firm in some domains of conflict, such as 
cyberspace, nor universally shared among key actors, such as in maritime disputes. Moreover, 
in an age of instant global communications and in which many deterrent contexts are present 
simultaneously, “tailored deterrence” can be difficult to execute, as key actors conflate word 
and deed in one case (usually U.S. inaction) with another. 
The most damning critique of deterrence is far simpler: the concept is no longer useful because 
it does not work. Skeptics holding this view can point to incidents such as R ussia’s 2008 
incursion into Georgia and 2014 annexation of Crimea, the recent rise of ISIS in defiance of 
international condemnation, repeated North Korean nuclear tests in the face of sanctions, and 
the Syrian regime’s use of chemical weapons despite President Obama’s “red line” as evidence 
that the United States does not have the credibility to deter threats. These incidents have taken 
10/ CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
place in the face of overwhelming U.S. military 
capability, the wielding of “exquisite” economic 
sanctions, and seemingly tireless diplomatic 
efforts (how many hours has Secretary of State 
Kerry been airborne these past 12 months?). If 
the United States, with all its current advantages, 
cannot deter others from undertaking actions it 
opposes, who can? 
It is the United States itself that offers the most 
compelling case for the continuing relevance of 
deterrence: we are routinely deterred because 
we do not wish to risk the consequences— 
usually in blood and treasure—that taking 
certain actions might bring. And the United 
States in turn can deter well, especially against 
potentially catastrophic activity. U.S. nuclear 
capability and overwhelming conventional 
military power have forced many would-be 
rivals and non-state actors to pursue action in 
less deadly spheres, where it is difficult for the 
United States to bring these same advantages 
to bear. 
The problem, then, is not with the concept of 
deterrence but rather its successful application. 
Our failures stem from three important 
shortcomings: in clarifying our interests, to 
ourselves and to others; in convincing others 
of our credibility in threatening those who 
challenge our interests; and in demonstrating 
the will and capability to fulfill those threats if 
deterrence fails. Moreover, U.S. credibility is 
more elastic than our leaders might like—the 
more deterrence fails or appears to fail in a 
particular context, the less credible U.S. threats 
are in that context, and often in other spheres. 
The good news is that leaders can often 
increase their credibility relatively quickly, as the 
administration has done this year by stepping-up 
its military capabilities along NATO’s eastern 
border following Russia’s annexation of Crimea. 
It is time to set aside tired theoretical 
debates about deterrence to focus on 
concrete applications that fit today’s dynamic 
environment. In the coming year, deterrence 
will be an aspect of vir tually all our security 
dealings. From continuing nuclear challenges, 
to the conventional military sphere, to 
cyber and “cross-domain” challenges, to 
counterterrorism, deterrence will succeed only 
where American leaders can convince others 
that their actions (or inactions) risk greater 
costs than rewards. The results will usually be 
far less than desired: competition of interests 
will continue, and in some cases, the United 
States will care less about the outc ome than 
those with opposing goals. This was true in the 
Cold War, from the creation of the Warsaw Pact 
to the Prague Spring, to, eventually, Vietnam, 
just as it was in 2014. 
In 2015, the United States will need to build on 
its strong record of deterring existential threats 
to better deter those who threaten us short of 
war. Better application of deterrence requires 
clearly communicating what we care about and 
our willingness and capability to act in defense 
of those interests. Importantly, it also requires 
us to carry out threats when deterrence fails. 
Credibility can be gained just as it can be lost, 
but absent the wherewithal to carry out the 
deterrent threats we make—whether codified in 
our longstanding treaty commitments or simply 
stated by the president—more and potentially 
greater challenges to our interests will follow. ▶ 
better application of 
deterrence requires clearly 
communicating what we care 
about and our willingness 
and capability to act in 
defense of those interests. 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2014 / 11
Rebuilding Credibility: 
Regional Perspectives 
A Conversation with Jon B. Alterman, Heather A. Conley, 
and Michael J. Green moderated by Stephanie Sanok Kostro 
New realities within the international security environment—such as emerging threats from 
non-state adversaries—are causing U.S. officials to reevaluate how to use deterrence as a critical 
element of the nation’s defense strategy. Senior Fellow Stephanie Sanok Kostro sat down with 
Senior Vice President, Zbigniew Brzezinski Chair in Global Security and Geostrategy, and Middle 
East Director Jon B. Alterman, Senior Vice President for Europe, Eurasia, and the Arctic and Europe 
Director Heather A. Conley, and Senior Vice President for Asia and Japan Chair Michael J. Green to 
discuss regional perceptions and opportunities for improved U.S. deterrence. 
Stephanie Sanok Kostro: How do governments in your region of study perceive the current U.S. 
approach to deterrence? 
Heather A. Conley: U.S. deterrence in Europe is expressed through NATO’s Article 5 commitment 
that “an armed attack against one or more [ally] shall be considered an attack against them all.” In 
addition, any ally can convene Article 4 consultations when it feels threatened. There have been 
only four post–Cold War instances of such consultations: three invoked by Turkey over Iraq / Syria 
and one by Poland over the Ukraine crisis. Invocation of these articles sends strong messages to the 
world about NATO—to include American—security concerns. 
12/ CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
Michael J. Green: Although U.S. deterrence 
has long underwritten Asian security, there are 
serious questions in Asian capitals about U.S. 
deterrence. Many states worry about China’s 
growing military capabilities and its assertive 
actions in territorial disputes. Japan and South 
Korea also focus on North Korea’s largely 
unimpeded uranium and plutonium weapons 
programs. Simultaneously, chaos in Syria, Iraq, 
and Ukraine (as well as political dysfunction in 
Washington) elicits concern that the United 
States might “pivot” away from Asia or lack the 
willpower or resources to manage new security 
challenges. 
Jon B. Alterman: There is a broad sense that 
U.S. deterrence is now less compelling, in 
part because of the Obama administration’s 
perceived reluctance to 
use tools of influence and 
in part because of the Bush 
administration’s inability 
to accomplish ambitious 
goals in the Middle 
East. While the region is 
fractured in many ways, 
there is virtual unanimity 
on one point: the Obama 
administration does not recognize pure evil 
when it sees it. 
Also, the United States is trying to deter both 
Middle East state and non-state actors. States 
have assets to hold at risk, and rewards can be 
conferred. Non-state actors require a different 
set of tools and offer a different set of potential 
outcomes. U.S. tools are much better developed 
for the former. 
Kostro: What are recent examples of successful 
U.S. deterrence efforts? 
Alterman: While one might argue the United 
States is successfully deterring Iran from 
producing a nuclear weapon, the United States 
and its partners have failed to persuade Iran to 
end its nuclear program. Whether the current 
violence in the Middle East represents the failure 
or success in U.S. deterrence efforts is unclear. 
The answer is probably a little of both. 
Conley: Article 5 in some allies’ minds equates 
to U.S. “boots on the ground.” This is true 
in Poland and the Baltic states, which have 
lingering doubts whether some European 
countries would come to their aid if Russia 
invades. The most successful example was the 
recent deployment of 600 U.S. soldiers to the 
Baltic region and augmentation of U.S. forces in 
Poland following Russia’s annexation of Crimea. 
It is also helpful that allies provided additional 
aircraft to NATO’s Baltic air policing and based 
NATO’s Multinational Corps-Northeast in 
Szczecin, Poland. Simply put, rhetoric is great, 
boots are required. 
Green: The most obvious 
historical examples are 
deterrence of North Korea 
crossing the 38th Parallel and 
China crossing the Taiwan 
Strait. Today, some of the most 
difficult challenges are “gray 
zones,” rather than black and 
white threats of invasion. China’s 
pressure on its neighbors in the East and South 
China Seas presents a serious challenge for 
many in the region. Despite the U.S. rebalance 
to Asia, U.S. policymakers do not appear to have 
a clear strategy for deterring such “gray zone” 
conflicts, and Asian states will find it difficult to 
deter revision of the status quo on their own. 
There have been successes in reassuring allies 
about deterrence, including new dialogues with 
Japan and Korea and visible deployments of 
tactical aircraft and nuclear-capable bombers 
after threatening moves by North Korea. 
Kostro: How could the United States improve 
deterrence activities? 
Conley: The United States and NATO must meet 
the challenge of modern deterrence, and they 
must rapidly adapt, including developing the 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 13 
u.s. policymakers do 
not appear to have 
a clear strategy 
for deterring “gray 
zone” conflicts.
tools to confront Russia’s unconventional means to influence the battle space, such 
as energy restrictions or support for anti-Europe parties. NATO must also be able to 
focus on its east and southeast flanks, given growing concern that concurrent tests of 
American and European policies in Ukraine and Syria will fail. 
Alterman: The United States needs to be clearer about its interests, more willing to 
take action to further its interests, and more effective in creating consequences it seeks 
to create. Allies and adversaries alike judge that the United States is so inwardly focused 
and wary of Middle Eastern entanglements that they can safely predict the limits of U.S. 
action. 
Green: I agree. Clarity and consistency in U.S. declarations will be critical. Washington’s 
discourse has left Asian experts confused about the core strategic assumptions that 
animate U.S. policy. Do U.S. policymakers seek a balance of power centered on U.S. 
allies? Or a concert of power centered on Beijing? Or a combination of both that 
depends on which official is speaking and what is happening in th e world? U.S. allies, 
partners, and adversaries are watching U.S. statements and actions. They will respond 
accordingly. ▶ 
Why Deterrence Failed to Prevent 
Syrian Use of WMD 
Sharon Squassoni 
When it comes to weapons of mass destruction (WMD) proliferation, it’s hard not 
to like deterrence as a concept: it’s much better to forestall WMD development 
than react to a fait accompli. Yet deterrence of WMD development and use is not 
simple. The Assad regime’s use of chemical weapons against Syrian civilians in 2012 
and 2013 is widely considered a failure of deterrence. The lessons of Syria are not easy, 
clear, or likeable for those contemplating future efforts to deter WMD proliferation. 
From the beginning of the Syrian crisis, the Assad regime attempted to use the threat of 
WMD as a deterrent to external intervention. In July 2012, a foreign ministry spokesman 
claimed that, “Any stock of WMD or unconventional weapons that the Syrian Army 
possesses will never, never be used against the Syrian people or civilians during this 
crisis. . . . These weapons are made to be used strictly and only in the e vent of external 
aggression against the Syrian Arab Republic.” President Obama’s declaration of a red 
line the following month was probably not the response Assad had hoped for: 
We cannot have a situation where chemical or biological w eapons are falling 
into the hands of the wr ong people. We have been very clear to the Assad 
regime, but also to other play ers on the ground, that a red line for us is we 
start seeing . . . chemical w eapons moving around or being utilized. That 
would change my calculus. 
14 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
Syrian chemical weapons subsequently killed 
1,000 people in 2012 and 2013, but no direct 
foreign military interventions ensued. Instead, 
Assad used his chemical weapons stockpile as a 
bargaining chip against military intervention. By 
2013, the international community (particularly 
Russia) succeeded in pressuring Syria to join the 
Chemical Weapons Convention and destroy its 
entire chemical arsenal. U.S. government officials 
have suggested that Russia and Syria thought 
the threat of U.S. military force was credible, 
but there is no way of knowing for sure. It was 
ultimately public outrage over the execution of 
American journalists and 
others by ISIS, not Syrian 
chemical weapons use, 
that prompted the U.S. 
military intervention in 
Syria in September 2014. 
As the Syria case 
demonstrates, there 
are limits to deterring WMD proliferation. 
Knowing that Assad already had chemical 
weapons, President Obama’s red line was 
aimed at their use or transfer to terrorists. 
However, use against Syrian civilians did not 
threaten U.S. vital interests, and it is hard to 
verify WMD transfer to terrorists. On Syria’s 
nuclear capability, it is unlikely that deterrence 
was ever seriously considered by Israel, which 
covertly bombed the Al Kibar reactor in 2007. 
For Israel, Assad’s construction of a nuclear 
reactor at Al Kibar threatened Israel’s vital 
interests in a way that Syrian chemical weapons 
did not. Israel preemptively struck the reactor, 
the consequences of which have not entirely 
unfolded. (The bombing of the Osirak reactor 
prompted Iraq to embark on a massive nuclear 
program, which Assad is likely not to pursue.) 
On a fundamental level, the clear signals and 
identifiable outcomes that define successful 
deterrence are tough to establish for WMD 
proliferation. Deterring 
WMD use may be easier 
than deterring WMD 
development, if only 
because WMD use is a 
clearly defined action 
(mostly), whereas 
WMD development is a 
process, and a deeply 
clandestine one at that. The challenges are 
further compounded when onward proliferation 
to terrorist groups (whether intentional or 
accidental) is added to the mix. In contrast, as 
long as WMD are thought to deter military action 
against a regime, they will be highly valued by 
proliferators, making WMD programs a vital 
interest. At the very least, giving up weapons or a 
program can buy time for a regime. 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 15 
the clear signals and 
identifiable outcomes that 
define successful deterrence 
are tough to establish for 
wmd proliferation.
As a policy tool, then, deterrence is unwieldy in the nonproliferation world. It shares an 
uncomfortable bed with the treaties (such as the Non-Proliferation Treaty, Biological 
Weapons Convention, and Chemical Weapons Convention) that seek procedural responses 
to noncompliance and with the informal supplier arrangements that rely on cooperation to 
keep the most sensitive materials and equipment out of the hands of w ould-be proliferators. A 
decreasing number of countries stand outside these regimes, and for these, deterrence is most 
likely to be directed against use of WMD, or their transfer to terrorist groups. 
Despite its limitations, however, deterrence will continue to be attractive for nonproliferation, if 
only because of the costs and risks of the alternatives: doing nothing (which allows a proliferator 
to develop weapons at will, a la North Korea), destroying a proliferator’s capabilities (a la Israel’s 
bombing of the Osirak and Al Kibar reactors or threatened U.S. and Israeli action against Iran, 
should it proliferate), or invasion (Iraq). Given the significant risk that terrorist acquisition of WMD 
continues to pose around the globe, the United States should focus particular attention on 
strengthening the network of legal controls, intelligence sharing, and international cooperation 
that prevent their spread and keep the risk well below the threshold of deterring use. ▶ 
A Nuclear Deterrent for the 
21st Century 
Clark A. Murdock 
The Obama administration's policy from the outset has been to reduce U.S. reliance on 
nuclear weapons as a near-term step in the long-term pursuit of a world without nuclear 
weapons. This is easy for the United States to say, because it has the world's strongest military by 
far. If no one has nuclear weapons, the United States is the nondeterrable “600-pound gorilla.” As 
Paul Bracken, who coined the term “the second nuclear age,” observed in 2012: “China, Russia, 
India, Pakistan, North Korea, and Iran hardly desire a world that is ‘safe’ for U.S. strong-arm tactics 
with conventional forces.” For nations wanting the same freedom of action that our conventional 
superiority gives us, giving up the nuclear option makes no sense. 
Much like the United States in the 1950s when it faced massive Warsaw Pact conventional forces, 
other states are increasing their reliance on nuclear weapons. Russia and China are embarked on 
aggressive nuclear modernization programs; North Korea has joined the nuclear club; and Iran may 
be pursuing nuclear weapons. During the Cold War, the United States deployed about 7,000 tactical 
nuclear weapons in Europe, so that the Soviets would know that any major war in Europe would “go 
nuclear.” Today, the Russian general staff is writing doctrine for how Russia could use nuclear weapons 
in a conflict with a conventionally superior force (that would be the U.S.-led NATO) to “deescalate” a 
crisis. Nuclear weapons offset conventional military superiority. When the U.S. military declares that it 
is seeking “full spectrum dominance” (see Joint Vision 2010), it simply reinforces the dependence of 
our would-be competitors on nuclear weapons. 
How does the United States counter the nuclear weapons of other states that don't want to live 
under Pax Americana? We need to get serious again about nuclear weapons. The days of massive 
16 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
retaliation and mutual assured destruction 
are over, but nuclear weapons still matter for 
the United States because they are the most 
credible way of deterring how other countries 
might employ their nuclear weapons against us. 
The scenarios are different, and the stakes less 
existential. But we are in the second nuclear age, 
and denial is no longer an option. 
Embrace Realism. The fallacy of hoping that 
our competitors would give up their means for 
offsetting U.S. conventional power is laid bare 
by the actions of Russia, China, and North Korea 
today. In the same way that the United States and 
the Soviet Union did during the Cold War, these 
states “use” their nuclear 
weapons every day. They 
understand that nuclear 
weapons are a primary 
element of the global distribution of power that 
provides the underlying structure for deterrence 
relationships between all states, not just those 
states seeking to oppose the United States. They 
also know that their nuclear weapons will cast a 
“nuclear shadow” over any major conflict with the 
United States. During the first nuclear age, it was 
the mutual fear of nuclear escalation that kept 
the Cold War cold as the two global superpowers 
engaged in Thomas Schelling’s “competition in 
risk-taking.” And as they plan for how to cope 
with a United States that increasingly acts as 
if nuclear war is unthinkable, they are thinking 
through how they might physically employ a 
nuclear weapon to demonstrate their willingness 
to escalate to the nuclear level. For these 
conventionally weaker powers, it won’t be as a 
last resort, because a lengthy conventional war 
with the United States is a no-win proposition. 
“Going nuclear” early in a conflict in a manner 
that convinces the United States to back off 
(but does not provoke us into “going ballistic”) 
makes sense from their perspective. We need to 
internalize that and plan accordingly. 
Buy 21st-Century Nukes, not Cold War Ones. 
Sustaining a U.S. nuclear force designed for the 
Cold War cannot be the right response to the 
challenges of “the second nuclear age.” Like our 
potential adversaries, we should develop and 
procure new nuclear 
weapons. We also 
need nuclear weapons 
whose employment 
we need to get serious again 
about nuclear weapons. 
demonstrates our willingness (if necessary) 
to break the nuclear threshold in a manner 
that does not set off uncontrollable nuclear 
escalation. From a global perspective, we need 
to maintain nuclear parity with the Russians and 
sustain nuclear superiority over the Chinese— 
dealing with a Russia that thought it had nuclear 
superiority would be even more difficult than it 
already is; a China that had achieved nuclear parity 
would tear big holes in the U.S. nuclear umbrella. 
Our conventional superiority obviates some of 
our requirements for nuclear weapons, but it 
creates others. This is paradoxical, to be sure, but 
paradoxes seem endemic to any nuclear era. ▶ 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 17
Deterrence in the 
Cyber Age 
James A. Lewis 
Deterrence is the threat to use military force to 
impose intolerable costs if an opponent takes an 
unacceptable action. The threat must be credible, which 
requires opponents to calculate whether it is serious and 
if potential gains outweigh the possible harm. The context 
for deterrence has changed markedly, from a single peer 
opponent to several different rivals, each with different 
capabilities and tolerance for risk. 
Nuclear weapons form the core of strategic deterrence, 
but their utility is increasingly constrained. “First strikes” 
are stigmatized, as is nuclear weapons use for anything 
other than to deter nuclear attack. The destructive effect 
of nuclear weapons is disproportional to the attacks we 
face, reducing the credibility of threats to use them. 
Nuclear weapons deter nuclear attack and (with general 
military forces) major conventional war, but there is little 
between these two extremes. 
The likelihood that a country will carry out its deterrent 
threat depends on both material and political factors. 
Powerful militaries can inflict immense harm even without 
nuclear weapons, and no one doubts the capabilities of 
U.S. forces. Opponents use several techniques to manage 
and reduce the risk of retaliation, such as relying on proxy 
forces and irregulars. Opponents can limit their actions 
to those that do not qualify as the use of f orce (defined 
by the UN Charter as threatening a nation’s territorial 
integrity or political independence) or that threaten 
American lives or major economic damage (the U.S. 
threshold for preemptive response to cyber attack) and 
diminish the likelihood of American retaliation. 
This could be proof that deterrence works now much as 
it did during the Cold War and is effective at a “strategic” 
level. America’s military rivals avoid actions that could 
18 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
trigger a damaging U.S. military response. 
It also suggests the limits of deterrence. 
Opponents likely calculate that actions 
that do not affect America’s vital national 
interests, as they perceive them, will not 
trigger a damaging response. 
The United States could change these 
calculations if it convinced opponents that it 
had an expansive definition of vital national 
interests, such as defending the “global 
commons,” but these broad definitions are 
unpersuasive. Other countries define vital 
national interests in a more limited fashion 
and it is through this narrower prism that 
they measure U.S. pronouncements. For 
extended deterrence, we can likely deter 
opponents from invasion or nuclear attacks 
on allies or friends, but not from supporting 
terror attacks by proxies or most kinds of 
cyber attack. 
When it comes to a deterrent threat, nuclear 
weapons are too much; launching a few 
random cruise missiles is too little; perhaps 
threatening cyber attack can reshape 
opponent calculations? This idea is better in 
theory than in practice. If deterrence has to 
threaten unacceptable cost, cyber attacks 
cannot deliver. Their effect is tactical, and 
while they offer real military utility, they 
do not pose an existential threat or create 
intolerable costs. A stand-alone cyber attack 
like Stuxnet would create only temporary 
annoyance, and annoyance is not an astute 
strategy. 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 19
“Cross-domain” deterrence is another twist on traditional nuclear 
deterrence. The idea is to threaten that an attack by an opponent 
in one domain—for instance, on U.S. space or cyber assets—will 
result in damaging counterattacks in another domain—such as 
against sea or land targets. However, cross-domain deterrence 
turns out to be unworkable. How many ATMs must Iran hack to 
justify a cruise missile response? How much stolen intellectual 
property justifies a strike against a Chinese space launch facility? 
Cross-domain deterrence’s complicated strategic calculus does not 
produce credible threats. 
Some scholars argue that a lower threshold for the use of force in 
cyberspace could deter cyber attack. China’s cyber espionage, they 
say, is “death by 1,000 cuts,” and justifies retaliation as economic 
espionage imperceptibly saps vital industrial capabilities. There is no 
evidence that the Chinese follow this strategy, which sounds more 
like the plot of a cheap thriller. Nor have the 1,000 cuts done much 
harm—America continues to grow, and if growth has been slow in 
the last 15 years, it reflects bad policy choices more than nefarious 
foreign stratagems. In any case, after Snowden, it would be unwise 
for the United States to insist that cyber espionage is an act of war. 
Deterrence worked best when linked to clear foreign policy goals 
and red lines, such as shielding Europe from invasion. Weak linkages 
between deterrent threats and vital American interests make red 
lines unpersuasive and encourage opponents to calculate how 
much they can get away with. The circumstances where the United 
States will inflict unacceptable harm on an opponent (and risk harm 
to itself) remain very few. 
A vast range of coercive activities directed against the United States 
and its allies are not deterrable. Some of these actions have only 
symbolic effect, such as blocking a bank’s website. Other actions 
advance regional agendas that may appear to opponents an 
peripheral to U.S. vital interests. Some actions, like cyber espionage, 
fall outside of the scope of what international law regards as 
justifying the use of retaliatory force. The United States can no more 
deter espionage or proxy conflict now than it could in the Cold War. 
Rather than ask what we can deter, it is better to ask how to clearly 
define vital interests and plan how to counter opponents who adjust 
their strategies to rely on techniques and technologies that avoid 
triggering a U.S. military response. ▶ 
if deterrence 
has to threaten 
unacceptable cost, 
cyber attacks 
cannot deliver. 
20 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
The Role of Conventional Forces in 
Deterrence 
Maren Leed 
For decades, U.S. conventional forces’ primary role in deterrence has been to maintain 
sufficient capability and capacity to engage in a large-scale, potentially long-duration 
fight with other large conventional forces. While nuclear forces remained the “ultimate” 
deterrent, conventional U.S. capability was one in the range of challenges an adversary might 
face when contemplating actions contrary to U.S. national interests. 
Since the collapse of the Soviet Union, and especially in the 21st century, the deterrence picture 
has become more complex in at least two ways. First, the Bush doctrine of preemption has given 
way to conventional wisdom that claims that Americans are no longer willing to support large-scale 
employment of U.S. forces. (This view is borne out by the inability or unwillingness o f the 
U.S. Congress to reverse defense budget cuts, despite numerous and growing demands for U.S. 
military capabilities around the globe.) A second shift relates to the growing power of non-state 
actors, from terrorists to criminal networks to pirates, whose deterrence calculi have proven 
different than those with which many U.S. strategists had become familiar. 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 21
Both changes—domestic reluctance to employ large U.S. military forces, and their 
more limited salience to the full range of complex challenges facing U.S. leaders—affect 
the basic calculus of deterrence, which is a function of both will and capacity. Political 
constraints affect the “will” component, and the ability of non-state and irregular actors 
to pose asymmetric threats to conventional forces affect the relevance of their capacity. 
Given this reality, questions about how much of a role conventional forces can play in 
future deterrence strategies are well warranted. 
It would be foolish, however, to underestimate their continued relevance. It is important 
to note that the large, near-peer state competitors for which conventional U.S. forces 
have been principally designed remain, and in at least one case is growing stronger. This 
reality implies that capacity will continue to be needed. That said, however, different and 
smaller capabilities may be more relevant to deterring other threats. The larger question 
with respect to potential U.S. adversaries is about will: not only whether U.S. leaders 
would commit forces if required, but, more importantly, whether others perceive that 
they would. 
Here, the U.S. government has been clearly 
signaling its desire to keep its military 
commitments limited, and when commitment 
is absolutely necessary, small. While this is 
an accurate reflection of public desires, the 
question for U.S. leaders is whether more can be 
done within the “limited and small” framework to 
enhance the U.S. deterrent posture. For example, 
Russia’s move into Crimea was essentially a fait 
accompli by the time U.S. forces were deployed 
setting “trip wires,” 
like red lines, only 
serves to deter if, 
when tripped, the 
consequences are 
quick and severe. 
on the ground. Could the small units of U.S. forces that deployed to Poland and the 
Baltic states have been positioned earlier as indications of Russian troop movements 
became clear? Elsewhere in the world, the tinderboxes in the South and East China 
Seas could flare at any moment. Should U.S. leaders be routinely approving freedom-of-navigation 
operations in the South and East China Seas as a demonstration of American 
commitment to international maritime norms and a political solution to maritime 
disputes in the region? 
Such actions would of course involve risks. Employing forces proactively—however 
small—runs the risk that if others take actions against them, the United States could 
be drawn further into conflagrations it might prefer to handle differently. Setting “trip 
wires,” like red lines, only serves to deter if, when tripped, the consequences are quick 
and severe. On the other hand, taking more visible though tailored steps might change 
the trajectory of certain conflicts, forestalling larger problems and potential calls for 
more significant U.S. military intervention later on. Such actions could align more 
clearly with current U.S. public will. The capacity question—whether U.S. conventional 
capabilities are well suited to deter non-state actors—is more complex. In both 
instances, however, a more robust cost-benefit analysis of the degree to which smaller 
conventional force formations might better contribute to current deterrence challenges 
is both necessary and overdue. ▶ 
22 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
The Challenge of Deterring ISIS 
Thomas M. Sanderson 
Through its coalition against ISIS, the 
West and its local allies are struggling to 
save a region now teetering on the edge 
of a geopolitical precipice. The amalgam of 
coalition forces—much of it still notional— 
is an engineer’s nightmare: composed of 
countless moving parts of marginal quality, 
with American pressure and a fear of ISIS as 
its only lubricants. The U.S.-led force also 
confronts an unpalatable reality: the adversary 
is undeterrable. 
Foreign fighters pouring over Turkey’s border 
to do battle in Syria can make one final 
stop before gliding 
through the Bab Al- 
Salam gate. Before 
a perfunctory wave 
through by border 
officials, aspiring 
jihadists can sell 
their passports to a 
well-positioned café 
owner who knows 
these fighters will 
never again need them. Drawn from a life of 
marginalization to one of empowerment and 
eventual salvation, dozens of young men will 
transform themselves into human bombs at 
the direction of ISIS or Jabhat al-Nusra. 
with few deterrent options, 
the united states and its 
partners should support 
efforts aimed at dissuading 
would-be fighters before they 
make the decision to join isis. 
Seemingly inexhaustible in number, Sunni 
boys and men from America to Indonesia and 
more than 75 countries in between are drawn 
by the dramatic imagery, fueled by social 
media, of heroic fighters doing battle against 
all manner of evil. These young men—many 
of them illiterate and poor—move from a life 
devoid of choice, dignity, and respect to an 
environment impervious to reason and fear. 
A long-sought caliphate is in place, they are 
told, and it needs defending at all costs. 
Willing to die in defense of their religion and 
the self-declared caliph who interprets it for 
them, many of these fighters are energized 
by the promise of a favorable postmortem 
evaluation of their Earthly deeds. Helping 
to cleanse holy lands of corrupt, despotic, 
Western-controlled Sunni governments 
(and even more detestable Shi’a regimes) 
is intoxicating indeed. The excesses and 
failures of corrupt governments have thrust 
them—fearless and energized—to the 
front lines of a holy 
war. 
For some of those 
who do not perish on 
the battlefield, their 
onward movement 
presents an entirely 
new threat. At times 
withdrawing through 
the same border 
crossing in Turkey, there is the option of 
buying a now-repurposed passport for travel 
to Europe. Chances are, the documents 
on offer were once held by some of the 
estimated 3,000 European fighters who 
journeyed to the region, many hailing from 
one of 30 U.S. “visa-waiver” countries. Soon 
they could be on an airplane to America— 
intentions unknown, but quite likely lethal. 
What can be done about ISIS and its team 
of motivated, trained foreign fighters and 
other non-state actors like them? Is the only 
solution arrest or death, or can those two 
sanctions prevent them from taking up arms 
in the first place? 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 23
Unfortunately, a deterrence strategy, which by definition is based on 
the threat of consequences, is unlikely to succeed in the fight against 
ISIS or similarly minded groups. Death is a goal for many jihadists, and 
one to be celebrated. With few deterrent options, the United States 
and its partners should support efforts aimed at dissuading would-be 
fighters before they make the decision to join ISIS. This may include 
local efforts to engage family members, clergy, community leaders, 
and law enforcement, who in turn can discourage plans by those 
most at risk to fight and die in Syria or Iraq. These influences must 
be brought to bear before an ISIS commander or facilitator makes 
his mark on the individual over social media or in person. After that 
point, stemming the flow of fighters will be much harder and more 
expensive to achieve. ▶ 
24/ CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
Global forecast 2015
Global forecast 2015
PART TWO 
What Are the Implications of 
Putin’s New Russia?
Russia’s Influence 
on Europe 
Heather A. Conley 
The transatlantic community awoke on March 18, 2014, to 
a strategic surprise: the Russian Federation, a “strategic 
partner” of the European Union, had formally annexed Crimea. 
This was an event not seen since Adolf Hitler annexed Austria in 
1938. On that same day, Vladimir Putin articulated a new guiding 
doctrine for Russian foreign policy, stating that Moscow will 
preemptively act to “protect” ethnic Russians wherever they live. 
This policy became reality as Russia quickly moved to destabilize 
eastern Ukraine in support of pro-Russian separatists. 
The post–Cold War era and order has come to an abrupt end. We 
have yet to identify what this new period will bring. What does the 
future hold and how should the transatlantic community respond 
to Russian malfeasance in its neighborhood? What are Putin’s 
long-term intentions? How do regional leaders perceive Russian 
actions? What transatlantic policy responses will be most effective 
with regard to sanctions, energy, civil society, and defense? Perhaps 
most importantly, can Europe and the transatlantic alliance 
hold together despite Russia’s pervasive economic and political 
influence within the European Union? 
As this collection goes to print, the Russian flag still flies over 
Simferopol, the capital of Crimea; the conflict in Ukraine’s Donbas 
region is now Europe’s latest and greatest frozen conflict; and the 
United States and Europe have yet to fully address the growing 
threat that Putin’s revanchist ambitions pose. 
When Central and Eastern Europe threw off the Communist yoke 
and the Soviet Union collapsed, Europe and the United States 
transformed their Soviet policy of isolation and containment to one 
of political and economic integration with the Russian Federation. 
This approach had been largely successful over the past 25 years. 
Russia joined the Group of Eight (G8) in 1998, the World Trade 
Organization in 2012, and was considered for membership in the 
Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD). 
In the past 10 years alone, the value of Russia’s global trade has 
28 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
nearly quadrupled from $210 billion in 2003 to 
$802 billion in 2013. Last year, Russia’s trade 
with the EU represented 48.5 percent of its 
total. Although U.S.-Russian trade ties remained 
subdued by comparison, the two former 
superpowers developed a measurable degree of 
economic interdependence, as evidenced by the 
International Space Station and Russian-made 
titanium engines for Boeing’s 787 fleet. This 
transatlantic policy of integration came to an 
abrupt halt on March 18, 2014. 
Over time, Russia’s economic integration with 
Europe—and specifically with the countries 
of Central and Eastern Europe—has gradually 
devolved from a positive source of growth into a 
negative and corrosive force, serving only to widen 
economic and political rifts within Europe. Europe’s 
reliance on Russian energy and financial resources 
and its accompanied political influence has 
hindered its ability to formulate a swift, unified, and 
robust response to Moscow’s violation of Ukraine’s 
territorial integrity. Europe’s policy hesitancy is in 
actuality a delicate political balancing act in which 
Europe must weigh the normative benefits of 
defending international legal principles against the 
tangible, self-inflicted economic costs of imposing 
sanctions against Russia. While Europe’s sustained 
sanctions campaign has seemingly tipped the 
scales in favor of democratic principles for the 
time being, its asymmetrical economic impacts 
are raising questions about the durability of this 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 29
commitment. Nowhere else is this equilibrium 
teetering more than in Central and Eastern 
Europe where Russia has begun to reclaim its 
influence. 
Presciently, in a July 2009 Open Letter to 
President Obama, a group of pro-American 
leaders from Central and Eastern Europe, 
such as former Polish President Lech Walesa, 
foreshadowed the dark side of Russia’s 
integration with the West: “Russia is back as 
a revisionist power pursuing a 19th-century 
agenda with 21st-century tactics and methods. 
. . . It [Russia] uses overt and covert means of 
economic warfare, 
ranging from 
energy blockades 
and politically 
motivated 
investments to 
bribery and media 
manipulation in 
order to advance 
its interests and to 
challenge the transatlantic orientation of Central 
and Eastern Europe.” Despite being full-fledged 
members of the European Union for over a 
decade, the countries of Central Europe are 
experiencing an erosion of the rule of law and 
good governance. 
there appears to be a 
linkage between russian 
influence and the rise of 
populist, nationalistic, and 
xenophobic political parties 
in parts of europe. 
Freedom House’s 2013 Nations in Transit 
report noted that only two (Latvia and the 
Czech Republic) out of 10 Central European 
countries have improved their democracy “score 
card” after being members of NATO and the 
European Union for over a decade. The other 
eight countries’ ratings dropped in the areas 
of media freedom, electoral processes, judicial 
independence, and corruption. Increasingly, 
there appears to be a strong correlation between 
a marked decline in transparency, rule of law, and 
democratic practices, and the extent of Russian 
economic and political engagement in these 
countries. 
In the case of Bulgaria, recent media reports 
estimated that as much as one-third of Bulgaria’s 
economy is owned by Russian entities, with 
particular concentration in the energy, financial, 
and media sectors. Bulgaria’s political landscape 
is highly volatile and opaque; the country has 
already seen four governments in the past two 
years. Consequently, Transparency International 
ranked Bulgaria 77 out of 177 countries on 
perceived levels of public-sector corruption— 
the second lowest in the European Union. 
There also appears to be a linkage between 
Russian influence and the rise of populist, 
nationalistic, and xenophobic political parties 
as many of these entities receive 
financial support from Russian-affiliated 
nongovernmental 
organizations (NGOs). Taking 
advantage of Europe’s economic 
malaise, these increasingly 
successful fringe parties have 
contributed to the weakening 
of political support for the 
European Union and governments 
across Europe. Their impacts, however, are 
most evident in the former Eastern Bloc, 
where institutions and civil society remain 
underdeveloped and susceptible to the 
revitalization of former Soviet networks. 
In the case of Hungary, many of these 
trends have toxically blended to produce an 
increasingly authoritarian regime. Over the 
last decade, Hungary has maintained strong 
economic and political ties with Russia. Russia 
is Hungary's largest trading partner outside the 
European Union, and the country remains 80 
percent reliant on Russian energy. As Russia’s 
grasp on Hungary’s economy has tightened, 
nationalist and xenophobic groups—such as 
the neo-fascist Jobbik party—have also risen to 
prominence, further undermining the country’s 
Western, liberal orientation. Moreover, Hungarian 
Prime Minister Viktor Orban has articulated a 
significant shift in national direction and policy 
orientation, declaring in July that Hungary must 
strive to build “an illiberal new state based on 
30 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
national foundations” as evidenced by legislative motions to restrict free speech 
(including an oppressive advertising tax), centralize authority (Hungary’s new 
constitution has been amended five times), and erode the independence of the 
judiciary. Noting that the geopolitical “wind is blowing from the East,” Orban has 
credited Moscow for these latest Russian-styled Hungarian “reforms.” 
These illiberal trends have been accompanied by distinctly pro-Russian foreign 
policies in Budapest. Orban has consistently derided the EU’s sanctions against 
Russia, and Hungary abruptly discontinued its sale of excess gas supplies to 
Ukraine after a visit from the CEO of Gazprom this fall. Hungary received a 10 
billion euro loan from Russia for a new nuclear power plant facility, increasing 
Hungary’s energy dependence on Russian technology and financial support. 
Negative developments in Hungary and its neighbors threaten to derail wider 
European efforts to restrain Russian recidivism. 
Although the 21st-century East-West confrontation does not bear the 
ideological vestiges of the Cold War, there is a clear ideological component. 
This contestation is between liberal versus illiberal, transparency and good 
governance versus corruption and “managed democracy.” The unqualified 
success of Central Europe’s transformation from Communism to liberal 
democracies and market economies is not immutable, and we should not trick 
ourselves into believing it is so. ▶ 
Putin’s Dilemma 
Andrew C. Kuchins 
Just days before Boris Yeltsin shocked the world by retiring early from the 
Russian presidency on December 31, 1999—making then-Prime Minister 
Vladimir Putin acting president—Putin released his Millennial Statement that 
outlined Russia’s immense challenges and a vision for its future. This vision 
emphasized greater predictability, prosperity, and stability for Russia after the 
economically and socially traumatic 1990s. The document’s other core theme 
was the urgent need to reconsolidate the Russian state in order to lead the 
recovery of the Russian nation. 
For the past 15 years that Putin has served as Russia’s de jure and/or de facto 
national leader, the majority of Russian people have been satisfied that he has 
delivered what he promised and what they want. During his first two terms 
as president, the Russian economy grew at approximately 7 percent per year 
(measured in nominal dollar terms and accounting for ruble appreciation, the 
figure is an impressive 26 percent). Even after the global economic crisis in 
2008–2009, the Russian economy regained its footing growing at a rate of more 
than 4 percent in 2010 and 2011. 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 31
The foundation for Vladimir Putin’s consistently 
high political ratings has been the Russian 
people’s perception that their economic 
prospects were constantly improving. Putin’s 
so-called vertical of power—an increasingly 
state-centric political economy—has been 
facilitated by a growing economic pie that could 
be carved up and distributed to Putin loyalists. 
This system, patrimonial authoritarianism, 
finds its historical roots traced to the princes of 
Muscovy, Russian tsars, and later Soviet general 
secretaries. In this sense, Vladimir Putin is a 
very traditional Russian leader. 
But signs that not all was well in modern 
Muscovy manifested themselves in the winter 
of 2011–2012 when the largest political 
demonstrations took place in Russia in 20 years 
as tens of thousands of protesters took to the 
streets to condemn the falsified Duma elections 
of December 2011. Putin’s United Russia party 
fared poorly in those elections marking Putin’s 
first electoral defeat since his emergence 
on the national stage a decade earlier. The 
demonstrations also marked the first large social 
media-mobilized opposition Putin had ever 
faced. It seemed clear from private discussions 
with Putin and his inner circle prior to the 2011 
election that Putin was taken by surprise. The 
demonstrations were a shock to Putin personally 
as well as to the political system he oversaw for 
over a decade. 
While the protesters were ideologically diverse, 
the majority were the relatively well-off middle 
and upper-middle classes who had benefited the 
most during those prosperous years of Putin’s 
tenure. But they viewed Moscow’s centralized, 
corrupt, and authoritarian political system 
nurtured by Putin as incapable of promoting 
further economic growth or answering their 
demands for improved governance. 
When he returned to the presidency in May 
2012, Putin faced a difficult choice as signs of 
economic stagnation were already visible: he 
could either co-opt the growing middle class 
by addressing their concerns and embark on 
structural economic reforms or risk undermining 
the political foundation of his vertical of power. 
Putin’s dilemma is reminiscent of the Soviet 
Politburo in the early 1980s. Despite massive 
windfall revenue of petrodollars, the economy 
was so structurally inefficient that the Soviet 
growth rate was close to zero. At the high point 
of Soviet zastoi or stagnation, Brezhnev and 
his successors decided structural economic 
reform was too politically risky and attempted to 
muddle through. Had oil prices remained high, 
32 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
muddling may have been successful and the Soviet Union would have endured. Of course, oil 
prices plummeted, the Soviet Union attempted reform, and collapse ensued. 
Putin, like his Soviet predecessors, has avoided reform and the Russian economy has continued 
to stagnate (1.3 percent growth in 2013) even before Crimea annexation and the war in Ukraine 
despite historically high oil prices. It appeared that Putin had already decided to abandon 
economic growth and prosperity as the foundation for his political popularity and authority. This 
risky political strategy would require a new political narrative to justify his indefinite leadership if 
economic growth and prosperity were no longer the essential thread. 
This new political narrative began to form in 2012–2013 with a growing emphasis on traditional Russian 
values captured in the 19th-century Russian policy of “official nationality” revolving around the triptych 
of autocracy, orthodoxy, and Russian nationality. The crisis over Ukraine offered an ideal opportunity 
to further consolidate this new political narrative. Previously, Putin had always been careful to avoid 
enflaming Russian nationalism, but his seminal speech to the Russian Assembly formally annexing Crimea 
on March 18, however, articulated a highly chauvinistic form of Russian nationalism that does not accept 
the legitimacy of post–1991 borders let alone post–World War II and even post–World War I borders. 
Putin has reintroduced the Tsarist-era term of Novorossiya, which geographically included much 
of Eastern and Southern Ukraine under the administrative jurisdiction of Russia. This has become 
his new political narrative and a rallying cry for the insurgents in Eastern Ukraine. 
Putin will manage the devastating economic consequences of his strategic choice in many 
different ways. The nearly 25 percent decline in oil prices has put further pressure on his 
government. The house arrest in September of leading 
economic magnate Vladimir Yevtushenkov sent a deep 
chill through the Russian business community in a similar 
manner as the 2003 arrest of Mikhail Khodorkovsky. The 
Khodorkovsky affair and the destruction of the Yukos oil 
company was the watershed event in the establishment 
of Putin’s vertical of power, including the redistribution of 
some of the core assets of the Russian economy. 
As the economic pie is reduced, Putin must find ways to 
assure the loyalty of his core allies and the intelligence 
putin clearly has made a 
faustian bargain with russian 
nationalism and oligarchic 
predators with unpredictable 
consequences for russia’s 
neighbors, regional security, 
and the russian people. 
services to guarantee his leadership. All signs suggest that another redistribution of assets to 
his loyalists is underway. Western sanctions may actually help facilitate this process as Western 
financial institutions and individual investors are removed as arbiters in the Russian market that 
make it easier for erstwhile Putin allies to consume their own. 
Putin clearly has made a Faustian bargain with Russian nationalism and oligarchic predators 
with unpredictable consequences for Russia’s neighbors, regional security, and the Russian 
people. Although government officials and experts perceive that Russia is weak, Putin has proven 
himself time and time again as highly adept at playing what app ears to be a weak hand. Ukrainian 
President Peter Poroshenko has described Putin as “unpredictable, emotional, and dangerous.” 
How long Putin can manage this volatile situation that he has created is an open question, but we 
should not assume it will be brief or that whoe ver comes after Putin will be easier. ▶ 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 33
The Calculations of Russia’s 
Neighbors 
Jeffrey Mankoff 
For Russia’s neighbors in the South Caucasus and Central 
Asia, the Ukraine crisis is a watershed moment. Since 
independence, these countries had pursued a “multi-vector” 
foreign policy, which meant seeking new partnerships while 
acknowledging their dependence on Russia and being careful to 
respect Russian red lines. 
After the annexation of Crimea and destabilization of eastern 
Ukraine, the location of those red lines no longer seems clear. 
The resulting uncertainty is forcing the leaders of the South 
Caucasus and Central Asian states to be more deferential to 
Moscow in the near term while accelerating these states’ efforts 
to loosen and diversify their ties with Moscow. Time, especially 
the emergence of a new generation of leaders with no memories 
of the Soviet Union, will only accelerate this process. 
Before the outbreak of protests on Kyiv’s Maidan Nezalezhnosti 
[Independence Square] in September 2013, Ukraine’s strategy 
for dealing with Russia was multi-vector as well. Economic and 
cultural ties with Russia remained strong, but the government, 
even under the allegedly pro-Russian President Viktor 
Yanukovych (whose political career the Kremlin aided), sought 
to develop diplomatic, trade, and investment ties with other 
partners. For Ukraine, that meant primarily the European Union, 
while the South Caucasus and Central Asian states have looked 
variously to the United States, EU, Turkey, China, and elsewhere. 
While these states pursued economic ties with a range of 
neighbors, they understood that Moscow regarded security 
cooperation, especially the presence of NATO or U.S. forces, as a 
red line, and steered clear—or paid the price. Georgia’s courting 
of NATO, which contributed to the 2008 war with Russia, and 
Kyrgyzstan’s hosting of U.S. forces at the Manas Transit Center, 
which helped fuel Moscow’s role in ousting former President 
Kurmanbek Bakiyev, served as object lessons of the costs of 
seeking outside security assurances. Still, the rule seemed to 
be: trade with whomever you want at least as long as you do not 
34 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
challenge Russia’s preferred position such as 
in EU energy markets, but keep U.S. and NATO 
forces out. 
In line with this understanding, before the 
Maidan protests, post-Soviet elites from 
other states were generally weary of joining 
the Russian-backed Eurasian Customs Union 
with Belarus and Kazakhstan, or the planned 
Eurasian Economic Union. Despite the fact 
that Kazakh President Nursultan Nazarbayev 
first proposed the Eurasian Union in the 1990s, 
many Kazakh officials and businessmen 
opposed Putin’s scheme, and even Nazarbayev 
took pains to emphasize that the planned body 
was solely an economic union. 
Others, including Armenia, where more than 
5,000 Russian troops are based, as well as 
Kyrgyzstan and Tajikistan, whose economies 
are heavily dependent on remittances from 
Russia, demurred. Meanwhile, Ukraine, along 
with Armenia, Georgia, and Moldova, negotiated 
association agreements with the EU that, 
when implemented, would radically transform 
their economic and administrative structures, 
weakening inherited links with Russia. Although 
Moscow opposed these agreements and 
encouraged its 
neighbors to join its 
customs union, these 
countries largely 
continued charting 
their own course, 
mostly evincing 
little interest in the 
customs union. 
the “maidan scenario”—a 
corrupt, ineffective 
government thrown out by 
its own people—represents 
the greatest fear of many 
post–soviet leaders. 
Nevertheless, in 
the run-up to the EU summit where Armenia, 
Georgia, Moldova, and Ukraine were set to 
formalize their association agreements, 
Russia began exerting enormous political 
and economic pressure. In September, 
Armenia abruptly announced it was shelving 
its association agreement and would join the 
customs union. Soon thereafter, Ukrainian 
President Yanukovych also buckled, following a 
secretive two-day visit to Moscow. Yanukovych’s 
about-face sparked the protests that led to his 
downfall, Russia’s occupation of Crimea, and 
the insurgency in eastern Ukraine. These events 
seemed at odds with the previously accepted 
rules of the game. Russia’s military intervention 
in Ukraine was driven more by post-colonial 
disregard than any prospect of NATO forces on 
its border (indeed, it was the Russian intervention 
that led new President Petro Poroshenko to 
again seek Ukrainian NATO membership). 
Moreover, to justify the intervention, Putin 
proclaimed a wide-ranging mandate to protect 
“compatriots,” “Russians and Russian-speakers” 
throughout the former USSR. This formula 
gave Moscow a pretext to intervene in any 
of its former dependencies—including the 
Baltic states. Incautious remarks from Putin 
about Kazakhstan lacking historical legitimacy 
only exacerbated the sense of concern in the 
neighborhood that Russia had gone rogue. 
The Ukraine crisis held another lesson for the 
former Soviet states as well, a lesson about 
the dangers of “people power.” The “Maidan 
scenario”—a corrupt, ineffective government 
thrown out by its own 
people—represents the 
greatest fear of many post– 
Soviet leaders. The result, 
in at least some states, has 
been greater repression and 
less openness, even if these 
crackdowns make a Maidan 
more likely in the longer 
term. 
In the near term, the twin fear of Moscow and 
the Maidan is working to Russia’s advantage. 
Unlike the West, Russia will not object to 
crackdowns on domestic opposition, while 
joining the Eurasian Economic Union provides 
some insurance against Russian meddling (a 
krysha, or roof, in Russian criminal slang). In the 
past year, Armenia and Kyrgyzstan have applied 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 35
to join the Eurasian Economic Union, while Azerbaijan and Georgia have 
increasingly hedged their pro-Western orientations. Further driving this tilt 
toward Moscow is the perception, widespread especially in Central Asia, 
that U.S. engagement in the region is declining with the withdrawal from 
Afghanistan. 
Yet the post–Soviet states view Russia’s decision to change the rules 
of the game as a threat to their sovereignty. The crisis in Ukraine has 
strained the bonds of affection tying these states to Russia. While they 
may have little choice but to join Russian-led multilateral bodies, these 
countries will work to ensure that these entities remain toothless, and will 
redouble their efforts to reduce their dependence on and vulnerability 
to Russia. Almost without exception, elites in the South Caucasus and 
Central Asia see greater U.S. engagement as vital to the sovereignty and 
independence of the region’s states. 
The irony is that, as Putin made clear in 2008, Russia does not view 
Ukraine, any more than the states of the South Caucasus and Central Asia, 
as a “real state.” By forcing these countries to defend their independence, 
Moscow is compelling them to define themselves and their national 
interests, often in opposition to Russia. Russia’s actions are breeding a 
new national identity and pride, which will be the surest guarantee of 
these countries’ sovereignty over the longer term. ▶ 
Ukraine’s Transition 
Sarah Mendelson 
The guiding aspiration since World War II and the mantra since the 
end of the Cold War for Euro-Atlantic security has been “Europe 
whole and free.” For many, that conception of security has included an 
independent, democratic, and prosperous Ukraine. At times, improbable 
as it now seems, it has also included a democratic Russia. 
What is to be done, as we pass the 25th anniversary of the fall of the Berlin 
Wall, with the 40th anniversary of the Helsinki Accords looming, about 
Vladimir Putin overseeing an invasion of Ukraine and a war that has cost 
thousands of lives? Setting aside armed intervention, what is the right 
response given his apparent judgment that the post–Cold War order is 
not to his liking, and universal rights, transparency, and accountability are 
either deemed not applicable to Russia or threaten its sovereignty? Are we 
all doomed to live in a new, post–Helsinki world? 
36 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
The answer better be no or we will see more 
chaos and violence in Europe. The need for 
coherent, coordinated support to Ukraine has 
vaulted to the top of the Euro-Atlantic security 
agenda for 2015. Political transitions are 
complicated enough without a neighbor trying to 
split the country and occupy territory. But a year 
after the Euromaidan first formed, it is important 
to remember that Ukrainian citizens chose and 
drove this transition and still do. The stakes are 
especially high; this is Ukraine’s third go at post– 
independence transformation, and many believe 
it is their last chance at creating a stable, law-governed 
country. 
In responding to this urgent agenda, we need to 
identify and apply lessons learned from decades of 
support to political transitions around the world. 
Lessons Learned 
In contrast to the cartoonish images that 
some paint of how international democracy 
promotion works, we cannot want democracy 
and rule of law in Ukraine more than Ukrainians 
do. We ought to have both a sense of humility 
at outsiders’ ability to effect change and a 
highly nuanced understanding of Ukrainian 
public opinion. According to a September 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 37
2014 International Republican Institute (IRI) 
poll, Ukraine is neither as deeply divided as 
some argue, nor as uniform as others suggest. 
More and different data are needed for a 
fuller understanding of Ukrainian political 
demands. Using data to address citizen needs 
is critical to reducing conflict, countering 
propaganda from Moscow, and addressing 
historical grievances—so often overlooked or 
underappreciated as drivers of development. 
Euro-Atlantic cohesion is also vital to effective 
support of Ukraine, and when divisions 
emerge, U.S. and European diplomats must 
make it a priority to mend them. Russia actively 
tries to divide and conquer; there are illiberal 
trend lines in Hungary and other European 
Union countries. 
With the departure of 
both Swedish Foreign 
Minister Carl Bilt and 
Polish Foreign Minister 
Radosław Sikorski, 
strong voices in support 
of Ukraine and Euro- 
Atlantic cohesion, there 
is heightened need for 
both continued U.S. 
diplomatic attention to 
these issues and new 
European voices to emerge. 
the importance of getting 
accurate information 
both to russians and to 
countering more globally 
the disinformation 
supported by kremlin-financed 
platforms should 
be a high priority. 
As we speak with one voice, we must not 
become overly focused on any one political 
figure. Unconditional political devotion to 
Boris Yeltsin as he failed to deliver to his citizens 
cost the United States enormously in terms of 
credibility in Russia. Instead, our support must 
go to those in Ukraine who listen and respond to 
citizens’ needs. 
Euromaidan activists argue the task at hand 
is moving from “the revolution of dignity” to 
“the revolution of effectiveness.” This requires 
transparency in budgets and accountability 
of officials; it is good news that the new laws 
38 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 
on anticorruption were (finally) adopted. 
They must now be implemented. The 
activists also acknowledge that broader 
behavioral change across Ukraine needs to 
occur in terms of demand for transparency 
and accountability. Currently tied with the 
Central African Republic, Iran, and Nigeria 
in terms of corruption, Ukraine needs to 
apply the comprehensive approach to 
tackling corruption that Georgia deployed 
in recent years. Nothing less will work and 
requires political will from both society and 
government. 
The Kremlin has successfully weaponized 
information, even going so far as to take over 
television stations in Ukraine at gun point. 
The importance of getting 
accurate information 
both to Russians and to 
countering more globally 
the disinformation 
supported by Kremlin-financed 
platforms should 
be a high priority. Are 
companies that include 
the RT news channel 
in cable packages in 
the United States and 
Europe enabling Kremlin 
propaganda, and if so, what can be done 
about it? While the U.S. Broadcasting Board 
of Governors’ recently launched 30-minute 
Russian-language television news program 
“Current Time” is laudable, much more is 
needed to counter the steady stream of 
falsehoods propagated by the Kremlin. 
Specifically, the traditional approaches to 
supporting independent media need to 
be brought quickly into the 21st century, 
including tapping millennials to creatively 
advance information on new platforms 
as well as on television. A gathering of 
stakeholders on this issue ought to be 
convened in Europe in early 2015.
Finally, foreign assistance absent home-grown strategy 
is not going to solve Ukraine’s problems. Prime Minister 
Arseniy Yatsenyuk’s “Recovery for Ukraine: Action Plan” 
is a good start. While the United States allocated around 
$291 million this year for democracy, economic, and 
security efforts, President Petro Poroshenko and the new 
Parliament need to draft a compelling and transparent 
account of what funding is needed for what programs, 
including a long-term plan for energy independence. The 
sources of revenue should be varied and include the assets 
stolen by senior members of the Yanukovich government, 
apparently in the tens of billions of dollars. The location 
and return of these funds are rightly a priority, however 
laborious to track. 
Behavior Has Consequences 
Rather wobbly in the beginning, the United States and 
Europe have demonstrated good solidarity on Ukraine 
since the downing of Malaysia Airlines Flight 17 and the 
incursion of thousands of Russian troops into Eastern 
Ukraine in late August. Putin counts on this fading over 
time. Instead, 2015 needs to be a year of unprecedented 
Euro-Atlantic cohesion; it is our best shot at shaping 
not only Putin’s choices, but those of the Russian 
elite, some of whom might—just might—emerge as 
a counterbalance. A few reports suggest that fissures 
are emerging in Moscow, a by-product of the bite from 
sanctions which need to stay in place. 
In the longer run, and most important, is the 
demonstration effect that a prosperous and open new 
Ukraine might eventually have on Russia. Even after two 
decades of disappointment on the democracy front in 
Russia, there is still a minority that wants to be par t of the 
West, wants to have a “normal” life with a government 
responsive to its citizens, and institutions that deliver. 
Ukraine’s path, if able to choose for itself, could help shape 
Russia’s future; indeed that is what Putin fears and why it 
matters for Euro-Atlantic security. ▶ 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 39
A Test of Wills on Sanctions 
Juan C. Zarate 
For all the costs that Western sanctions and 
lower oil prices are inflicting on the Russian 
economy, the Russian flag still flies over 
Crimea, Moscow remains undeterred, and the 
September 5, 2014, ceasefire in Ukraine has 
failed to end the fighting in Eastern Ukraine. 
In response, Russia is using its own form of 
economic and energy warfare as both a shield 
and a sword. This all suggests that there are 
limits to the West’s ability to deter Russian 
aggression. 
Since Russia’s annexation of Crimea in March, 
Western strategy has focused on blocking 
future deals with the Russian military sector, 
restricting Russian banks’ access to long-term 
capital, depriving elements of the Russian oil 
sector of technology they need for offshore 
and shale drilling, and 
freezing the overseas 
assets of individuals 
tied to the Kremlin. 
there is a limit to the 
amount of financial pain 
that the west can inflict 
on a major economy with 
substantial economic and 
energy ties to europe. 
But most existing 
contracts between 
Western interests and 
their Russian clients 
have been allowed to 
continue. Rather than 
dealing an instant blow, the aim has been to 
starve the country of capital by sowing doubts 
among Western investors about the wisdom of 
investing in Russia. These efforts have produced 
tangible results, impacting Russia’s ability to 
access the global banking and trade systems, 
and have already imposed direct transactional, 
investment, and reputational costs. 
The capital constriction strategy appears to 
have been effective. Contracts and capital 
have evaporated, and Moscow has attempted 
to dampen rumors that it could assert capital 
controls to halt the outflow of funds (net capital 
outflows are estimated to exceed $100 billion 
this year). The Russian Central Bank has been 
forced to intervene decisively in defense of the 
ruble as currency demand continues to plummet, 
spending $1.5 billion on October 8 alone. Growth 
has slowed to a near halt (projected to be just 
0.4 percent for the year), and major Russian 
companies such as Aeroflot have been unable to 
acquire necessary investment. 
Since Putin’s return to the presidency, he 
has understood that Russia is economically 
vulnerable, and in recent years he has moved to 
reduce Russia’s reliance on 
the dollar in international 
trade and finance. He also 
knew that there is a limit 
to the amount of financial 
pain that the West can 
inflict on a major economy 
with substantial economic 
and energy ties to Europe 
and the rest of the world. 
Russia’s entanglements 
may be vulnerabilities, but they also allow 
Russia to exact a price of its own. 
Companies subject to Western sanctions are 
making moves to circumvent the restrictions. 
Rosneft, the Russian oil company, is set to 
buy 30 percent of Norway’s north Atlantic 
drilling, enabling it to access offshore drilling 
capabilities in the Arctic despite technology- 
40 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
export bans and financial restrictions. Meanwhile, Russian investors 
continue to deepen their economic interests in London, Frankfurt, 
and New York. And the Russian sovereign wealth fund and Russian 
pensions funds will be tapped for billions of dollars to shore up 
necessary capital requirements for its banks hit by sanctions. 
Moscow is also responding to Western sanctions by substantially 
reducing flows of oil and gas to Ukraine, which restricts exports to 
other European customers as winter approaches. As some European 
countries have sent excess gas back to Ukraine in a reverse pipeline 
flow, Moscow has specifically punished these countries. For example, 
on October 2, Gazprom unexpectedly cut its supply of natural gas to 
Slovakia by 50 percent as punishment for this reverse flow. A recent 
visit by the CEO of Gazprom to Hungary completely ended Hungary’s 
efforts to send gas to Ukraine. 
The Kremlin has also banned agricultural imports from countries that 
have participated in the sanctions, which economically damages 
neighboring countries such as Poland and Finland. Symbolically, 
Russia has closed four McDonald’s restaurants, citing health and 
sanitation reasons—a common Russian tactic when it seeks to 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 41
punish a country or company. Moscow has 
frequently suggested that it will develop a 
national payment system that could replace Visa 
and MasterCard and they have threatened to 
prevent Western airlines from flying over Siberia 
to Asian destinations at great expense. American 
consulting and accounting firms could also be 
prevented from operating in Russia. 
Russia has more cards to play. It could cut off 
supplies of engines to the U.S. space program. 
It is a big exporter of titanium and other 
resources needed by western companies and 
could restrict exports in retaliation. Moscow 
could emerge as a sanctions-busting financial 
partner to a country such as Iran, at the height 
of nuclear negotiations. Finally, in the past 
Russia has launched cyber-attacks against 
Estonia and Georgia as well as used tax and 
money-laundering investigations to silence 
critics. The Kremlin could enlist hackers and 
organized criminals to disrupt financial systems 
and companies in the West to complement 
the tit-for-tat sanctions war that has erupted. 
Some have questioned whether recent massive 
cyber-attacks against JP Morgan and others were 
Russian-originated due to events in Ukraine. 
There are measures the West can take to 
minimize Russian countermeasures. Europe 
must finally take decisive measures to secure 
alternative sources of oil and gas. This will be 
a gradual shift, however, as Europe lacks the 
critical infrastructure necessary, particularly 
liquefied natural gas (LNG) facilities and 
alternative pipelines, to receive greater imports 
from abroad. Other countries should also seek 
diversity of Russian energy supply as Moscow 
becomes increasingly unpredictable. 
New Russian investments in the United States 
and Europe also should be carefully scrutinized, 
and Western commercial contacts with suspect 
individuals and companies further constrained. 
There also needs to be a broader effort to 
42 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 
marginalize illicit financial behavior—not just 
those individuals and entities tied to the invasion 
of Ukraine. Thus far, sanctions have been limited 
to targeted asset freezes, visa bans, and trade 
and financial restrictions in critical sectors. 
A more robust sanctions campaign, however, 
would entail aggressive investigations of illicit 
financial activity of Russian interests globally— 
tied to concerns about money laundering, 
corruption, tax evasion, and links to Russian 
organized crime. This could include European 
measures to apply enhanced due diligence and 
reporting requirements on Russian entities 
or individuals with bank accounts or new 
investments in real estate. Europe applied similar 
scrutiny in Cyprus during its recent banking crisis 
but it must redouble its efforts. 
But these steps would not be without 
complications. Distinguishing between 
legitimate and illicit financial activity would prove 
difficult. And at a time of weak growth, Europe 
has little appetite for additional economic pain. 
Already, existing sanctions have had tangible 
impacts on Europe’s economy, impacting both 
large and small countries already struggling 
against a triple-dip recession. 
At the end of the day, enduring the economic 
pain of sanctions for both Russia and the West is 
a test of wills. If one side is unwilling to endur e 
the economic pain, their sanctions campaign 
will prove ineffective. At this moment, Moscow 
seems willing to accept the pain as it exerts its 
influence in its near abroad; the West also has 
accepted the cost to defend the international 
system but it seems to do so with increasing 
reluctance. The West must realize that this crisis 
may be a new frozen economic conflict, where 
both sides use financial and economic tools to 
impose pain on the other. Both sides should 
prepare themselves for a long campaign. ▶
Energy Codependency 
Edward C. Chow 
During Vladimir Putin’s first two terms as president of Russia from 1999 to 2008, oil 
prices rose from below $20 to over $140 per barrel. In many respects, this enabled the 
domestic and foreign policies that he pursued, including in the oil and gas industry where 
private ownership was restricted and the sector recentralized in the hands of the state and 
state companies. Today, Russia is more of a petro-state than the Soviet Union ever was, with 
oil and gas contributing more than a quarter of GDP, half of federal budget revenue, and two-thirds 
of the country’s export earnings. 
The same will not be true during Putin’s third term as president from 2012 to 2018 as oil 
prices dropped below $90 per barrel from historic highs of above $100 for the last four 
years. For the energy industry, high prices eventually result in conservation, substitution, 
and new supply. The American shale gas and tight oil revolution is a classic example of the 
development of new supply. Even if this is a cyclical decline, oil prices are unlikely to return 
to the growth rate of the previous decade. 
To maintain Russia’s currently high oil and gas production and export levels on which its 
economy depends, large-scale and long-term investments are needed in exploration and 
development in frontier areas beyond Russia’s traditional producing regions, such as in East 
Siberia and the Arctic offshore, and in costly infrastructure to bring new production from 
remote areas to markets in Russia or abroad. Majority state-owned 
Rosneft and Gazprom, or favored companies such as Novatek, 
needed Western energy partners to underwrite these investments 
and provide technical and management expertise. Western 
economic sanctions therefore come at a critical time for its oil and 
gas industry in response to Russia’s aggression against Ukraine. 
Financial sanctions restrict access to capital for Russian energy 
russia needs europe more 
than ever as the primary 
destination of its oil and 
gas exports. 
companies. Sanctions against investments in frontier exploration in the Arctic offshore and 
shale oil have stalled or halted projects with major international oil companies. 
The often-heard narrative that Europe is heavily dependent on Russian energy sources is 
true for some European countries yet Europe receives overall about 30 percent of its oil and 
gas imports from Russia. The less understood dynamic is that Russia is even more reliant on 
Europe as the market for 80 percent of its total oil and gas exports. While much has been 
made of Russia’s recent energy mega-deals with China, diversification of Russia’s export 
markets to Asia will take a decade or longer, if ever, to reach a level comparable to its exports 
to Europe. As global energy prices soften and global demand stagnates, Russia needs Europe 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 43
more than ever as the primary destination of its 
oil and gas exports. 
The other narrative is Russia’s use of its oil and 
gas supplies as a tool of statecraft. In reality, 
Moscow has little room for maneuver. Europe 
will continue to import oil and gas from Russia; 
Russia cannot shift its oil and gas exports to Asia 
in the near term. Therefore, this boils down to 
the economic terms of energy trade, whether 
Europe and Russia are politically willing to lessen 
their degree of mutual dependence, and whether 
both sides are willing to bear the higher cost of 
supply diversification by shipping or receiving 
oil and gas over greater distances utilizing 
expensive new infrastructure. 
Here natural gas matters a lot more than oil. 
As a globally traded commodity with ease 
of transportation, oil supply is much more 
flexible than gas supply, which is tied to fixed 
infrastructure and longer-term contracts in 
regionalized markets. In other words, Russia’s oil 
pays the rent (at a ratio of 4 to 1, more valuable 
than gas), whereas gas is more about power 
politics—both domestic and foreign—as well as 
revenue generation and distribution. 
For the third time in less than a decade, Europe 
is again faced with the possible interruption of 
Russian gas transiting Ukraine that, following 
the development of the Nord Stream pipeline, 
represents today around 15 percent of Europe’s 
total gas supply. Each occasion was triggered 
by significant political developments in Ukraine 
that were perceived by Putin as affecting Russia’s 
interests: the Orange Revolution (preceding the 
gas cutoff in 2006), the internal power struggle 
between President Yushchenko and Prime 
Minister Tymoshenko (the longer 2009 gas cutoff), 
and now the Euromaidan and the departure of 
former Ukrainian President Yanukovych (leading 
to the current standoff on gas supply). Each cutoff 
occurred during the winter months. 
Neither Russia nor Ukraine can afford another 
gas crisis. Ukraine has yet to implement any 
fundamental reform of its dysfunctional and 
corrupt energy system. Reform requires political 
will on the part of Ukrainian leaders even 
under the most difficult conditions of war/ 
insurrection and economic collapse and great 
patience by the Ukrainian people to accept 
increases in energy prices in order to improve 
energy efficiency and increase domestic 
production. Ukraine will require extensive 
financial assistance from international financial 
institutions and Western countries for the next 
five to ten years with strict reform conditionality. 
As lower oil prices and Western sanctions exact 
a toll on Russia, Moscow will likely continue to 
see Ukraine as an undependable transit partner 
for its energy and to focus on completing its 
plan to bypass Ukraine entirely by constructing 
the South Stream gas pipeline system under the 
Black Sea and through the Balkans. 
What role does Europe play as it enters 
potentially its third energy crisis with Russia? 
The European Union must decide to observe 
its own stated rules as outlined in the Third 
Energy Package and EU competition policies. 
After years of investigation of Gazprom’s 
business practices in Europe, the “statement of 
objections” (or formal charge sheet) was poised 
to be released in May 2014. The matter is still 
pending. Europe must also decide whether and 
how to use its leverage to determine the terms 
of the gas trade with Russia. While creating a 
future EU “Energy Union” may be an important 
step, the EU must first implement its own 
rules rather than continually seek exemptions 
without reducing its energy vulnerabilities. 
The best solution for all sides is for Russia 
and Ukraine to reach a six-month interim 
agreement, which is currently under discussion, 
on the gas debt that Ukraine owes Russia and 
on the gas price Russia will charge Ukraine. 
Continued brinksmanship between Russia and 
Ukraine on gas negotiations has only led to bad 
outcomes for all parties, including Europe. ▶ 
44 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
NATO’s Eastern Front 
Andrew A. Michta 
Faced with Russia’s military aggression 
and its use of hybrid warfare in Ukraine, 
NATO remains caught in the double 
bind of shrinking defense resources 
and a continued lack of consensus on 
how to respond to this aggression beyond 
political condemnations, the imposition 
of economic sanctions, and enhanced 
exercise and readiness measures. NATO’s 
new Eastern Front—consisting of the 
most active NATO members, the Baltic 
States, Poland, Romania, and Bulgaria— 
wants physical assurances that NATO will 
prevent potential Russian aggression, not 
reassurances that NATO will respond to 
aggression after it has occurred. 
Herein lies the challenge: until NATO 
adequately shores up its Eastern Front 
with permanent military deployments, 
NATO’s regional security and deterrent 
posture will continue to erode. Yet, several 
NATO countries insist that the permanent 
stationing of NATO forces near Russia’s 
border not only would provoke additional 
Russian military action but also contravenes 
the 1997 NATO-Russia Founding Act 
(irrespective of Russia’s own violation of 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 45
this Act). NATO’s easternmost states are also 
apprehensive about U.S. policy persistence and 
its sustained focus on Europe as events in the 
Middle East and the Asia-Pacific region draw 
attention and resources elsewhere. Against 
these political odds, establishing an effective 
deterrence regime against Russia along NATO’s 
eastern frontier remains a daunting task. 
It seems clear that Russian President Vladimir 
Putin’s “Novorossiya” (or “New Russia”) aims 
at reclaiming either direct or indirect Russian 
influence over the post–Soviet space—which 
could include NATO members Estonia, Lithuania, 
and Latvia. The immediate goal of Russia’s 
irredentist policy in Ukraine is to maintain its 
hold on the east of Ukraine and to consolidate 
its gains there. The presence of Russian forces in 
Moldova, Georgia, and Armenia can be viewed as 
part of a larger Russian regional military strategy, 
likely to be accompanied by a gradual tightening 
of Russia’s grip on other post–Soviet states. 
The September 2014 NATO Summit in Newport, 
Wales, demonstrated strong rhetorical unity 
among the 28 members, but debuted a 
limited package of reassurance measures 
for NATO’s eastern allies. Allies agreed to a 
Readiness Action Plan, which will create a 
rapidly deployable 4,000-troop task force to 
spearhead NATO’s response force, in addition 
to an enhanced regional exercise and training 
program. This reassurance package also 
augments the presence of 600 U.S. soldiers 
in the Baltic States and Poland, enhanced 
NATO air policing, and the readiness of NATO’s 
Multinational Corps–Northeast Regional 
Headquarters in Szczecin, Poland. 
Unfortunately, NATO allies were only able 
to agree to a “persistent” rotational force 
presence in the east and not a permanent 
deployment. The current formula of “persistent 
rotations” conveys a message to Russia that 
the crisis along NATO’s border is a temporary 
phenomenon rather than a new and long-term 
destabilizing force. The hoped-for deployment 
of NATO’s 4,000-troop spearhead force stands 
in stark contrast to the continuous mobilization 
of tens of thousands of Russian forces along 
Ukraine’s border over the past six months. 
NATO allies have also not been able to outline 
a new, overarching deterrence doctrine 
against hybrid warfare tactics. For example, in 
Eastern Ukraine Russia has deployed special 
force units disguised as separatist militants; 
utilized information, cyber, energy, and trade 
warfare tactics; and agitated ethnic Russian 
communities in order to achieve its aims. 
NATO remains underprepared to confront 
such unconventional challenges. Although 
NATO has created–or will shortly–Centers of 
Excellence in cyber warfare, energy security, 
and strategic communications in an attempt 
to address specific elements of hybrid warfare 
by enhancing policies and awareness (not 
surprisingly each of these centers resides in a 
Baltic State), the alliance has yet to make any 
decisive changes. 
As NATO confronts and attempts to deter 
the long-term security implications of 
“Novorossiya,” the Alliance will continue to 
rally around transatlantic unity and solidarity, 
as well as the shared commitment to uphold 
Article 5 treaty obligations. As Russia continues 
to further test NATO’s resolve in and around 
its territory, the Alliance must develop a new 
and flexible deterrence strategy against hybrid 
warfare that permanently stations NATO forces in 
the East, in addition to the readily available rapid-reaction 
forces. To implement this strategy, NATO 
should consider deploying at least one heavy 
brigade combat team (BCT)-sized deployment to 
the region with a mix of U.S. and European NATO 
troops. Likewise, the Szczecin HQ in western 
Poland could be substantially augmented with 
more senior leadership and staffed with more 
NATO personnel. 
Against the backdrop of Russia’s invasion of 
Georgia in 2008, its seizure of Crimea, and its 
encroachment into Ukraine, NATO must trans- 
46 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
late its powerful rhetoric into a tangible military presence. 
NATO must overcome its hesitancy, if not outright opposition, 
to the permanent stationing of NATO troops in the region— 
most notably those objections articulated by Berlin. As NATO 
prepares to deter hybrid warfare, it must also retain deter-rence 
capabilities against a potential direct threat by Russia 
against NATO’s eastern flank. By developing a robust deter-rent 
nato’s hesitancy will 
further embolden russia 
to exert pressure along 
nato’s periphery. 
posture built on a permanent troop and asset deployment along the 
frontier combined with transatlantic unity, Moscow will be unable to erode 
confidence in NATO’s Article 5 commitment to its eastern members. Failure 
to do so will call into question NATO’s viability when Russia decides to probe 
a NATO member in an attempt to expose the lack of Alliance resolve. The 
political framework for implementing such a deterrent strategy has already 
been established in the outlines of President Obama’s recent speeches and 
statements in Warsaw and Tallinn, and reinforced by remarks from European 
leaders and the new NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg. 
Without a sufficient NATO deterrent policy, NATO’s hesitancy will further 
embolden Russia to exert pressure along NATO’s periphery. At present, 
NATO’s response has been to focus on de-escalation rather than deter-rence. 
Hence, efforts to seek political ac commodation and compromise 
have hobbled a larger strategic deterrent redesign that is imperative if 
NATO is to remain a credible alliance. ▶ 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 47
Global forecast 2015
PART THREE 
How Can the United States Best Exert 
Influence in Today’s Middle East?
Acting and Reacting in the 
Middle East 
Jon B. Alterman 
When mass protests broke out in the Arab world in 2011, the Obama 
administration saw opportunity. The president helped push long-time 
U.S. ally Hosni Mubarak to step down from the Egyptian presidency, 
noting, “I think history will end up recording that at every juncture in the 
situation in Egypt that we were on the right side of history.” 
Almost four years later, “people power” has not taken hold in the 
Middle East. Some countries, such as Libya and Syria, hemorrhage 
from civil wars that started as peaceful protests. In Egypt, elections 
produced a government so exclusionary that after a y ear in power, 
much of the public supported a return to military rule. Three and a 
half years after the death of O sama bin Laden, jihadis are resurgent in 
the region. Meanwhile, the United States finds itself fighting battles in 
the Middle East with strained alliances and diminished influence. What 
went wrong? 
Where one stands depends on where one sits. For some, the problem 
is that the United States swiftly abandoned principles for expediency. 
Speaking at the State Department a week after bin Laden’s death, the 
president raised idealists’ hopes, favorably comparing protests in the 
Middle East to the American Revolution and the U.S. struggle for civil 
rights in the 1950s and 1960s. “After decades of accepting the world 
as it is in the region,” he said, “we have a chance to pursue the world 
as it should be.” And yet, the rise of violence and disorder in the Middle 
East pushed the United States to work more closely with the militaries, 
intelligence services, and authoritarian leaders who only months before 
seemed anachronistic. 
The tension between ideals and interests has been starkly clear in 
Bahrain, where the U.S. Fifth Fleet has its headquarters, and where 
a Sunni-led government, with support from Saudi Arabia and other 
neighbors, has been suppressing an uprising by the Shi’a majority. Naval 
base operations have not been affected, and the United States resumed 
sales of some military equipment only months after the unrest began. 
For others, however, the United States has remained not only idealistic 
but naïve in the face of real and persistent threats in the Middle East. 
50 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
Gulf Arab allies continue to complain that the 
Obama administration “threw Hosni Mubarak 
under the bus,” yielding to chaos. Conservative 
regional governments express puzzlement that 
the United States has remained blind to the 
menace of the Muslim Brotherhood, seeing 
democrats where these governments saw power-hungry 
theocrats. These governments not only 
wonder about U.S. support should they face 
internal challenges, but even if the United States 
would provide aid and comfort to their enemies 
out of a misplaced belief in the enemies’ good 
intentions. Realists in the United States complain 
that the disorder that accompanies rapid political 
change is both predictable and profound, and 
the eagerness with which the United States 
embraced such change reflects a lack of historical 
awareness or strategic thinking. 
Perhaps most surprising in recent months, in the 
arenas where the United States has been putting 
forth the greatest effort—in Iraq, for example— 
the U.S. government has put the emphasis 
squarely on government-to-government 
relationships. In so doing, the pr esident is 
relying on often-ineffective or corrupt officials 
to reach the large and dissatisfied populations 
in whom the president had seen such promise a 
few years before. 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 51
While some rush to ascribe incompetence or even malice to U.S. government actions, the 
lack of effectiveness is instead a product of sustained U.S. uncertainty. Tumultuous politics in 
the Middle East have pushed the United States toward a more circumspect attitude toward 
the permanence of its allies. Put simply, it is not willing to bet on their suc cess. The speed 
with which the United States moved to establish a working relationship with the Muslim 
Brotherhood in Egypt was chilling to many regional leaders, as was the slow reluctance with 
which the United States accepted the Egyptian army’s seizing power. For the United States, 
the episode was a principled expression of concentrating on process rather than outcome. 
For Arab allies, it was an opportunistic embrace of victors over friends. 
Distrust of U.S. intentions colors Arab leaders’ assessment of U.S.-led negotiations over 
the Iranian nuclear program. Arab governments fear that the United States will try too hard 
to accommodate Iran in the negotiations and react too passively to subsequent Iranian 
violations of its agreements, leaving them enveloped by Iranian hegemonic ambitions. The 
fears of Gulf leaders in particular are abetted by the prospect of U.S. energy independence, 
which they see as diminishing U.S. interest in their partnership, and in their security. 
While there is widespread agreement that U.S. policy in the 
Middle East should be responsive to conditions on the ground, 
there is widespread concern that it has become wholly 
reactive—crisis-driven, unprincipled, and uncoordinated. The 
perception that it is reactive elicits complaints that it is not 
reactive enough to an individual petitioner’s complaints. That 
makes it appear feckless as well. 
while some rush to ascribe 
incompetence or even malice 
to u.s. government actions, 
the lack of effectiveness 
is instead a product of 
sustained u.s. uncertainty. 
Whether one considers the “Transformational Diplomacy” of 
Condoleezza Rice or the “21st-Century Statecraft” of Hillary 
Clinton, the United States continues to lack a strategy it needs for an increasingly complex 
world—and increasingly complex Middle East—in which non-state actors are stronger, 
communications are more robust, and priorities harder to sustain. Equally importantly, 
foreign policy complexity has helped create a world in which U.S. strategic priorities are 
increasingly hard to discern. This is especially so given a strong bureaucratic impulse toward 
the inclusion of priorities in strategic documents rather than choosing between them. 
A clearer strategy would look like this: global energy security—broadly defined—is certainly 
in the strategic interest of the United States, as is containing transnational terrorism. So too 
is preserving the security of key allies against hostile states, and enhancing the resilience 
of friendly governments. Working with friendly states in the region, in Europe, and in Asia, 
those should be the strategic goals. In order to pursue them, the United States should not 
only work with friendly governments, but also push to empower a range of like-minded non-state 
actors, in the United States and abroad. Through it all, the United States must keep in 
mind that some of its greatest successes have come not from what it has done directly, but 
through creating institutions and incentives that encourage people and governments to 
act in desirable ways. The United States still needs to react, but those reactions need to be a 
smaller share of its actions in the Middle East and beyond. ▶ 
52 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
The Need for Better 
Civil-Military Planning 
Anthony H. Cordesman 
The United States is now more than a 
decade into wars attempting to bring 
security and stability to the Middle 
East. The results have not been good. 
The initial U.S. military victory in Iraq that 
overthrew Saddam Hussein was followed 
by eight years of irregular warfare, a pause, 
and now a new war against ISIS. The U.S. 
military effort to lead from behind in Libya 
after 2011 has left instability bordering on 
chaos in that country. The U.S. military effort 
in Yemen has not prevented its capital and 
government from falling to Houthi rebels. 
The U.S. invasion of Iraq in 2003 had 
the unintended consequence of totally 
destabilizing the military balance in the 
Gulf by destroying Iraq’s military forces, and 
contributing to a massive regional arms 
race between Iran and the United States 
and Iran’s Arab neighbors. The broader 
upheavals in the Arab world have offset 
any other gains in the war in terrorism. 
The Study of Terrorism and Response 
to Terrorism (START) global database on 
terrorism shows an increase from fewer than 
300 major incidents a year in the Middle East 
and North Africa (MENA) region during 1998 
to 2004, to 1,600 in 2008, then from 1,500 
in 2010 to 1,700 in 2011, 2,500 in 2012, and 
4,650 in 2013—a fifteenfold increase since 
2002, and threefold increase since 2010. 
A recent RAND study found that the number 
of Salafi jihadists more than doubled from 
2010 to 2013, according to both low and 
high estimates. The war in Syria was the 
single most important attraction for Salafi-jihadist 
fighters. There was a significant 
increase in attacks by al Qaeda-affiliated 
groups between 2007 and 2013, with most 
of the violence in 2013 perpetrated by ISIS 
(43 percent), which eventually left al Qaeda; 
al Shabaab (25 percent); Jabhat al-Nusrah 
(21 percent); and al Qaeda in the Arabian 
Peninsula (10 percent). 
The United States cannot ignore the need to 
meet real threats with military force, or the 
need to create effective counterterrorism 
programs. It also, however, urgently needs 
to look at the almost complete failure to 
create effective civil-military plans and 
programs during both the Afghan and Iraq 
wars, the critical failures to manage them 
effectively and establish transparency, 
adequate fiscal controls, and measures of 
effectiveness. By Congressional Research 
Service (CRS) estimates, the United States 
has already spent some $1.8 trillion on the 
two wars, and both SIGIR (Special Inspector 
General for Iraq Reconstruction) and SIGAR 
(Special Inspector General for Afghanistan 
Reconstruction) have shown the military and 
civil aid aspects of this spending involved 
incredible amounts of waste, fraud, and 
corruption. 
The weakest links lay in the civilian side 
of aid spending, and in the poor planning, 
weak management, and lack of proper 
audits and measures of effectiveness by 
the State Department and U.S. Agency for 
International Development (USAID). There 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 53
is clear need for a comprehensive review of 
the reason for these failures and to find ways 
to create a structure that can cope with these 
challenges in the future. As the new war against 
ISIS makes clear, no war against jihadism, 
terrorism, or an extremist sanctuary can ever 
be won by force alone. 
Here, Americans and Europeans need to 
understand that the primary threat is not 
to outside states, and that, as RAND states, 
“Approximately 99 percent of the attacks by 
al Qaeda and its affiliates in 2013 were against 
‘near enemy’ targets in North Africa, the Middle 
East, and other regions outside of the West, the 
highest percentage of attacks against the near 
enemy in our database.” 
As the UN Arab Human Development Reports 
have made clear since 2002, however, both 
outsiders and MENA states need to pay far more 
attention to the causes of these civil problems. 
They are complex, they vary by country, and 
analysts disagree about the importance of given 
issues, but even a short list of key pressures 
shows why extremism, violence, and instability 
will continue indefinitely unless their civil causes 
are properly addressed. 
The MENA region is largely a desert with declining 
aquifers, river flow, and rain, and dependence 
on finite amounts of fossil water. It is also under 
incredible demographic pressure. According to 
the U.S. Census Bureau, the total population for 
the MENA region was about 83 million in 1950. In 
2014 the population was 404 million—roughly 
five times higher. Its rate of growth is decreasing, 
but conservative estimates put its population at 
590 million in 2050—seven times higher than in 
1950—and 46 percent higher than in 2014. 
Part of the reason is aging. Life expectancy 
increased by roughly 12 years, from 
approximately 61 years to 73 years, on an average 
after 1900. At the same time, the dependency 
ratio—the number of people who depend on 
others for income—increased because so much 
of the population was so young. The CIA Factbook 
estimates that the percentage of citizens 14 
years of age or younger is 28–38 percent in most 
MENA countries. For comparison, they are 19.4 
percent in the United States, 13.8 percent in Italy, 
and 13.2 percent in Japan. 
This creates immense pressure on young 
people in countries that have not invested 
properly in education, where governments 
have failed to create meaningful jobs and 
54 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
careers commensurate with the increase in 
population. Compounding the problem, in many 
societies women are not allowed to compete 
or be productive. In many cases, disguised 
unemployment leaves only dead-end jobs that do 
not cover basic family costs, including marriage, 
children, or housing. These problems are more 
destabilizing than direct unemployment, 
particularly in countries that have failed to 
modernize and reform their economies and lack 
major oil wealth. 
Many MENA citizens have also been forced to 
leave the areas that provided them their sect, 
ethnicity, and tribe with a traditional social safety 
net. There has been a drop, not an increase, in 
arable land, and the emerging market structures 
for agriculture create strong pressure to invest 
capital in agriculture and reduce the number of 
people on the land. 
This push away from the land, and sheer 
demographic pressure, are leading in all but 
the richest oil exporters to the unstable hyper-urbanization 
of formerly rural societies. To make 
matters worse, governments are not keeping 
up with matching development, housing, 
infrastructure, or investment in education, 
and sometimes fail to provide the most basic 
essentials, such as water and electricity. The 
modernization of the wealthier part of most 
MENA cities disguises large slums, low income, 
and long commutes. As a rough estimate, nations 
with 16–18 percent urbanization in 1950 are now 
well over 40 percent today. 
The CIA estimates the rate of urbanization in 
Qatar is 98 percent, 73 percent in Algeria, 82.3 
percent in Saudi Arabia, and 82.7 percent in Jordan. 
In many cases, this creates new pressures that also 
increase sectarian, ethnic, and tribal tensions. It is 
also made much worse by the increasing flow of 
refugees and internal displaced persons coming 
from local and international conflicts—Algeria’s 
past civil war, the Iran-Iraq War and conflicts in Iraq, 
Arab-Palestinian conflicts, and ongoing civil wars in 
Libya, Syria, and Yemen. 
If one looks at national budgets and UN 
data, many non-oil countries—and several 
key oil countries like Algeria, Libya, Iran, 
and Iraq—do not invest in their civil 
sector proportionately to the rise in their 
population and fall badly behind in spending 
on education and social services. A major 
shortfall now exists between required levels of 
education in years and actual schooling. UN 
estimates indicate that the average required 
schooling totals 10.6 years in the MENA area, 
but that the mean average of actual years is 
6. This is not bad by South Asian and African 
standards, but it compares with 10.4 years in 
Europe, and far too often it creates alienated 
young men who learn about Islam by rote 
memorization, are open to extremists, and 
have no reason to be loyal to their regimes. 
Secularism and existing political structures 
are often weak. The ideologies of the 
past have all failed, and the indices of the 
World Bank and Transparency International 
show high levels of corruption, high levels 
of violence, chronic failures of effective 
economic reform, and poor rule of law. A 
combination of authoritarianism, corruption, 
lack of transparency, and faulty rule of law 
help ensure that there are no real political 
parties and no opposition leaders really 
capable of governance. In turn, the opposition 
often becomes covert and ideological, 
extreme, and violent. State Department 
Human Rights Reports also warn that 
justice systems are often repressive and 
dysfunctional in civil and criminal areas, 
and religious extremism acquires political 
legitimacy by default—particularly since 
religious extremists seem to do the best job of 
exploiting the internet, religious societies, and 
social networks. 
Some MENA states still do well and modernize 
and reform, but there is an immense disparity 
of income between and within MENA nations. 
The CIA estimates that GDP per capita is 
$2,500 in Yemen, $6,000 in Jordan, $6,600 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 55
in Egypt, $7,000 in Algeria, $7,100 in Ir aq, 
$12,800 in Iran, $31,300 in Saudi Arabia, 
and $102,100 in Qatar—this compares with 
$52,800 in the United States. If one looks at 
gross national income (GNI) per capita, the 
average was $8,317 in 2013 f or the Arab world 
versus $33,391 for very high development 
countries. Moreover, corruption and favoritism 
skew the numbers in favor of the elite, and keep 
power in the hands 
of those with strong 
ethnic, sectarian, and 
tribal biases. 
unless the united states can do 
a far better job of addressing 
the civilian side of such 
conflicts, every “victory” 
will be no more real than the 
moment sisyphus got the rock 
As some of these 
figures show, one 
also needs to be 
very cautious in 
talking about MENA 
“oil wealth.” Some 
Gulf monarchies do 
well, but the Department of Energy/Energy 
Information Administration (DOE/EIA) estimates 
that per capita oil wealth in Organization of the 
Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) states 
ranges from only $1,667 in Algeria to $2,706 
near the peak. 
56 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 
in Iraq, $8,939 in Saudi Arabia, and $40,943 in 
Qatar. Distribution can range from reasonable 
to terrible, and the “Dutch disease” is a hiccup 
compared to the problems oil revenues create in 
the MENA area. 
This expansive set of factors helps explain 
why U.S. commanders, policy planners, and 
intelligence experts talk about a decade— 
or decades—of unrest, 
and warn again and again 
that every military victory 
or counterterrorism 
strike has marginal 
effect. Counterterrorism, 
counterinsurgency, and 
winning open conflict are not 
going to do the job. Unless 
the United States can do a far 
better job of addressing the 
civilian side of such conflicts, 
and broaden the nature of its efforts to create 
effective civil and military partnerships, every 
“victory” will be no more real than the moment 
Sisyphus got the rock near the peak. ▶
The Challenge of Non-state Actors 
Haim Malka 
After half a century during which the 
Middle East was divided along Cold War 
lines between U.S. allies and adversaries, 
the United States now has friendly 
relations with nearly every Arab state, 
save the Assad regime in Syria. Yet, non-state 
armed groups have emerged as key 
protagonists in conflicts around the region, 
and they are often 
hostile to the 
United States. Today 
they undermine 
U.S. policy goals, 
destabilize fragile 
states, and kill 
civilians. 
they can be contained, their 
capabilities can be degraded, 
but by their nature they 
continue to evolve. 
More than ever before, the United States must 
address a mutating set of foes that operates in 
increasingly complex political environments. 
Doing so will require U.S. government officials 
to demonstrate vigilance, dynamism, and 
creativity at a time when security concerns 
push many to huddle inside embassy walls. 
The United States has many fewer tools to 
influence non-state armed groups than it 
has with governments—and close bilateral 
ties with governments have encouraged 
the United States to designate many such 
groups as foreign terrorist organizations, 
complicating any U.S. government contact 
with them at all. When it comes to non-state 
armed groups, the tools and the objective 
have often been limited to “isolate” or 
“eliminate.” 
And yet, these groups have flourished. 
Throughout the Middle East, non-state 
armed groups have adapted to shifting political 
constraints and opportunities, and they 
have increasingly adopted characteristics of 
states. Such groups control territory, engage 
in diplomacy, build constituencies, and play 
politics. Rather than merely looking for a stake 
in existing state systems, non-state groups are 
reinventing those systems. 
Part of the challenge 
for the United States is 
how to address the root 
causes of support that 
these armed groups 
enjoy. In many cases, 
non-state armed groups 
are inherently political actors with highly refined 
objectives that resonate with significant parts of 
local populations. Hezbollah fought for the rights 
of the Shi’a majority population that had long 
been marginalized in modern Lebanon. Hamas 
presented an Islamist alternative to the Palestine 
Liberation Organization’s (PLO) arrogance and 
corruption, which critics believed had done 
little to establish an independent Palestinian 
state. Even in the fight against al Qaeda and 
ISIS, there seems to be a steady supply of young 
men willing to die for the ideology and goals 
these movements espouse. While U.S. rhetoric 
describes ISIS in polemical terms, the reality is 
that ISIS has two powerful drivers of support: 
it is a utopian social and political entity that 
appeals to disaffected young people, and it is 
a powerful protector of sectarian interests for 
millions of Sunni Arabs in Syria and Iraq who feel 
systematically disenfranchised. 
The group will continue attracting foreigners 
as long as it convinces them that its project to 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 57
build the caliphate remains sincere and a viable 
alternative to other forms of government in the 
region; it will likely continue finding support in Iraq 
as long as many under their rule believe that Shi’a 
politicians remain a larger threat to their interests. 
Beyond their political acumen, many non-state 
armed groups have become security providers. 
Islamist military brigades went on the Libyan 
government payroll after the revolution and 
provided security at hospitals and government 
installations. Hamas, though it remains 
committed to fighting Israel, has at times 
prevented rocket fire by smaller militant groups 
and, through its security monopoly, limited 
the activities of al Qaeda-affiliated cells in Gaza 
that could pose a more lethal threat. In Syria, 
Hezbollah is fighting ISIS and the al Qaeda 
affiliated Jabhat al-Nusra, a goal that overlaps 
with that of the United States. 
It is these groups’ political dimension, then, that 
poses the most complex challenges for U.S. 
policymakers. The experiences of the last several 
decades suggest that non-state armed groups 
cannot be eliminated. They can be contained, 
their capabilities can be degraded, but by their 
nature they continue to evolve: they adjust 
to new constraints, exploit opportunities, and 
reinvent themselves to meet new environments. 
For the United States, victory is unlikely to be 
found through defeating and eliminating these 
groups. Instead, the United States must work 
to change the political and social conditions 
that allow them to thrive. How to develop state 
structures that meet the needs of populations 
and offer a vision for them will be the great 
challenge for the next generation in the Middle 
East. If governments don’t take the lead in 
putting forward new visions that resonate with 
their populations, non-state armed groups will 
do it for them. ▶ 
58 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
Counterterrorism Success 
and Failings 
Samuel J. Brannen 
As President Obama oversees military 
operations against ISIS, he and his 
advisers should also be sure to focus on 
the effectiveness of military operations 
against terrorist groups over the past 13 
years. While succeeding in the short term— 
largely keeping the United States and its 
citizens safe from attack—U.S.-led strikes 
have neither stopped the spread of Islamist 
extremism, nor addressed growing, related 
state-level instability from Pakistan to Nigeria. 
The increasing capability of terrorists to 
destroy people and property and to command 
attention is presenting itself as the strategic 
challenge of a generation. In response to 
the most pressing threats, the United States 
has carried out a series of military strikes, 
sometimes directly and sometimes through 
allied militaries, sometimes on the ground 
and sometimes from the air. Military action 
against ISIS is the latest U.S. campaign 
against an armed terrorist group operating 
from a weak state. 
Addressing the long-term challenge of ISIS 
must begin with broad understanding of the 
utility of military force against this enemy— 
the most visible, costly, and active element 
of U.S. strategy to date. It is true that through 
innovation, investment, grit, and sacrifice 
across the U.S. national security enterprise, 
the United States has developed a remarkable 
capability to detect and disrupt terrorist plots 
emanating from overseas. Unmanned aerial 
systems can operate over remote geographies 
without putting a single American in harm’s 
way, while Special Forces capture or kill high-value 
leaders deep inside sovereign countries, 
with or without diplomatic permission. The 
enemy is nowhere safe, and largely the 
U.S. intelligence community can provide 
strategic (if not always tactical) warning of an 
adversary’s activities. 
Yet, there are firm limits on what strategic 
results this approach to counterterrorism 
brings. Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel 
told the House Armed Services Committee 
in September 2014 that “American military 
power alone cannot eradicate the threats 
posed by ISIS to the United States, our allies 
and our friends and partners in the region.” 
Despite remarkable operational successes in 
a global direct action campaign by the U.S. 
intelligence community and the military, a 
growing web of terrorist groups continues 
to attract and train recruits, regrow leaders, 
maintain funding, and gain new operational 
footholds. Osama bin Laden and hundreds of 
his top lieutenants and adherents are captured 
or dead, but during the past decade terrorist 
groups have expanded across the Middle East 
and North Africa. As these groups metastasize, 
U.S. military assets have been spread thin. 
The U.S. military maintains unflinching focus 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 59
on counterterrorism at the expense of other difficult security challenges and 
strategic imperatives that will matter in years and decades to come. 
Former Secretary of Defense Bob Gates has observed that the incredible capability 
of the U.S. military can be a liability: “Our foreign and national security policy 
has become too militarized, the use of force too easy for presidents.” With so 
much military capability on call for the president, and the broad counterterrorism 
authorities endowed in presidential findings and the 2001 Authorization for 
Use of Military Force, there is a distortion in the cost-benefit analysis for action 
versus inaction (or less direct approaches). When option A is to attack the terrorist 
network and option B is essentially to do nothing, the choic e is not difficult, even if 
it is admittedly short term. 
But often, the choice to use military force empowers this enemy. Former Secretary 
of Defense Donald Rumsfeld asked his staff in an October 2003 memo, “Are we 
capturing, killing or deterring and dissuading more terrorists every day than the 
madrassas and the radical clerics are recruiting, training and deploying against 
us?” The answer to that question is as unnerving today as when he asked it. Al- 
Qaeda and ISIS not only do not seem to mind that they ar e hunted; they seem 
to thrive because of it. Their propaganda depends on images of battle against 
a superior adversary, stoking a sense of victimization and injustice. Israel has 
experienced a similar phenomenon in its successive campaigns against Hezbollah 
and Hamas: battlefield victories translate at best into stalemate and at worst into 
political losses in a regional context. Terrorist groups feed on the instability and 
economic decimation that warfare brings. 
60 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
A more effective U.S. counterterrorism approach is 
straightforward, well understood, and yet has proven elusive 
to two administrations. It would be far better to balance the 
use of military force in the short term against adversaries 
directly threatening the interests of the United States and its 
allies and partners with the need to pursue other approaches 
that cut off recruits and support for these groups in the 
medium and long terms. 
Over the past 13 years, in addition to its military successes 
the United States has improved border and transportation 
security, and developed powerful counter-threat finance 
tools. But it has fallen markedly short in other key areas. The 
good news is that the shortfalls and needed capabilities are 
well understood. They are mainly in the areas of information 
operations, partner security forces and law enforcement 
capacity building, economic and political development in 
weak states, and human rights. Our failure to make successful 
investments in these areas in Iraq helps explain the current 
challenges the United States and its allies—including the 
Iraqi government—face there now. 
Progress on these issues will require sustained attention 
from the president and his top advisers. The National 
Security Council must give the same attention to building 
up and exercising these tools as it does direct-action 
counterterrorism. Congress must similarly lend its attention 
to the necessary missing ingredients of a better approach to 
counterterrorism. Military force is a sometimes necessary, but 
strategically insufficient, answer to a growing threat. ▶ 
their propaganda depends 
on images of battle 
against a superior 
adversary, stoking a 
sense of victimization 
and injustice. 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 61
Global forecast 2015
PART FOUR 
Is the Rebalance to Asia Sustainable?
Asian Perceptions of the Rebalance 
Michael J. Green and Zack Cooper 
Three years have passed since President Barack 
Obama announced the U.S. “rebalance” to Asia. 
A recent CSIS survey found that 79 percent of 
strategic elites in Asia support the rebalance, with 
opposition mainly coming from China where only 
23 percent were in support. Yet, as enthusiastic 
as most Asian observers are about a renewed U.S. 
focus on their region, the rebalance or “pivot” to 
Asia has been overshadowed by doubts regarding 
the administration’s ability to follow through. In the 
CSIS survey, 51 percent of elites questioned whether 
the rebalance has been effectively resourced or 
implemented. Concerns 
center on three questions. 
is the objective of the 
rebalance a “new model of 
great power relations” with 
china or is it to strengthen 
First, can the administration 
and the Congress reach 
agreement on the Trans- 
Pacific Partnership (TPP)? 
At present, the core of 
the negotiations between 
Japan and the United 
States have broken down 
over about five remaining issues, with Washington 
blaming Japanese intransigence and Tokyo blaming 
the Obama administration’s unwillingness to seek 
Congressional Trade Promotion Authority (TPA). TPP 
is seen in the region as an indispensable cornerstone 
for building an open and inclusive trans-Pacific 
economic architecture going forward. 
security and economic 
partnerships with states under 
pressure from china? 
Second, does the United States have the willpower 
to counter increasing evidence of coercion in 
the region? Chinese mercantile and paramilitary 
coercion against claimant states in the East and 
South China Seas and North Korea’s ongoing 
nuclear weapons and missile programs have caused 
regional allies and partners to carefully watch the 
U.S. defense budget and the U.S. responses to the 
crises in Syria, Iraq, and Ukraine. On the one hand, 
they worry that renewed U.S. involvement in the 
Middle East or Europe will undercut the rebalance 
to Asia; but on the other hand, they worry about 
Washington’s lack of demonstrated resolve in these 
cases and the signal this sends for Asia. 
Third, what is the administration’s bottom line 
in Asia? Is the objective of the rebalance a “new 
model of great power relations” with China—as the 
administration has announced at various points, to 
the chagrin of allies and partners like Japan or India 
that are relegated to non-great power status by 
Beijing? Or is the objective to strengthen security 
and economic partnerships 
with states under pressure 
from China, which Beijing 
views as a new form of 
containment? The success 
of the rebalance depends 
in large measure on how 
credibly and consistently the 
United States articulates its 
own role in shaping a future 
regional order. 
While these questions percolate around the U.S. 
rebalance, there is good news for the administration 
as it refocuses on Asia and the Pacific over the 
coming years. First, elites in Asia appear to have 
confidence in American leadership overall, with 57 
percent of respondents to the 2014 CSIS survey 
predicting that among various scenarios for the 
future of Asian order a decade from now, continued 
U.S. leadership was most likely. The major powers, 
including China, were most certain of this future. As 
President Obama prepares to travel in November 
to the East Asia Summit (EAS) and Asia-Pacific 
Economic Cooperation (APEC) summit, the 
administration would do well to use the opportunity 
to better define its vision for the rebalance in the 
years ahead. ▶ 
64 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
Keeping Focus on Korea 
Victor Cha 
It is hard to tell what the bigger concern on the Korean peninsula will be over 
the next year: more nuclear weapons and ballistic missile tests by the North, 
or potential political discontinuities inside the Pyongyang regime. Neither is a 
good outcome. 
The first scenario would highlight the fact that over 20 years after the first nuclear 
agreement with North Korea in October 1994 (the Agreed Framework), and 10 
years after the second nuclear agreement in September 2005 (the Six-Party Joint 
Statement), the problem has become exponentially worse in 2015. North Korea, 
under Kim Jong-un’s byongjin strategy appears to be aiming to develop the full 
spectrum of nuclear capabilities, from plutonium and uranium-based weapons to 
potential battlefield use. The Obama administration might try to make one last push 
for a denuclearization deal like the September 2005 agreement, but success would 
be highly unlikely. 
The second scenario is no better. The machinations of North Korean leadership 
dynamics raise concerns about regime stability. It is not clear if the young leader is 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 65
calling the shots or if there are power struggles 
among elites in the party and military over a 
shrinking pie. Even if internal power struggles 
are not the problem, Kim’s health may be. 
Westerners who have met the young leader in 
person at diplomatic functions in Pyongyang 
have observed that he is grossly obese, much 
more so than official pictures depict; that he is 
a chain smoker; that he drinks heavily; and that 
his face looks unusually unhealthy for a 29- or 
30-year-old. There is a history of heart disease in 
the family (Kim’s father and grandfather both died 
of massive heart attacks), as well as purported 
kidney and liver problems. The chances that he 
can rule for decades like his predecessors are slim. 
The challenge for the United States will be how 
to maintain focus on this problem when the 
White House will be 
preoccupied with Ebola 
in West Africa, Russia 
and Ukraine, and the war 
against ISIS. A crisis with 
the North (in the form 
of a fourth nuclear test 
or provocations against 
South Korea) will certainly 
grab attention, but the 
reaction will be to seek a 
temporary solution that provides compensation 
to Pyongyang in return for de-escalation—a 
familiar outcome that has contributed directly to 
the growth of the North’s nuclear program over 
the past 25 years. On the other hand, if the North 
does not invoke a crisis it will mean little attention 
from Washington, allowing the North’s nuclear 
program to develop unimpeded. 
as reluctant as the south 
koreans may be to work with 
their neighbor, enhanced u.s.- 
japan-korea trilateral alliance 
cooperation is the best answer 
to north korea’s threats and 
possible regime instability. 
The best antidote to this catch-22 is to continue 
robust defense cooperation with South Korea. 
This means enhancing missile defense, including 
the introduction of Terminal High Altitude Area 
Defense (THAAD) to the peninsula; delay of the 
transfer of wartime operational control (OPCON) 
from the United States to South Korea; and a 
rigorous regimen of military exercises to reinforce 
deterrence. Washington and Seoul might consider 
improved defense cooperation in areas like drone 
technology, which could be useful against North 
Korea. Regional security also requires better 
defense cooperation and information sharing 
between South Korea and Japan. As reluctant 
as the South Koreans may be to work with their 
neighbor, enhanced U.S.-Japan-Korea trilateral 
alliance cooperation is the best answer to North 
Korea’s threats and possible regime instability. 
North Korea is not the only issue on the U.S.- 
Republic of Korea (ROK) security agenda in 2015. 
Look for the two allies to complete a new civilian 
nuclear energy agreement that will form the 
basis of a new era of safe and proliferation-free 
nuclear cooperation. Washington and Seoul are 
likely to put flesh on the bones of a development 
assistance agreement 
made between the two 
Peace Corps last year 
(South Korea has the 
world’s second-largest 
Peace Corps next to 
the United States) 
and on health security 
initiatives. These types 
of projects reinforce 
the alliance’s growing 
scope not only to operate on the peninsula but 
also to provide public goods for the broader world 
community. Should the Trans-Pacific Partnership 
be completed in 2015, also look for South Korea 
to be one of the first major economies to seek 
membership in the institution. 
Despite the strong ties between ROK president 
Park Guen-hye and Chinese leader Xi Jinping, 2015 
may be a year in which we see this deepening 
relationship put to the test. North Korean 
provocations will raise expectations in Seoul that 
Beijing should act expeditiously in punishing 
the North. Meanwhile, China is likely to call in 
some chips with the ROK by lobbying against the 
introduction of THAAD to the peninsula. Neither 
“ask” is likely to be heeded by the other side, 
which will create mutual disappointment. ▶ 
66 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
Economic Imperative in 
Southeast Asia 
Ernest Z. Bower 
While there is a wide range of differing perceptions about the U.S. rebalance in 
Southeast Asia, there is a regional consensus that a strong, sustainable U.S. 
presence is necessary to retain regional peace and stability, which are in turn 
prerequisites for economic growth. 
To build an effective strategy to promote its interests in the region, the United States 
needs to digest the fact that in Asia, economics are the foundation for security. 
In other words, any U.S. security and military strategy for Asia will be incomplete 
and ineffective without a comprehensive economic thrust. Current U.S. economic 
offerings are insufficient because they don’t include all of the key countries. Nor do 
they articulate a comprehensive goal that makes sense to Americans seeking new 
jobs as well as Asian partners seeking expanded investment, trade, and the benefits 
U.S. companies bring, including training, education, and investment in communities 
and infrastructure. 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 67
A number of factors are driving Southeast Asia to 
send the United States a strong demand signal 
for engagement: 
■■ Anxiety over China’s rapid economic growth 
and its demonstrated willingness to use 
economic leverage to force neighbors to 
conform with its demands in disputes; 
■■ China’s rapid increase in military capability; 
■■ Admiration for elements of what the United 
States stands for, including democracy, 
freedom, and human rights; 
■■ A well-developed instinct for geopolitical 
balancing. 
President Obama’s administration deserves credit 
for saying and doing many of the right things in this 
context, including sustaining a strong bipartisan 
continuity of focus on Asia. His team has articulated 
an Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN)- 
focused strategic outlook that sees the new 
geopolitical center of gravity as the point where the 
Indian and Pacific oceans meet, namely in Indonesia, 
ASEAN’s anchor. Former Secretary of State Hillary 
Clinton described ASEAN as the “fulcrum” of evolving 
security and economic architecture in Asia. 
Function has followed form, for the most part. 
President Obama successfully engaged ASEAN 
by acceding to the group’s Treaty of Amity and 
Cooperation, joining the East Asia Summit, and 
establishing diplomatic relations with a reforming 
Myanmar. Obama’s secretaries of state have not 
missed an ASEAN Regional Forum; his secretaries 
of defense have forged ahead with the ASEAN 
Defense Ministers’ Meeting-Plus and held a U.S.- 
ASEAN Defense Forum that the United States 
hopes to repeat annually. The president himself 
elevated his annual meeting with the 10 ASEAN 
leaders to a summit, thereby institutionalizing 
the high-level engagement. 
Additionally, steps have been taken to deepen 
bilateral ties with allies and important partners. 
The Enhanced Defense Cooperation Agreement 
was negotiated in the Philippines, four littoral 
combat ships now have a home in Singapore, 
military-to-military ties with Indonesia have 
been normalized, and the embargo on lethal 
weapons sales to Vietnam has been partially 
lifted. These steps, in addition to concentrated 
efforts to establish comprehensive or strategic 
partnerships with other ASEAN countries, are 
foundational benchmarks. 
These steps are necessary, but not sufficient. 
Southeast Asia worries about Beijing’s perception 
that Washington won’t sustain this level of focus 
and investment in Asia generally and Southeast 
Asia in particular. Most ASEAN members believe 
that Beijing has committed to achieving regional 
leadership by the Chinese Communist Party’s 100th 
birthday in 2021 and regional hegemony by the 
People’s Republic of China’s centennial in 2049. 
ASEAN’s members see China incrementally testing 
U.S. resolve, pushing Beijing’s goals to dominate 
the first and second island chain in the near- to 
midterm. China is testing the limits of its new power, 
and trying to understand where lines will be drawn. 
This creates a dilemma for most Southeast Asian 
countries. ASEAN needs China to be secure, 
economically successful, and active in economic 
integration, but it does not want to be dominated 
by China. Nor do any Southeast Asia countries 
want to emulate Chinese values or governance 
systems, including Vietnam. This conundrum is 
well demonstrated by the recent debate around 
China’s campaign to develop a new set of Sino-centric 
institutions to supplant, or at least regionally 
augment, existing entities. A good example is the 
proposed Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank. 
ASEAN countries badly need more infrastructure 
investment and feel current mechanisms such 
as the World Bank, the Asian Development Bank, 
and the global private sector are not acting quickly 
enough. But they worry a great deal about giving 
Beijing more economic leverage. 
To complete the rebalance in Southeast Asia, 
the United States needs presidential leadership 
to build a political foundation for future 
engagement in Asia. President Obama needs to 
talk to Americans himself, in the United States, 
68 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
about why Asia is fundamentally important to U.S. prosperity and 
peace. This above all other actions will convince Asia that the United 
States is committed for the long term. This leadership effort cannot be 
deputized or delegated, though the ground work has certainly been 
laid in speeches by successive Obama national security advisers and 
other key cabinet members. 
Asia wonders why talking about foreign policy, trade, and Asia is seen as a 
negative in the context of U.S. domestic politics. Asian partners are being 
told repeatedly that the White House will spend political capital on the 
asia wonders why 
talking about foreign 
policy, trade, and asia 
is seen as a negative 
in the context of u.s. 
domestic politics. 
Trans-Pacific Partnership after the November midterm elections. This is not a good message in Asia. 
It undercuts a belief in a sustainable and serious U.S. commitment to the region. Engagement in Asia 
cannot and should not be something the administration squeezes in during the lame-duck session or 
after elections so it doesn’t divide its political base. The United States must develop an Asia consensus 
that serves as a foundation for policymaking for the remainder of the 21st century and beyond. ▶ 
The Long View on India 
Richard M. Rossow 
Ironically, the U.S. rebalance to Asia is viewed by some in India as a pivot away from their 
country. Repeated U.S. attempts to initiate top-down cooperation in strategic sectors, such 
as civilian nuclear power and defense trade, have experienced uneven success. Today, some 
senior U.S. policymakers privately question efforts to court a nation that often appears unwilling to 
reciprocate U.S. outreach. Few would argue that, in 20 years, a rising India will not play an important 
role in regional stability. For the United States to be a partner in this future, it must commit to finding 
small ways to work toward this vision—even if there will be few instances of short-term gratification. 
U.S. policymakers have a powerful predilection toward tangible deliverables. Senior officials 
want to walk away from public service with a sense that they, as individuals, made some 
particular contribution to America’s strategic success. There is less interest in engaging in 
relationships where there are low expectations for immediate repayment. Unfortunately, 
India has fallen into this category. 
President George W. Bush placed a “big bet” on India as a distinctly important partner in Asia’s 
future. But with the rebalance, India sees the United States as placing multiple smaller bets across 
Asia, with little strategic focus on India. The truth, of course, is much more nuanced; defense 
relations are expanding and space cooperation is back on the agenda, while nuclear cooperation 
is stuck in neutral largely due to India’s inability to open the door for commercial trade. 
The Bharatiya Janata Party’s (BJP) resounding victory in the spring 2014 parliamentary 
election offers a chance to review how the United States and India might engage on 
strategic affairs. This BJP government is not the Congress Party, and therefore historical 
positions concerning nonalignment bear less significance. While there will still be adherents to 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 69
nonalignment in the bureaucracy, policymakers 
will be willing to approach issues differently. While 
India has no desire to be seen as a junior partner 
to Washington, Narendra Modi’s government is 
more open to expanding cooperation with the 
United States on a whole range of global issues. 
There are already strong signals that New 
Delhi is thinking differently about its global 
interests, as evidenced by 
the Joint Statement issued 
following Prime Minister 
Modi’s September 2014 visit 
to Washington, D.C. While 
the statement rehashes and 
updates some of the areas 
previously highlighted for 
bilateral cooperation, it expands the number of 
areas where the United States and India promise 
to collaborate, including North Korea, Iraq, Syria, 
and the South China Sea. Historically, India 
has avoided being this specific when it comes 
to identifying regions where it has strategic 
concerns and interests. 
there are already 
strong signals that 
new delhi is thinking 
differently about its 
global interests. 
If India is interested in being a partner to the 
United States in developing a new Asian security 
architecture, there are important domestic issues 
within India that must be addressed. First and 
foremost, finding a solution to the nuclear liability 
issue—which has thus far precluded American 
commercial involvement in India’s nuclear power 
industry—must be tackled. Second, India must 
be more receptive to U.S. attempts to initiate co-development 
and co-production of next-generation 
defense equipment. Third, India must show more 
willingness to engage on trade. While trade and 
strategic issues are sometimes viewed through 
different lenses, many consider the Trans-Pacific 
Partnership free-trade agreement to be one of 
the more tangible initiatives of the rebalance. 
India’s avoidance of engaging in 
high-standards trade agreements, 
combined with the Modi government’s 
decision to walk away from the World 
Trade Organization’s Trade Facilitation 
Agreement in July 2014, does not 
give confidence that the government 
is ready to make tough decisions on 
trade issues that could bind the United States and 
India closer together. 
Building a comprehensive, strategic relationship 
with India will continue to be an elaborate 
courtship. The United States needs to sacrifice 
its fondness for regular, clear deliverables, 
and be prepared to play a long game that 
may take decades. But India must also show 
greater willingness to take decisions that form 
the building blocks of a deeper relationship. A 
thoughtful assessment of Asia in 20 years shows a 
convergence of interests, but there is much work 
to be done to make sure that the United States 
and India have a dependable and comfortable 
partnership. ▶ 
70 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
Maintaining the 
U.S.-Japan Alliance 
Nicholas Szechenyi 
The U.S. rebalance to the Asia-Pacific region presents an opportunity to strengthen the 
U.S.-Japan alliance and further its role in maintaining regional security and prosperity. 
U.S. fiscal constraints and multiple crises in other parts of the world have prompted concern 
in Japan about the sustainability of the rebalance, but close ties with the United States are the 
cornerstone of Japanese foreign policy and the Abe government unveiled a national security 
strategy last year that mirrors U.S. diplomatic, economic, and security objectives in the region. 
There is much the two governments can do in the coming year to enhance alliance cooperation 
aimed at shaping the regional order. 
Revised guidelines for bilateral defense cooperation expected by the end of 2014 will update 
the strategic framework for the alliance and signal a commitment to strengthen deterrence in 
an increasingly complex regional security environment. The two governments are conducting 
a policy dialogue to identify priorities. Examples listed in an interim report include maritime 
security; air and missile defense; intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance; capacity 
building; and space and cyber security. Core objectives are to increase Japan’s defense 
capabilities and interoperability between the two militaries, and the Abe government’s July 
2014 decision to reinterpret the constitution and exercise the right of collective self-defense 
(or aid allies under attack) is potentially a means toward both ends. Requisite legislation for this 
policy reform will be submitted for parliamentary debate in 2015 and it will take some time to 
determine the impact in operational terms. Nonetheless, the guidelines likely will address the 
general implications for the alliance, which include improved information sharing as well as 
cooperation with other regional partners, a central tenet of the U.S. rebalance to Asia. 
Japan will continue to seek U.S. support for its sovereignty claims over the Senkaku Islands and 
respond to the challenges posed by Chinese coercion in the East China Sea. Senior Obama 
administration officials have stated repeatedly that while the United States does not take a 
position on the islands’ sovereignty, it does recognize Japan’s administrative control over the 
islands and consequently Article V of the U.S.-Japan security treaty (which obligates the United 
States to defend Japan and all areas under its administrative control) applies. U.S. officials have 
also consistently voiced opposition to any unilateral attempts to coercively change the status 
quo, but declaratory policy alone will prove insufficient in deterring Chinese assertiveness. 
China has orchestrated multiple incursions into Japanese territorial waters and air space around 
the Senkaku Islands, probing activities that fall short of armed conflict but increase tension and 
instability. Japan would like to advance operational planning with the United States on these 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 71
so-called gray zone contingencies and reduce 
the probability of accidental conflict. The 
guidelines revision process should facilitate 
such planning and the U.S. Pacific Command 
should shed any reticence about exploring 
cooperation in future gray zone scenarios. 
A core pillar of Japan’s national security 
strategy and the U.S. rebalance is economic 
power. In joining the Trans-Pacific Partnership 
trade negotiations, both countries have 
recognized that economic competitiveness 
and trade liberalization are inextricably 
linked. The United States and Japan, as the 
first- and third-largest economies in the 
world, respectively, are poised to fuel the 
economic engine that is the Asia Pacific 
and enhance their strategic influence by 
setting high standards for regional economic 
integration. Trade politics in both countries 
render the prospects for concluding TPP 
uncertain, but progress on the agreement in 
the year ahead will be critical to the credibility 
of Prime Minister Abe’s structural reform 
agenda and the economic component of 
the U.S. rebalance. Article II of the U.S.-Japan 
security treaty 
focuses on economic 
cooperation, and 
joint leadership on 
TPP is a vital tool 
for enhancing both 
economic prosperity 
and security. Right 
a core pillar of 
japan’s national 
security strategy and 
the u.s. rebalance is 
economic power. 
72 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
now the United States and Japan are disagreeing on issues that probably 
account for less than 1 percent of our total bilateral trade. Both sides need 
to look to the larger strategic and economic picture. Japan should build on 
deregulation under way in the agricultural sector to sell TPP at home, and 
the White House needs to make the case politically not only for opening 
Japanese markets, but also to demonstrate to U.S. trading partners 
that President Obama is willing to fight for necessary Trade Promotion 
Authority (TPA) against opposition in his own party. 
As a treaty ally of the United States, Japan naturally welcomes a sustained 
U.S. presence in the Asia-Pacific region and wants to be a partner in 
realizing the objectives of the rebalance. This is evidenced by an interest 
in expanding the parameters for bilateral security cooperation and setting 
standards for regional trade. Translating these shared strategic interests 
into action will prove important in terms of demonstrating Japan’s 
leadership capacity and a sustained U.S. commitment to the region 
despite a plethora of foreign policy challenges elsewhere. ▶ 
Recalibrating on China 
Christopher K. Johnson 
Sustaining the rebalance into 2015 will require crafting fresh 
approaches to managing the bilateral U.S.-China relationship 
while reassuring the region and encouraging Chinese leaders to 
understand Washington’s abiding commitment to Asia without 
further exacerbating Chinese suspicions over U.S. intentions. 
On overall strategy, the administration needs to acknowledge more 
honestly that President Xi Jinping is not responding to the heavy dose of 
traditional U.S. messaging and cueing on maritime tensions and other 
security sore spots—or at least not in the way Washington would want. 
This does not require U.S. acquiescence to China’s new policy tack, 
but it should give U.S. policymakers pause and a desire to reflect on 
whether—and how—U.S. actions may need to be recalibrated to deal 
with this dilemma. 
At a more tactical level, the United States must not miss the opportunity 
afforded by the round of summits taking place in Asia in late 2014. 
China’s tone has become noticeably less shrill, especially when it comes 
to relations with its regional neighbors. Whether it be Xi’s successful trip 
to India or the steady—if still sub rosa—shift toward less antagonistic 
relations with Japan, it is obvious that Beijing is on at least a mini charm 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 73
offensive. As a still relatively untested ruler on the 
world stage, President Xi is keen to show off his 
foreign policy acumen in playing host to all of the 
region’s most important leaders at the APEC summit. 
Skillful U.S. diplomacy will seek to mold that instinct 
into an impetus for shaping the regional environment 
to sustain the warming trend in the coming year. 
Above all, operationalizing such a strategy with 
China requires putting most of the administr ation’s 
energy into advancing the economic and other 
nonsecurity elements of the rebalance. Given the 
seeming intractability of many of the security 
challenges in the relationship, emphasizing these 
other areas offers the best chance for developing 
the mutual strategic trust needed to move toward 
common ground on thornier issues. The f ollowing 
three pillars would seem the most sensible policy 
tools in undergirding such an approach: 
■■ Use the APEC and reciprocal Sunnylands 
summits to get the relationship back on track. 
Many Chinese strategic thinkers believe the 
summit marks a critical juncture for shaping 
the trajectory of bilateral ties in the remaining 
years of the Obama administration. This year’s 
Strategic and Economic Dialogue failed to 
act as a policy springboard for paving the way 
for a successful summit. Instead, it released a 
relatively bland series of pronouncements that, 
after the summer in both capitals and an intense 
focus early in the fall on critical domestic events 
in each country, leaves precious little time to 
think about policy solutions for elevating the 
relationship. Along with progress on climate 
change and counterterrorism, the administration 
should seek to disarm Xi with an unexpected 
gesture of support, such as endorsing China’s 
proposed Asian Infrastructure Investment 
Bank, or at least dropping our clumsy efforts to 
undermine it. 
■■ Put more energy into the Bilateral Investment 
Treaty (BIT) negotiations. President Xi and 
Premier Li Keqiang took a substantial domestic 
political risk in endorsing the BIT at last fall’s 
74 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
watershed Third Plenum. The United States should more clearly articulate its 
appreciation of that gesture with greater activism while simultaneously pushing 
the Chinese negotiators to shift from aspirational enthusiasm for the treaty toward 
detailing real concessions the Chinese side is willing to make. The BIT also represents 
the best mechanism for the United States to affect the trajectory of China’s 
economic reforms, which has critical implications for the more challenging business 
environment U.S. and other foreign firms currently are grappling with in China. 
■■ Get TPP done. The rebalance can have no credibility in the region without the 
TPP’s successful conclusion, because the pact reflects the crystallization of the 
policy vis-à-vis China. It reassures U.S. allies and partners that they need not focus 
exclusively on the pull of China’s economy while also providing a vehicle for those 
in China who acknowledge that, like China’s World Trade Organization accession 
more than a decade ago, TPP may provide a more politically palatable pathway for 
making the difficult changes at home that Chinese leaders agree they must enact 
for their own prosperity. 
Despite concerns about Washington’s implementation of the 
rebalance, the United States is well positioned to lead in Asia. 
Decades of U.S. engagement have enabled Asia’s economic 
growth, security, and the spread of shared values. Today many 
regional states look to China to drive economic growth, but 
they rely more than ever on the United States to guarantee 
regional security. For this reason, it is critical that regional allies, 
partners, and competitors recognize and acknowledge that the 
United States is a Pacific power with the ability to carry out its 
rebalance strategy. 
today many regional states 
look to china to drive 
economic growth, but 
they rely more than 
ever on the united states 
to guarantee regional 
security. 
Implementing the rebalance will require that the United States maintain its 
longstanding political relationships, robust economic ties, unparalleled military 
capabilities, and shared values with most regional states. Although the perception in 
Asia is that the United States and its rebalance to the region have lost some steam, 
2015 provides an opportunity for Washington to demonstrate that U.S. engagement 
will not only continue, but will grow. ▶ 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 75
Global forecast 2015
PART FIVE 
Is a Competing Economic Order Emerging?
The Evolving Institutional 
Landscape 
Matthew P. Goodman 
Seventy years ago, as World War II was nearing its end, 44 allied nations assembled 
at the Bretton Woods resort in New Hampshire to begin rebuilding a global 
economic order that had been reduced to rubble over the previous 30 years. The 
institutions spawned by that meeting, including the International Monetary Fund (IMF), 
World Bank, and eventually World Trade Organization (WTO), underpinned a rules-based 
economic order that produced seven decades of growing prosperity around the world. 
Over the past decade, the credibility of these multilateral institutions has been brought 
into question by two failings: frequent inability to deliver on their mandate, be it stronger 
growth or freer trade; and outdated governance structures that do not reflect the rise 
of China or the other emerging economies. Various efforts have been made to fix these 
problems, from IMF quota reform to WTO ministerial conferences, but most of these 
efforts have so far failed to deliver. 
As a number of developments over the past year brought into sharp focus, some 
countries—including industrialized economies—are tired of waiting for existing 
institutions to perform better and have started to pursue workarounds. Some of these 
initiatives have been consciously designed to bolster and reenergize the multilateral 
order, while others appear to have been motivated by narrower considerations. But in 
either case, there is a risk that these new arrangements could damage the existing order if 
not structured and governed appropriately. 
Trade is one area where workarounds are becoming the norm. Frustrated by a decade 
of unproductive multilateral negotiations under the Doha Development Agenda, Group 
of 20 (G20) leaders meeting in Cannes in November 2011 called for “fresh, credible 
approaches” to trade liberalization. This helped spur agreement at Bali in December 2013 
on a new multilateral deal on trade facilitation, designed to lower border frictions to trade. 
Yet within months this agreement had unraveled, as India blocked final consensus. 
Meanwhile, various groups of WTO members have been pursuing regional trade 
arrangements outside the Doha framework. In the Asia-Pacific region, talks are underway 
along two tracks, the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) and the Regional Comprehensive 
78 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
Economic Partnership (RCEP). The United 
States and European Union are negotiating 
a Transatlantic Trade and Investment 
Partnership (TTIP). Although all of these 
negotiations have been slow going, there 
is a reasonable prospect that one or all of 
these mega-regional deals will be struck 
within the next two to three years. 
Along with attempts 
to negotiate sectoral 
agreements such 
as an updated 
Information 
Technology 
Agreement (ITA-II) and a Trade in Services 
Agreement (TISA), these new plurilateral 
arrangements could be seen as a threat to 
the multilateral system. However, provided 
they remain open to new members and build 
on existing rules rather than undermining 
them, these workarounds could lay out an 
alternative path to a new “21st-century” set 
of trade rules, after years of failed attempts to 
reach the multilateral summit directly via the 
Doha round. 
Meanwhile, attempts to reform the original 
Bretton Woods institutions to align their 
governance structures with the new global 
balance of economic power have made 
little progress. In 2010, the United States 
championed an agreement in the G20 to 
reallocate “shares and chairs” in the IMF 
from the advanced countries of Europe 
toward large emerging markets. But these 
reforms have stalled due to failure of 
the U.S. Congress to ratify an IMF capital 
increase that underpins the deal. 
Emerging markets have clearly lost patience 
with the slow progress on institutional 
reform and have started to pursue their own 
workarounds. Meeting with Southeast Asian 
leaders in late 2013, Chinese President Xi 
Jinping proposed an Asian Infrastructure 
Investment Bank (AIIB) to help meet the 
region’s enormous infrastructure needs, 
estimated at some $1 trillion per annum 
over the next decade. Then in July 2014, 
Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa 
launched a New Development Bank— 
commonly known as the “BRICS Bank”— 
that would pool the group’s resources to 
finance development projects in the five 
countries and possibly beyond. 
While many details of the AIIB and BRICS 
Bank remain to be worked out, these 
initiatives clearly signal an impulse among 
their founders—and especially China—for 
more voice in global economic governance. 
The real question is whether these new 
institutions will enhance the rules-based 
order or detract from it. In an encouraging 
sign, Beijing has gone out of its way to 
clarify that the governance structure and 
operational practices of the AIIB, including 
environmental and other lending standards, 
will be transparent and consistent with the 
practices of the Asian Development Bank 
and other existing multilateral institutions. 
Finally, what of the G20? Established as 
a leader-level forum in 2008, the G20 
was effectively a reversal of an earlier 
workaround, the G7, which the advanced 
industrialized democracies had created in 
the 1970s initially to meet their needs as 
energy consumers. Expanding the table to 
include major emerging countries, the G20 
generated unprecedented international 
economic cooperation to combat the global 
emerging markets have 
clearly lost patience 
with the slow progress 
on institutional reform. 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 79
financial crisis at its first few summits. However, the forum has suffered in recent 
years from a waning sense of shared purpose and an inability to deliver visible results 
on its core mission of strong growth, financial stability, and international financial 
architecture reform. As host in 2014, Australia sought to restore the G20’s credibility 
by seeking concrete outcomes under the themes “growth and resilience,” but 2015 
host Turkey is likely to have its work cut out in sustaining the G20’s role as steering 
group for the global economy. 
For all the questions about the effectiveness and legitimacy of existing multilateral 
institutions, and for all the recent efforts at workarounds, it is worth remembering 
that the postwar rules-based economic order has produced unprecedented 
prosperity over the past seven decades. It is difficult to believe that a fundamentally 
different set of institutions and rules could have produced better outcomes. 
The big question going forward is whether key countries have the necessary 
combination of willingness and capability to reform and strengthen the existing 
order. The United States, Europe, and Japan still have the will, but their capacity has 
been diminished by slow growth, fiscal constraints, and political dysfunction. China, 
India, and other emerging economies have growing capabilities but have not yet 
consistently demonstrated a willingness to lead in this area. Thus fluidity is likely to 
remain the hallmark of global economic governance for the foreseeable future. ▶ 
80 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
Strengthening the 
Existing Order 
Amy Studdart 
The pages of the economic press are not the place to look if 
you are feeling gloomy about the future of the liberal order: 
“Japan’s corporate confidence fades,” “Germany slashes its economic 
forecasts,” “Yen tensions rise,” “The euro zone: that sinking feeling 
(again).” Along with the United States, Japan and Europe represent 
the pillars of the Bretton Woods system, but unlike the United States, 
confidence in their economic prospects is low. It is understandable 
why emerging economies have been looking for alternatives: no 
matter how useful the tools and rules of Bretton Woods have proven 
to be, the economies that underpin it don’t look hugely appealing. 
Between them, Japan and Europe have five seats at the table of 
the G7. The BRICS have none. Within the International Monetary 
Fund (IMF) Europe has 35.6 percent of the voting power, Japan 
has 6.7 percent, and the BRICS share 11.5 percent. As seen from 
China, Brazil, India and other emerging economics, these numbers 
represent an outdated sense of economic power and reflect neither 
the emergence of new major economies nor the impact of the 
2008 financial crisis. But Japan and the European Union continue to 
represent more than a third of global GDP and have historically been 
responsible stakeholders. Without them, Bretton Woods is a one-legged 
stool. 
The predominant response of emerging countries to the shift in 
economic power over the last year has been to experiment with the 
establishment of new, alternative institutions, not so loosely based 
on the architecture of the old: the Asian Infrastructure Investment 
Bank (AIIB) and the BRICS bank mirror the functions of the Asian 
Development Bank (ADB), IMF, and World Bank; and BRICS summits 
are not dissimilar to the G7 format. While these institutions need not 
necessarily compete with their predecessors, the tendency toward 
creating alternatives, combined with protectionist instincts on trade, 
marks a worrying shift away from a mutually supportive, integrated 
global framework. 
The similarities of these institutions to those that already exist reflect 
that there is much about the current order worth preserving. It is a 
without japan and 
europe, bretton 
woods is a one-legged 
stool. 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 81
rules-based system that has tended to reward 
multilateralism and international cooperation 
over the pursuit of a narrow conception of 
self-interest. Without it, it is unlikely that the 
emerging economies would have developed 
as quickly or as robustly as they have. But 
that order—unadjusted to new political and 
economic realities—is fraying as countries 
start to feel that working around the system 
will yield more benefits than working within 
it. The creation of more inclusive institutions 
like the G20 has not been enough to stop the 
process. 
If the global economic order is to persist, 
Europe and Japan will need to help create an 
environment in which emerging economies 
are incentivized to become stakeholders 
within the existing system rather than 
to create a new one. This will require the 
promise of economic dynamism and strong 
political leadership that can negotiate 
adjustments to the system that better 
reflect today’s balance of power without 
compromising on the need for responsibility. 
While reporting on frameworks like the BRICS 
has tended to focus on the geopolitical, the 
world’s emerging economies are primarily 
looking for new sources of growth. Over the 
last few years, they have largely seen that 
momentum and opportunity in one another, 
and especially in China. 
But while the developing world has been 
seen as the driving force behind the global 
economy over the last decade and a half, 
growth rates are slowing. In July, the IMF’s 
World Economic Outlook revised their 
prediction for this year’s global growth down 
by 0.3 percent, citing “a less optimistic 
outlook for several emerging markets.” 
China’s promised economic reforms have 
progressed in fits and starts, and even the 
82 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 
success of that plan would see a diminished 
demand for the resource exports that have 
driven the growth of countries like Brazil. 
The IMF predicts that the growth rate of 
advanced economies will see an uptick 
between 2014 (1.8 percent) and 2015 (2.4 
percent). In contrast, China’s growth is 
predicted to fall from 7.7 percent in 2014 to 
6.8 percent in 2015. 
The net result is that Japan, Europe, and, in 
turn, the Bretton Woods system of global 
economic governance could again start to 
look more appealing. In Japan, this will rest 
on proving that the initial bout of confidence 
in Abenomics—Prime Minister Abe’s plan 
to revitalize the Japanese economy—is not 
misplaced. For the European Union, it will 
require a unified economic plan and strong 
enough political leadership to see that plan 
through. Given the recent figures on real wage 
depreciation in Japan and downward revisions 
for Germany’s economic growth, this is a tall 
order. 
When the U.S.-Europe-Japan Trialogue 
was established in 1973, the statement of 
purpose said that the three sides “bear a 
special responsibility for developing effective 
cooperation, both in their own interests and 
in those of the rest of the world. They share 
a number of problems which, if not solved, 
could cause difficulty for all.” There have been 
few instances where that has been truer than 
now. The problem with the global economic 
order is not that the institutions are irrelevant, 
but instead that two of the pillars that support 
it look like they are crumbling. Will a new 
global economic order emerge? Maybe. But if 
Europe and Japan get their economies on the 
right track, it is far more likely that the existing 
order will simply adapt. ▶
The Evolution of the Global 
Trading System 
Scott Miller 
Five years ago, Moises Naim observed in Foreign Policy that the need for 
effective multicountry collaboration had been rising steadily since the 
1990s but attempts to craft multilateral agreements had consistently failed. 
“Minilateralism,” the notion of conducting international governance by assembling 
the fewest parties necessary for the largest effect, was Naim’s alternative in light of 
the repeated failure of “big” multiparty deals. The trading system faces just such a 
challenge today. 
The General Agreement on Trade and Tariffs (GATT) 1994 was one of the last “big” 
multiparty deals. Twenty years on, the World Trade Organization (WTO) members 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 83
have not once reached agreement to amend 
the structure on a multilateral basis. Even a 
small, universally beneficial agreement on 
trade facilitation—announced with great 
fanfare in December 2013—unraveled this 
summer when it came time to implement the 
deal. And never mind the Doha Development 
Agenda (DDA), launched in 2001 and 
scheduled to conclude in three years, which 
hangs around like a snoring party guest, 
obstructing discussion on other issues as the 
memory of its onetime relevance fades. 
Thanks to the “win-win” character of voluntary 
exchange, trade goes on and traders muddle 
through. Total merchandise trade achieved a 
record-high $17.3 trillion in 2012, growing at 
an average annual rate of 9 percent since the 
launch of the DDA in 2001. The trading system 
works reasonably well, due in part to the 
strong core disciplines of the 
GATT, especially the principle 
of nondiscrimination and the 
obligation of members to act 
in the “least trade restrictive” 
manner. Additionally, GATT 
1994’s Dispute Settlement 
Understanding continues to command respect 
among the parties and helps to avoid policy 
drift. Traders appreciate the rules and live with 
the problems and inconsistencies. In truth, 
trade would flourish even in the absence of 
trade rules. Consider hydrocarbons, which 
amount to 18 percent of world merchandise 
trade despite there being practically no agreed 
disciplines. Likewise, millions of people around 
the world have seen their diet improved over 
the past 20 years thanks to growing trade 
in agricultural products, despite persistent 
protectionist measures. 
the wto may be 
stuck, but trade 
policy has by no 
means stood still. 
Technology Leads the Way 
The WTO may be stuck, but trade policy has 
by no means stood still. Regional economic 
cooperation—in the form of regional trading 
arrangements (RTAs) or bilateral/regional 
free trade agreements (FTAs)—has been 
the political “path of least resistance.” Over 
200 RTAs have been concluded and operate 
in concert with treaty-based protection for 
foreign investors, creating a network for 
efficient commerce. The rise in RTAs occurred 
in parallel to dramatic changes in information, 
communication, and transportation 
technology often referred to as “globalization.” 
Technological progress caused barriers to 
the movement of goods, services, people, 
ideas, and culture to fall; lowered barriers led 
to further innovation in the way products are 
designed, produced, and marketed. RTAs were 
a logical policy response to technological 
progress. 
Even as technological change widens the gap 
between commercial realities and trade policy, 
sophisticated RTA negotiators are discovering 
solutions to new issues. Electronic 
commerce is an example. There was 
no commercial use of the Internet 
in 1994 when the most recent 
GATT agreement entered into force. 
Subsequent FTAs negotiated by 
the United States have steadily 
improved rules and practices, and today’s 
negotiators continue to refine and extend 
the disciplines. In the absence of a broad 
multilateral framework, RTAs have provided 
a vital outlet to develop international trade 
architecture (and innovations therein). 
Nothing Succeeds Like Success 
Why is international trade architecture 
evolving “bottom-up,” through RTAs instead 
of a multilateral agreement? Principally 
because of a split among the big traders. Trade 
policy views are divided between advanced 
industrial economies that support trade 
liberalization and large emerging economies 
that favor a larger role for state intervention. 
This split has been evident in the Doha talks 
since negotiations collapsed in July 2008. 
Disagreement about the liberal trade regime 
84/ CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
will not be easily overcome, since state capitalism offers stability over 
growth, while allowing governments to capture rents. This basic divide exists 
not just among WTO members, but also in the G20 and other arrangements. 
Over time, trade agreements that offer practical benefits tend to grow, in 
both members and the range of disciplines. GATT rules solved important 
problems in constructive ways, and the agreement’s membership grew 
from 102 economies in 1986 to 160 today. The Trans-Pacific Partnership 
(TPP) was conceived as a way to modernize and raise standards for trade 
and investment among a dozen diverse Pacific Rim economies with existing 
RTAs. If negotiators succeed in crafting broadly acceptable, neutral rules 
for issues like digital commerce, state-owned enterprises, or localization 
requirements, others outside of the talks may adopt the provisions, whether 
by joining TPP or incorporating similar disciplines in another agreement. Net, 
TPP could become the “next big thing” on grounds of utility. In any case, a 
new trade architecture is more likely to emerge in an organic, bottom-up 
fashion than as a colossal production of a big multilateral conference. ▶ 
Geopolitical Instability and 
Energy Markets 
Sarah Ladislaw 
The foreign policy world is churning about the current state of global 
affairs, leading some to argue that we are witnessing an era of major 
realignment in global power structures. If this is true, regional powers will see 
an opening to strike a new balance, seek incremental gains, settle old scores, 
and improve their standing. This leaves energy sectors particularly vulnerable. 
The geopolitical landscape and energy often impact one another. Geopolitical 
turmoil can affect energy markets and energy trends can upset geopolitical 
dynamics. In the first instance, political risk and instability affect the vitality of 
local, regional, and sometimes even global energy markets by causing supply 
disruptions or stymying investment. Recent examples of this include supply 
outages and under investment in Libya, Nigeria, and Venezuela among others. 
In the second instance, large resource discoveries can alter internal domestic 
or regional tensions or perceptions of relationships. The most prominent 
current example of this is the surge of shale gas and light tight oil in the United 
States and the perception of geopolitical realignment and leverage this energy 
market development brings. This symbiotic relationship between energy and 
geopolitics has been true in many parts of the world since the beginning of the 
modern energy economy. 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 85
What then might an age of geopolitical 
realignment mean for energy? The 
conventional wisdom thus far is that we are 
living in an era of heightened above-ground risk 
for energy investors. Oddly enough, however, 
at least in the realm of global oil markets, 
heightened geopolitical risk in some of the 
world’s largest energy producers has not led 
to a dramatic increase in oil prices. Part of 
the rationale is that market fundamentals are 
weak, there is adequate supply despite record 
outages, and demand 
looks soft. Moreover, even 
in areas where there is 
definite political strife, 
major oil and gas supplies 
are not necessarily at 
direct risk. 
energy is used as a 
point of leverage, a 
negotiation tool, and, 
indeed, a weapon. 
Lack of a near-term price response does not 
necessarily mean a lack of risk or impact, 
however. Energy is often used as a tool in many 
geopolitical struggles. It is targeted for tactical 
and strategic aims in conflict areas—recent 
examples include the fights over oil fields, 
pipelines, refineries, and export terminals in 
places like Libya, Northern Iraq, and Nigeria. 
It is used as a tool for messaging intent and 
asserting authority, like the recent deployment 
of a drilling rig into contested South China Sea 
waters as a “mobile manifestation of Chinese 
sovereignty.” Energy is used as a point of 
leverage, a negotiation tool, and, indeed, a 
weapon. This has only become more pervasive 
in the age of economic statecraft. No longer is 
“energy leverage” only about Russia seeking to 
constrain European foreign and domestic policy 
through the use of its leverage as 
natural gas supplier, but it is also 
about a coalition of governments 
using a variety of sanctions to 
restrict investment in future oil 
production in Russia as part of a 
broader strategy to bring about a 
course correction to Russia’s current posture 
toward Ukraine. 
While none of these discrete activities are 
particularly new, the culmination of them 
makes so-called “above-ground issues” matter 
more to the energy sector than ever before. An 
age of realignment and heightened geopolitical 
86 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
tension when the energy sector is already experiencing disruptive change on a variety of levels— 
from unconventional oil and gas development, the declining cost of solar, decentralization and 
digitization of energy systems, slow and uneven growth, and rising investment costs—could dampen 
or accelerate investments by location. During periods like this, some countries will seek to shore up 
energy trade flows through the erection of new trade deals or by making infrastructure investments 
that tie countries together. Other countries and companies will start to question the costs and benefits 
of being tied to the international financial system and start to explore the feasibility and limitations of 
alternative systems and arrangements to underpin their energy investments. And nearly everyone, from 
private companies to state-owned enterprises and sovereign governments will reevaluate the political 
risk exposure in their portfolio and their approach to managing resource development. 2015 promises 
to be both an uncertain and opportunistic time. ▶ 
Divergent Perspectives of the 
Democratic BRICS 
A Conversation with Carl Meacham, Jennifer G. Cooke, 
and Richard M. Rossow moderated by Amy Studdart 
The BRICS grouping has emerged over the last year as one of the most significant gatherings of 
economic power in the world. No longer just a talk shop, the most recent summit in Brazil saw the 
creation of the BRICS Bank, the first concrete institution formalizing future cooperation. The success 
of the grouping has been surprising. The BRICS members have fundamentally different economies, 
politics, and, presumably, reasons for wanting to be associated with the BRICS framework. Arguably, 
the three democracies in the group--Brazil, India, and South Africa--share more with the West in terms 
of political systems and values than they do with China and Russia. In the interview that follows, CSIS 
experts tease out the reasons why the BRICS framework has been so successful in those three countries. 
Carl Meacham, director of the Americas program talks about Brazil’s approach; Jennifer Cooke, 
director of the Africa program, addresses South Africa’s role; and Rick Rossow, director of the India 
program, explains what the BRICS has meant to India in the past, and how that might change under a 
new government. 
Amy Studdart: What is the significance of being a part of the BRICS to Brazil, India, and South Africa? 
Carl Meacham: In many ways what the BRICS countries share is their individual incomparability. Within 
its own regional or subregional context, each BRICS member clearly stands out. But unlike its fellow 
BRICS, Brazil is not an undisputed leader in its region—a region it shares with the United States. But it is 
the largest, most promising, and fastest-growing developing country in the Western Hemisphere, and 
that isn’t to be taken lightly. In a region accustomed to U.S. leadership and dominance, Brazil is a rising 
star—and one that increasingly demands to be taken seriously on its own terms. 
Richard M. Rossow: For India, creating the BRICS as an alternative to the Bretton Woods institutions 
made sense when the Congress Party was leading the country. Congress’ commitment to 
“nonalignment,” while perhaps a bit weaker than when Jawaharlal Nehru was prime minister, remains 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 87
an overriding principle of the Party’s foreign policy. 
They prefer to spread their chips across the table, 
instead of placing heavy bets on any individual 
partnerships. Supporting alternative development 
institutions made sense. 
So far the Modi government’s foreign policy is a mix of 
shoring up relations with immediate neighbors, and 
courting larger countries to make critical investments 
into India. The support for the creation of the BRICS 
institutions in July 2014 does not appear aligned with 
the primary objectives of the Modi government’s 
overall foreign policy. It 
remains to be seen if the 
July summit was merely 
following through prior 
commitments while the 
government carved out its 
own foreign policy goals, or 
if support for BRICS remains 
strong. Prime Minister Modi’s 
own statements on the need 
for BRICS refer to weakness in major economies, the 
need for people-to-people exchanges, and a concern 
about the impact of developed nation’s monetary 
policy on the Indian market. 
bric membership is seen less 
as a vehicle to advance a 
global strategic vision than 
as a means to advancing 
national commercial and 
economic interests. 
Jennifer G. Cooke: South Africa is an odd choice 
for inclusion in the BRICS grouping. The country’s 
infrastructure and financial service base are relatively 
sophisticated compared to much of Africa, but with 
a GDP of just $351 billion in 2013 and a population 
of 50 million, it is not exactly poised to become a 
driver of global economic growth. Nigeria, with a 
bigger and faster-growing economy and triple South 
Africa’s population would arguably have been a 
better African candidate. But being the grouping’s 
sole African member may give South Africa a 
boost in global prestige, burnish its credential as a 
representative of “African” interests in global forums 
(a notion that other African countries might dispute), 
and perhaps most important, afford it greater and 
more frequent access to investment and borrowing 
opportunities with Chinese and Indian counterparts. 
It also fits with a popular ideological rhetoric within 
segments of the ruling African National Congress 
of a South Africa that stands up to the overweening 
influence of Western powers. 
Studdart: How do India, Brazil, and South Africa 
view their relationship with China within the BRICS 
framework? 
Rossow: It has been surprising to see the Narendra 
Modi-led BJP government maintain the nation’s 
support for the BRICS institutions. The BJP [Bharatiya 
Janata Party) leans more toward a “realpolitik” 
foreign policy, and views China as the country’s 
long-term strategic and economic competitor. While 
aligning with China on BRICS activities provides 
some important positive connectivity, it is difficult 
to envision India playing 
anything but a junior role in 
this “partnership,” which will 
create pressure in New Delhi 
to withdraw. 
Meacham: China is, at 
this point, pivotal to the 
Brazilian economy—and it 
is this economic closeness 
that forms the lion’s share of the Brazil-China 
relationship. China is, without a doubt, a strategic 
partner for Brazil in economic terms, though 
the two countries differ on many fundamental 
issues. But those issues aside, China is Brazil’s 
largest trading partner. Trade flows have grown 
over tenfold since 2003, making the two the 
biggest partners within the BRICS. Brazil is among 
China’s largest destinations for foreign direct 
investment, with Chinese cash fueling construction 
and development projects across Brazil. So, in 
short, Brazil’s relationship with China—both 
within the BRICS and outside that framework—is 
fundamentally an economic one focused on the 
two countries’ overlapping interests and growth 
trajectories. 
Cooke: Views within South Africa about its 
burgeoning relationship with China are mixed. 
The South African leadership has been very open 
to partnership with the Chinese, and President 
Zuma has assiduously cultivated the diplomatic 
and commercial relationship, which plays well 
within nationalist, far-left factions of the ANC 
[African National Congress]. But the whole-hearted 
embrace of China has not been without controversy, 
88 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
with some critics arguing that in its rush to find 
alternatives to traditional Western partners, South 
Africa risks becoming overly beholden to a new great 
power. The Dalai Lama has been refused an entry 
visa into South Africa three times in the last three 
years (once after receiving a personal invitation 
to celebrate the birthday of anti-apartheid hero 
Bishop Desmond Tutu), leading some critics to paint 
Zuma as a new lackey of the Chinese. The import of 
inexpensive Chinese goods, particularly textiles and 
clothing, has hit local manufacturers and the textile 
industry hard. And President Zuma himself voiced 
concern over the lopsided nature of the relationship, 
calling the supply of raw materials to China without 
benefit of local value addition unsustainable. 
Studdart: Each of the BRICS countries is also a 
member of the G20. What do South Africa, India, and 
Brazil hope to achieve through the BRICS framework 
that they cannot through the G20? 
Cooke: Aside from an occasional rhetorical flourish, 
South Africa under President Jacob Zuma has not 
shown much real interest in trying to reshape the 
global rules through the G20 or any other global 
forum. For the most part, BRIC membership is seen 
less as a vehicle to advance a global strategic vision 
than as a means to advancing South Africa’s national 
commercial and economic interests. Membership in 
the smaller group gives South Africa greater global 
cachet, and a more exclusive relationship with China. 
In time, however, and with more focused intention, 
South African leadership may calculate that it will 
have greater influence in a smaller, South-South 
grouping than the more diffuse G20, and that the 
grouping could potentially serve as a vanguard for a 
broader constituency for global governance reform. 
Rossow: India shows habitual concern about the 
development of global economic pacts and standards 
where it does not exhibit sufficient influence alone. The 
World Trade Organization is the most obvious example, 
but India has voiced concerns about developments 
in other areas such as Internet governance, global 
taxation regulation, patents, and more. 
Meacham: In many ways, the flexible BRICS format is 
the best-case scenario for Brazilian engagement in the 
world, given the country’s preference for nonbinding 
interactions on the global stage. The summit-style 
arrangement and its inherent malleability are what 
make the forum so appealing to Brazil. Through the 
summits, Brazil is empowered to identify those areas 
in which cooperation would best suit its own needs. 
In many ways, Brazil’s engagement with the BRICS 
reflects Brazil’s increasing tendency to look to the 
global economy to address its own development 
goals. The BRICS framework complements Brazil’s 
more established partnerships in innovation and 
research, providing a low-risk but potentially high-reward 
alternative to the existing order. 
The BRICS summit in Brazil this summer demonstrated 
an as-yet unseen coordination among the member 
states for the future of the alliance—a future that 
probably could extend beyond complementing the 
present world order. But it would likely be difficult to 
align the objectives of the five members on a broad 
range of economic, geopolitical, and security issues, 
given their asymmetrical interests. ▶ 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 89
Global forecast 2015
PART SIX 
Will Ebola Evolve from a Health Crisis to an 
Economic and Governance Crisis?
The Trajectory of Ebola and 
our Response 
J. Stephen Morrison 
Ebola in West Africa is a modern plague, 
unlike anything we have seen. In less than 
a year since the epidemic reportedly began, 
President Obama, the UN Security Council, World 
Health Organization (WHO) Director General 
Margaret Chan, and others have declared the 
epidemic a grave threat to security in Africa and 
beyond—including the United States. By late 
October, there were 10,000 confirmed cases, 
and over 5,000 deaths in Guinea, Liberia, and 
Sierra Leone. (The largest previous outbreak, in 
Gulu, northern Uganda, in 2000, was 424 cases.) 
These numbers, thought to represent as little 
as a quarter of the true scale, are expanding 
exponentially, doubling every 20 days. By early 
December, the epidemic is expected to reach 
10,000 new cases per week. 
The precise trajectory in 2015 is difficult to 
predict, as West Africa heads into the unknown. 
Under a worst-case scenario laid out by the U.S. 
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention 
(CDC), the total number of cases in Liberia 
and Sierra Leone could reach 1.4 million in 
January 2015. Under less extreme projections 
that assume quicker international progress in 
bringing the epidemic under control, the number 
might be half, a quarter, or less, but none of 
these options is comforting. Whichever scenario 
materializes, it is safe to expect that the epidemic 
will march forward at a fierce pace into 2015. 
That will happen in parallel with an international 
mobilization, led by the United States, the 
United Kingdom, and the UN Mission for Ebola 
Emergency Response (UNMEER), that races 
against time—incrementally—to put in place 
structures and programs that, it is hoped, will 
cut the chain of transmission across countless 
communities. The backdrop will feature steady 
economic regression, worsening food insecurity, 
and health systems in collapse that leave people 
without access to safe delivery, malaria treatment 
and control programs, and care for diabetes, 
along with other critical services. 
For U.S. policymakers, Ebola is a tricky two-front 
war, fought both at home and abroad. It is now 
the task before Ron Klain, the newly appointed 
White House Ebola coordinator (czar) to figure 
out the way forward. 
In an unprecedented military-led international 
health intervention, President Obama pledged in 
September the deployment of U.S. forces (now 
upwards of 4,000) and $1 billion over the first 
six months. ($750 million in military assistance 
has been committed, with the option of another 
$250 million. U.S. civilian emergency assistance 
exceeds $350 million.) 
At home, all visitors arriving from Sierra Leone, 
Liberia, and Guinea are now routed through five 
hub airports where they are subject to advanced 
screenings. The U.S. military has assembled a 
30-person emergency medical team and CDC 
has begun to deploy “swat teams,” each to 
92 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
assist hospitals across the country that find themselves handling Ebola cases, before those cases are 
transferred to one of four biocontainment facilities. CDC protocols for the handling of Ebola cases have 
been revised and strengthened, and training of medical personnel has intensified across the nation. 
Ebola’s two fronts are interdependent and at times in considerable tension with one another. 
It is not possible to reduce the threat of importation of Ebola into the United States if the source— 
burgeoning Ebola in West Africa—is not quickly brought under control, if not extinguished 
altogether. Yet how, when, and if control of Ebola in West Africa is to be achieved remain highly 
uncertain propositions. And the longer these uncertainties persist, the more difficult it will become 
to sustain essential political and financial commitments by the White House and Congress to stay 
the course in West Africa, and the more difficult it will become to fend off an increasingly frightened 
population in the United States that demands greater unilateral protections at our points of entry. 
These crosscutting pressures will only intensify. As the initial first six months draws to a close in the 
first quarter of 2015, the Obama administration, Congress, the media, and the American people will 
debate difficult, messy choices. 
At home on American soil, the overriding goal is to protect Americans, minimize the importation of 
cases, and when cases do appear, ensure U.S. health institutions are equipped to contain outbreaks. 
It is fundamentally a battle to manage fear, preserve confidence, strengthen capacities to control 
infection and trace contacts, and thereby minimize the threat that the disease poses to individuals, to 
front-line institutions like Texas Health Presbyterian Hospital, and to the credibility of the presidency 
itself (including the reform of U.S. health system under the Affordable Care Act) and key public 
health agencies like the CDC. As we discovered following the Liberian Thomas Eric Duncan’s arrival in 
Dallas in September, and the subsequent secondary infections of the two nurses, a very few bungled 
cases can swiftly ignite public panic, recriminations, and a political emergency that reaches into the 
White House. At the same time these incidents raise pressures for a travel ban and the tightening of 
visas, steps that reach beyond enhanced thermal screening and interviews at major U.S. airport hubs. If 
harsh exclusionary measures are imposed, however, these could weaken commercial air links and the 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 93
flow of essential health workers, emergency 
personnel, and commodities. That in turn 
will worsen pressures upon the U.S. military 
to fill the resulting gaps and aggravate the 
perception within West Africa that medieval 
quarantine measures are being imposed. 
In Liberia, the overriding U.S. goal is to cut 
the chain of transmission by effectively 
isolating those who have been exposed 
and infected from all others. That is a tall 
order that requires the rapid entry of a 
flood of personnel and goods. The vital 
U.S. military contributions in Liberia are to 
create a command-and-control capacity; 
erect an air bridge from Dakar, Senegal; 
construct a health worker training center, 
a 25-bed facility for care of health workers, 
and 17 treatment facilities with 1,700 
beds; and deliver mobile laboratories, 
protective gear for health workers, and 
thousands of home care kits. The operational 
delivery of emergency health services is 
the responsibility of some combination 
of nongovernmental groups and civilian 
contractors, though how exactly that 
interface is to be managed has yet to be 
sorted out. 
There are not yet 
answers to several 
other fundamental 
questions. Across 
the three countries, 
upwards of 20,000 
trained national 
and international 
staff are required, at 
least half in Liberia, 
yet recruitment 
continues to be seriously impeded by 
the highly lethal threat of Ebola itself, a 
worsening climate of instability and chaos, 
and uncertainty about whether international 
staff will be guaranteed adequate health care, 
including medevac arrangements to Europe 
or North America. For the United States and 
others to be confident that both the threat 
of Ebola across the region will be addressed 
effectively, and that a future handoff to a 
multilateral effort will be possible, it is critical 
that other major donors come soon to the 
table with major commitments and begin 
to deliver quickly, especially in neighboring 
Sierra Leone and Guinea. Filling out the 
donor ranks and spurring quick action, 
however, remain problematic. There has 
been recent progress. The United Kingdom 
has committed 750 troops and 300 million 
pounds; the World Bank and IMF over $400 
million in emergency facilities; and the 
EU 130 million euros. The Chinese have 
pledged $200 million, including 200 medical 
personnel, and the Cubans over 400 doctors 
and other skilled medical staff. Interestingly, 
Mark Zuckerberg, Bill Gates, and Paul Allen 
have stepped forward with, respectively, $25, 
$50, and $126 million in quick-disbursing 
assistance to fill critical gaps. But despite 
these gains, the shortfall in pledges for 
UNMEER’s $988 million appeal is over $630 
million. Given the uncertainty, fear, and risk, 
many donors are hanging back. 
The stability of Liberia, Sierra Leone, and 
Guinea remains an open question: the danger 
is real that current governing structures, being 
weak, corrupt, and widely 
held in popular contempt, 
could dissolve into violent 
chaos. There has been 
discussion of the possibility 
of the Ebola virus mutating 
to become airborne, and of 
terrorists using Ebola as a 
bioweapon: both possibilities 
are remote but do incite 
fear in the blogosphere 
far more plausible is the 
risk that ebola will become 
endemic to the large 
coastal cities where it is 
now rampant, and that 
it will spread to other 
neighboring states. 
and elsewhere. Far more plausible is the risk 
that Ebola will become endemic to the large 
coastal cities where it is now rampant, and 
that it will spread to other neighboring states. 
Most vulnerable are Ivory Coast, Ghana, and 
Mali. While Senegal and Nigeria have scored 
early successes in managing Ebola cases, 
each remains vulnerable. 
94 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
There is awareness of the acute need to accelerate the development of new 
technology tools—vaccines, therapies, rapid tests—and much action is under way in 
each area. Realistically, progress will be slow. There is reason to be hopeful, but new 
solutions are not expected to become widely available for some time, and are not 
expected to shape outcomes in this current urgent phase. 
Debate over post–Ebola reconstruction has not yet begun, but will become increasingly 
important. The same is true for what the international community should do to repair a 
broken WHO that failed at critical moments in 2014 to intervene and sound the alarm, 
despite prodding from Doctors Without Borders (MSF), the true heroes of this tragic 
saga, and other witnesses. 
In closing, U.S. leadership in response to the Ebola crisis has been bold, ambitious, risky, 
and quickly evolving. It rests on unprecedented military commitments to answer a 
dangerous modern plague. It tests our nation’s resolve on two complex fronts that will 
remain in tension with one another. It requires navigating profound uncertainties. ▶ 
The Economic Impact of the 
Ebola Outbreak 
Daniel F. Runde and Conor M. Savoy 
Ebola is quickly moving from a regional public health crisis to a regional 
economic and political crisis that threatens to overwhelm the fragile 
development gains made by Sierra Leone and Liberia over the past decade. 
Beyond the immediate impact the disease is having on the public he alth systems of 
the three countries affected, Ebola is now having a significant economic impact. At 
the moment this is confined primarily to the tri-country region of Liberia, Sierra Leone, 
and Guinea, but as borders remain closed, there is a growing possibility that it could 
threaten the broader West African region’s economic well-being. 
The World Bank estimates that in the short term, meaning for the remainder of the 
year, Guinea will see a reduction in GDP of 2.1 percent, Liberia will see a reduction of 
3.4 percent, and Sierra Leone’s GDP will be reduced by 3.3 percent. Moreover, the fiscal 
impact for each country is significant, with Liberia seeing a loss of $93 million, Sie rra 
Leone $79 million, and Guinea $120 million. 
Each of these numbers is significant on its own. What makes the numbers truly startling 
is that these states are some of the poorest on the poorest continent in the world. 
Liberia and Sierra Leone are both slowly recovering from disastrous civil wars that were 
only resolved in the early 2000s. Since then, both have seen significant economic gains. 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 95
This has included high GDP growth rates that have helped to generate additional 
revenues to help fund critical investments. In addition, both have attracted 
impressive amounts of foreign direct investment (FDI), with Liberia alone seeing $16 
billion in FDI since the end of the civil war. These trends are now in danger of being 
reversed. 
On a country level, Ebola is causing commerce to grind to halt. Some of the hardest-hit 
areas in the tri-country area are the “bread basket” regions and this, combined 
with the closing of national borders, is causing food prices to spike. This has already 
caused citizens to horde food, but the worst may be to come if prices continue to 
rise and may trigger civilian unrest. Liberia’s economy, for example, is dominated by 
mining, agriculture, and services, all of which are coming under severe strain. China 
Union, one of two iron ore producers in Liberia, suspended operations at its facilities 
in Liberia in August. ArcelorMittal, the other iron ore producer, is suspending its 
expansion plans. On the agricultural side, palm oil and rubber producers are reducing 
production, which has significant implications for export earners. 
International financial institutions such as the International 
Monetary Fund, World Bank, and African Development Bank 
have responded with significant support packages for the three 
countries. In addition, several bilateral donors, including the 
United States, have pledged financial and material support to 
help the countries control and stabilize the outbreak. These all 
represent good short-term support that should help Liberia, 
Guinea, and Sierra Leone bare the initial costs of this crisis. 
To be sure, the international community needs to focus on 
stopping the spread of Ebola, but planning should also begin for 
helping these countries to recover rapidly once the disease is 
under control and the crisis passes. 
What seems clear from the cases of Liberia and Sierra Leone is how quickly 
the institutions of state are being overwhelmed by Ebola. The most obvious 
manifestation of this is the local public health ser vices, which were weak prior 
to the Ebola outbreak. The danger now is that as the outbreak continues, other 
government institutions will begin to be affected by the disease. If this happens, 
then recovery from this crisis will be far more difficult. 
The Ebola crisis in West Africa is, unfortunately, a stark reminder that for all of the 
“Africa rising” stories there are significant challenges remaining at the country 
level. Liberia and Sierra Leone have been two countries that many have sought to 
highlight as leading performers on the continent, in spite of their ongoing fragility. 
And, yet, it appears that these gains were relatively narrow and, as is so often the 
case, a major crisis is exposing a lack of resilience in existing institutions. The 
challenge for the governments of these three countries and international donors is 
to concentrate on building resilient institutional capacity that will help to guarantee 
that future economic gains are not lost to disease or other crises. ▶ 
96 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 
the ebola crisis in west 
africa is, unfortunately, 
a stark reminder that 
for all of the “africa 
rising” stories there are 
significant challenges 
remaining at the 
country level.
contributors 
JON B. ALTERMAN is a senior vice president, holds the 
Zbigniew Brzezinski Chair in Global Security and Geostrategy, 
and is director of the Middle East Program at CSIS. Prior 
to joining CSIS in 2002, he served as a member of the 
Policy Planning Staff at the U.S. Department of State and 
as a special assistant to the assistant secretary of state for 
Near Eastern affairs. Before entering government, he was a 
scholar at the U.S. Institute of Peace and at the Washington 
Institute for Near East Policy. 
ALISON BOURS is creative director at CSIS. She designs and 
manages the production of CSIS publications, manages 
the CSIS brand, and develops graphics for all external 
communications. She previously served as deputy director 
of external relations, program manager and marketing 
associate, program assistant, and intern in the Office of 
External Relations. She is a certified graphic and type 
designer and also holds a B.A. in political science from the 
University of Wisconsin at Madison. 
SAMUEL BRANNEN is a senior fellow in the International 
Security Program at CSIS, where his research focuses on U.S. 
defense and national security strategy and policy, unmanned 
systems policy, and Turkey. Prior to rejoining CSIS in May 
2013, Brannen served at the Pentagon as special assistant 
to the principal deputy under secretary of defense for policy. 
Earlier, he served as country director for Turkey, Cyprus, and 
Malta in the Office of Secretary of Defense, and as special 
assistant to the deputy under secretary of defense for 
strategy, plans, and forces. 
ERNEST Z. BOWER is a senior adviser, Sumitro Chair for 
Southeast Asia Studies, and codirector of the Pacific Partners 
Initiative at CSIS. He is recognized as a leading expert on 
Southeast Asia. He is president and CEO of BowerGroupAsia, 
a business advisory firm he created and built. Before forming 
his company, he served for a decade as president of the 
US-ASEAN Business Council, the top private business group 
composed of America’s leading companies in Southeast Asia. 
VICTOR CHA is a senior adviser and Korea Chair at CSIS and 
is a professor of government and director for Asian Studies 
at Georgetown University. From 2004 to 2007, he was 
director for Asian affairs at the White House, where he 
was responsible for coordinating U.S. policy for Japan, the 
two Koreas, Australia, New Zealand, and the Pacific Island 
nations. He also served as U.S. deputy head of delegation to 
the Six-Party Talks and has acted as a senior consultant on 
East Asian security issues for different branches of the U.S. 
government. 
EDWARD C. CHOW, senior fellow in the Energy and National 
Security Program at CSIS, is an international energy expert 
with more than 30 years of oil industry experience. He has 
worked in Asia, the Middle East, Africa, South America, 
Europe, and the former Soviet Union, and he has advised 
U.S. and foreign governments, international oil companies, 
multinational corporations, multilateral agencies, and 
international financial institutions. 
CRAIG COHEN is executive vice president at CSIS. In 
this role, he serves as deputy to the president and CEO, 
responsible for overseeing and helping to achieve 
all aspects of the Center’s strategic, programmatic, 
operational, outreach, fundraising, and financial goals, 
including recruitment of new program directors to CSIS. 
Previously, Mr. Cohen served as vice president for research 
and programs, deputy chief of staff, and fellow in the 
International Security Program. He has directed research 
on foreign assessments of U.S. power for the National 
Intelligence Council, codirected CSIS’s Commission on 
Smart Power, and has authored reports on Pakistan, foreign 
assistance, and post-conflict reconstruction. 
HEATHER A. CONLEY is senior vice president for Europe, 
Eurasia, and the Arctic and director of the Europe Program 
at CSIS. Previously she served as deputy assistant secretary 
of state in the Bureau for European and Eurasian Affairs in 
the Department of State, where she was responsible for 
U.S. bilateral relations with Northern and Central Europe. 
Additionally, she served as the executive director to the 
chairman of the American National Red Cross and was 
a senior associate with the international consulting firm 
Armitage Associates. 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 97
JENNIFER G. COOKE is director of the Africa Program at 
CSIS. She works on a range of U.S.-Africa policy issues, 
including security, health, conflict, and democratization. 
She has written numerous reports, articles, and 
commentaries for U.S. and international publications. 
Previously, she worked for the House Foreign Affairs 
Subcommittee on Africa, as well as for the National 
Academy of Sciences in its Office of News and Public 
Information and its Committee on Human Rights. 
ZACK COOPER is a fellow with the Japan Chair at CSIS, where 
he focuses on Asian security issues. Prior to joining CSIS, 
Mr. Cooper worked as a research fellow at the Center for 
Strategic and Budgetary Assessments. He previously served 
on the White House staff as assistant to the deputy national 
security adviser for combating terrorism. He also worked 
as a civil servant in the Pentagon, first as a foreign affairs 
specialist and then as a special assistant to the principal 
deputy undersecretary of defense for policy. 
ANTHONY H. CORDESMAN holds the Arleigh A. Burke Chair 
in Strategy at CSIS. He is a recipient of the Department of 
Defense Distinguished Service Medal and has held positions 
in the Departments of Defense, Energy, and State, and 
at NATO. 
JOSIANE GABEL is vice president for programs and 
institutional partnerships at CSIS. In this role she supports 
a wide range of CSIS programs and special initiatives, 
develops and oversees CSIS executive education, and 
supports partnerships with other institutions. She serves 
as the executive director of the Brzezinski Institute on 
Geostrategy. She is also responsible for running CSIS’s 
professional development, leadership, and ethics training 
as director of the Abshire-Inamori Leadership Academy. 
MATTHEW GOODMAN holds the William E. Simon Chair in 
Political Economy at CSIS. Previously, he served as director 
for international economics on the National Security Council 
staff, working on the G-20, APEC, and other forums. Before 
joining the White House, Goodman was senior adviser to the 
undersecretary for economic affairs at the U.S. Department 
of State. He has also worked at Albright Stonebridge Group, 
Goldman Sachs, and the U.S. Treasury Department. 
MICHAEL J. GREEN is senior vice president for Asia and 
Japan Chair at CSIS and an associate professor at the 
Edmund A. Walsh School of Foreign Service at Georgetown 
University. His research and writing focuses on Asian 
regional architecture, Japanese politics, U.S. foreign policy 
history, the Korean peninsula, Tibet, Burma, and U.S.-India 
relations. He joined the National Security Council in 2001 
and from January 2004 to December 2005 was special 
assistant to the president for national security affairs and 
senior director for Asian affairs. 
JOHN J. HAMRE is president and CEO, Pritzker Chair, and 
director of the Brzezinski Institute at CSIS. Before joining 
CSIS, he served as the 26th U.S. deputy secretary of 
defense. Before joining CSIS, he served as deputy secretary 
of defense and undersecretary of defense (comptroller). In 
2007, Secretary of Defense Robert Gates appointed him to 
serve as chairman of the Defense Policy Board. 
KATHLEEN H. HICKS is a senior vice president, the Henry A. 
Kissinger chair, and director of the International Security 
Program at CSIS. Prior to joining CSIS, she ser ved as 
principal deputy under secretary of defense for policy and 
deputy under secretary of defense for strategy, plans, and 
forces. She focuses on U.S. national security and foreign 
policy, geopolitical trends, and defense matters. 
CHRISTOHPER K. JOHNSON is a senior adviser and holds the 
Freeman Chair in China Studies at CSIS. An accomplished 
Asian affairs specialist, he spent nearly two decades serving 
in the U.S. government’s intelligence and foreign affairs 
communities and has extensive experience analyzing and 
working in Asia on a diverse set of country-specific and 
transnational issues. 
STEPHANIE SANOK KOSTRO is acting director of the CSIS 
Homeland Security and Counterterrorism Program and a 
senior fellow with the CSIS International Security Program, 
where she focuses on a range of issues affecting defense, 
foreign affairs, and development. Prior to joining CSIS, 
she served at the U.S. embassy in Baghdad, where she 
developed policy options for the U.S. government’s efforts 
to support a sovereign, stable, and self-reliant Iraq. 
98 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
ANDREW C. KUCHINS is a senior fellow and director of the 
Russia and Eurasia Program at CSIS. He is an internationally 
known expert on Russian foreign and domestic policies. He 
publishes widely and is frequently called on by business, 
government, media, and academic leaders for comment and 
consulting on Russian and Eurasian affairs. 
SARAH O. LADISLAW is a senior fellow and director of the 
CSIS Energy and National Security Program, where she 
concentrates on the geopolitics of energy, energy security, 
energy technology, and climate change. She has authored 
papers on U.S. energy policy, global and regional climate 
policy, clean energy technology, as well as European and 
Chinese energy issues. Ms. Ladislaw teaches a graduate-level 
course on energy security at the George Washington 
University. 
MAREN LEED is senior adviser with the Harold Brown Chair 
in Defense Policy Studies at CSIS. From 2011 to 2012, she 
served as senior adviser to the chief of staff of the U.S. Army. 
From 2009 to 2011, she was a senior fellow and director of 
the New Defense Approaches Project at CSIS, where she led 
projects on topics as diverse as military personnel costs, the 
future of ground forces, amphibious capabilities, and service 
cultures. She previously served as an analyst at the RAND 
Corporation. 
JAMES A. LEWIS is a senior fellow and director of the Strategic 
Technologies Program at CSIS. His research involves innovation 
and economic change, Internet policy and cyber security, space 
programs, and intelligence reform. Previously, he was a member 
of the U.S. Foreign Service and Senior Executive Service. The 
policies he helped develop include counterinsurgency in Asia 
and Central America, military basing in Asia, conventional arms 
transfers, commercial remote sensing, high-tech exports to 
China, and Internet security. 
HAIM MALKA is deputy director and senior fellow in the 
Middle East Program at CSIS. His principal areas of research 
include violent non-state actors, North Africa, political Islam, 
and the Arab-Israeli conflict. Before joining CSIS in 2005, he 
was a research analyst at the Saban Center for Middle East 
Policy at the Brookings Institution, where he concentrated 
on Israeli-Palestinian issues and U.S. Middle East foreign 
policy. Malka spent six years living in Jerusalem, where he 
worked as a television news producer. 
JEFFREY MANKOFF is deputy director and fellow with the 
CSIS Russia and Eurasia Program. Before joining CSIS, he 
served as an adviser on U.S.-Russia relations at the U.S. 
Department of State as a Council on Foreign Relations 
International Affairs Fellow. From 2008 to 2010, he was 
associate director of International Security Studies at Yale 
University and an adjunct fellow at the Council on Foreign 
Relations. 
CARL MEACHAM is director of the CSIS Americas Program. 
He joined CSIS from the Senate Foreign Relations 
Committee, where he served on the professional staff for 
Senator Richard Lugar (R-IN) for over a decade. He served 
as the senior adviser for Latin America and the Caribbean 
on the committee, the most senior Republican Senate 
staff position for this region. In that capacity, he travelled 
extensively to the region to work with foreign governments, 
private-sector organizations, and civil society groups. 
SARAH E. MENDELSON is a senior adviser and director of 
the Human Rights Initiative at CSIS. From May 2010 to 
May 2014, she served as deputy assistant administrator, 
responsible for democracy, human rights, and governance, 
in the Bureau for Democracy, Conflict and Humanitarian 
Assistance at the U.S. Agency for International Development. 
ANDREW A. MICHTA is an adjunct fellow with the CSIS Europe 
Program and the M.W. Buckman Distinguished Professor 
of International Studies at Rhodes College. His areas of 
expertise are international security, NATO, and European 
politics and security, with a special focus on Central Europe 
and the Baltic states. 
SCOTT MILLER is a senior adviser and holds the William M. 
Scholl Chair in International Business at CSIS. From 1997 
to 2012, Mr. Miller was director for global trade policy at 
Procter & Gamble, a leading consumer products company. 
In that position, he was responsible for the full range of 
international trade, investment, and business facilitation 
issues for the company. 
J. STEPHEN MORRISON is senior vice president and 
director of the Global Health Policy Center at CSIS. He 
publishes widely, has led several high-level task forces and 
commissions, and is a frequent commentator on U.S. foreign 
policy, global health, Africa, and foreign assistance. He 
GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 99
served as committee staff in the House of Representatives 
and has been an adjunct professor at the Johns Hopkins 
School of Advanced International Studies. 
CLARK A. MURDOCK is a senior adviser for the U.S. Defense 
and National Security Group at CSIS and director of the 
Project on Nuclear Issues. His research focuses on defense 
and national security issues, including strategic planning, 
defense policy and governance, and U.S. nuclear weapons 
strategy and policy. He directed the four-phase study on 
Defense Department reform, “Beyond Goldwater-Nichols,” 
which released multiple reports from 2004 through 2008. 
RICHARD M. ROSSOW is a senior fellow and holds the 
Wadhwani Chair in U.S.-India Policy Studies at CSIS. In this 
role he helps frame and shape policies to promote greater 
business and economic engagement between the two 
countries. He joined CSIS in 2014, having spent the last 16 
years working in a variety of capacities to strengthen the 
partnership between the United States and India. 
DANIEL F. RUNDE is director of the Project on Prosperity 
and Development, holds the William A. Schreyer Chair 
in Global Analysis, and codirects the Project on U.S. 
Leadership in Development at CSIS. He focuses on 
private enterprise development, the role of private 
actors in development, and the role of “emerging 
donors.” Previously, he headed the Foundations Unit for 
the Department of Partnerships and Advisory Service 
Operations at the International Finance Corporation and 
was director of the Office of Global Development Alliances 
at the U.S. Agency for International Development. 
THOMAS SANDERSON is codirector and senior fellow in 
the CSIS Transnational Threats Project, where he works 
on terrorism, transnational crime, global trends, Central 
Asia, and intelligence issues. With fieldwork across nearly 
60 countries, he engages all manner of sources including 
extremists, insurgents, foreign intelligence officials, 
nongovernmental organizations, clergy, and academics. 
He has authored or coauthored 13 CSIS reports, as well as 
opinion pieces and articles in major newspapers. 
CONOR M. SAVOY is deputy director and fellow with the 
Project on U.S. Leadership in Development at CSIS, where 
he focuses on implementing and guiding the project’s 
research agenda. He has contributed to several CSIS reports 
and commentaries. Prior to this, he worked in energy 
consulting and as a research associate at the Council on 
Foreign Relations in Washington, D.C. 
NICHOLAS SZECHENYI is a senior fellow and deputy 
director of the Japan Chair at CSIS. His research focuses 
on U.S.-Japan and U.S.–East Asia relations. In 2009, he was 
selected as an inaugural fellow of the U.S.-Japan Network 
for the Future program, established by the Maureen and 
Mike Mansfield Foundation. Prior to joining CSIS in 2005, he 
was a news producer for Fuji Television in Washington, D.C., 
where he covered U.S. policy in Asia and domestic politics. 
SHARON SQUASSONI is director and senior fellow with the 
Proliferation Prevention Program at CSIS. She joined the 
Center from the Carnegie Endowment for International 
Peace, where she was a senior associate in the Nuclear 
Nonproliferation Program. From 2002 to 2007, Ms. 
Squassoni advised Congress as a senior specialist in 
weapons of mass destruction at the Congressional 
Research Service, Library of Congress. 
AMY STUDDART is deputy director and fellow of the William 
E. Simon Chair in Political Economy at CSIS, where she 
explores current issues in international economic policy, 
with a focus on the Asia-Pacific region. Prior to joining CSIS 
in 2014, Ms. Studdart worked in Brussels at the German 
Marshall Fund of the United States and, before that, at the 
Carnegie Endowment for International Peace. 
JUAN C. ZARATE is a senior adviser to the Transnational 
Threats Project and the Homeland Security and 
Counterterrorism Program at CSIS. He is the Chairman and 
Co-Founder of the Financial Integrity Network, and is also 
senior national security consultant and analyst for CBS 
News, as well as a visiting lecturer of law at Harvard Law 
School. He is a former deputy assistant to the president 
and deputy national security adviser and former assistant 
secretary of the Treasury. He sits on the Board of Advisors 
of the National Counterterrorism Center and on the Board 
of Directors of the Vatican's Financial Information Authority. 
He is the author of the new book, Treasury's War: The 
Unleashing of a New Era of Financial Warfare. 
100 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
1616 rhode island avenue nw 
washington, dc 20036 
tel. (202) 887.0200 
fax (202) 775.3199

More Related Content

PDF
Eurasia Top Risk report 2020
PPTX
475 going public up
PPTX
UNPRESIDENTED: A World View of the US Election 2016
DOCX
Risk Analysis Paper
PDF
This Time Is Different: Why U.S. Foreign Policy Will Never Recover
PPT
Paying the Human Costs of War
DOCX
foreign policy
PPTX
Making of the us president 2016
Eurasia Top Risk report 2020
475 going public up
UNPRESIDENTED: A World View of the US Election 2016
Risk Analysis Paper
This Time Is Different: Why U.S. Foreign Policy Will Never Recover
Paying the Human Costs of War
foreign policy
Making of the us president 2016

What's hot (18)

PDF
Decoding china’s emerging “great power” strategy in asia
PDF
Sonoro Gold p.126-p.128 Equity research-cold-war-Feb 2022
PDF
GaultGWKWgCdr
PDF
Trump on-china-putting-america-first
PDF
What Is Donald Trump’s Foreign Policy?
PDF
Summer.2003.Nsfr.Asia.Rising.Power
PDF
DOCX
PUTIN PUTS IN WHEN NATO AND EU MOVE EAST
PDF
SGrant Writing Sample - Stump Speech Analysis
DOCX
Chapter.ID_43375_6x9_lastChapterProof
DOCX
Kagan our constitutional crisis is already here
PDF
2012 02-spanish-language-us-national-charts-release
PDF
Foreign Affairs Review Winter Issue, 2013. Syria Edition
PDF
GSSR-Vol.-3-Iss.-1
PPTX
The Threat
PPTX
common man made diasasters.
PPTX
Sst common man made diasaters.
PDF
ObamaAddress
Decoding china’s emerging “great power” strategy in asia
Sonoro Gold p.126-p.128 Equity research-cold-war-Feb 2022
GaultGWKWgCdr
Trump on-china-putting-america-first
What Is Donald Trump’s Foreign Policy?
Summer.2003.Nsfr.Asia.Rising.Power
PUTIN PUTS IN WHEN NATO AND EU MOVE EAST
SGrant Writing Sample - Stump Speech Analysis
Chapter.ID_43375_6x9_lastChapterProof
Kagan our constitutional crisis is already here
2012 02-spanish-language-us-national-charts-release
Foreign Affairs Review Winter Issue, 2013. Syria Edition
GSSR-Vol.-3-Iss.-1
The Threat
common man made diasasters.
Sst common man made diasaters.
ObamaAddress
Ad

Similar to Global forecast 2015 (20)

DOC
#38 who is the true threat to the west-5pg
DOCX
PS 1010, American Government 1 Course Learning Out.docx
PDF
New National Strategy Narrative
PDF
[Final] nstf report
RTF
Sino-US Relations in the 21st Century: Is a Sino-US War Possible?
PDF
Rebuilding America s Defenses
PDF
FA The Nonaligned World_MayJune 2023.pdf
DOCX
Leadership change in china and usa
PDF
Jackson & howe the graying of the great powers. demography and geopolitics ...
PDF
A Pragmatic Grand Strategy towards China
PDF
Blueprint For America Shultz George Pratt
DOCX
Reply the response requirement 1. Respond to a specific prom.docx
PDF
The EDCA and its implications under a Realism Lens
PDF
INTS3702
DOC
MillerDJSRP
PDF
latin-america-2020 (1).pdf
PDF
Dynamic Stability: US Strategy for a World in Transition
PDF
When change is not enough: the seven steps to revolution
DOC
Internation Rel Midterm Paper
#38 who is the true threat to the west-5pg
PS 1010, American Government 1 Course Learning Out.docx
New National Strategy Narrative
[Final] nstf report
Sino-US Relations in the 21st Century: Is a Sino-US War Possible?
Rebuilding America s Defenses
FA The Nonaligned World_MayJune 2023.pdf
Leadership change in china and usa
Jackson & howe the graying of the great powers. demography and geopolitics ...
A Pragmatic Grand Strategy towards China
Blueprint For America Shultz George Pratt
Reply the response requirement 1. Respond to a specific prom.docx
The EDCA and its implications under a Realism Lens
INTS3702
MillerDJSRP
latin-america-2020 (1).pdf
Dynamic Stability: US Strategy for a World in Transition
When change is not enough: the seven steps to revolution
Internation Rel Midterm Paper
Ad

More from Ruslan Sivoplyas (20)

PDF
Global trends 2030
PDF
Global Trends 2030: Alternative Worlds
PDF
FLP - Review of financial news 16.12.2019
PDF
FLP - Review of financial news 18.11.2019
PDF
FLP - Review of financial news 21.10.2019
PDF
FLP - Review of financial news 23.09.2019
PDF
FLP - Review of financial news 09.09.2019
PDF
FLP - Review of financial news 02.09.2019
PDF
FLP - Review of financial news 19.08.2019
PDF
FLP - Review of financial news 12.08.2019
PDF
FLP - Review of financial news 22.07.2019
PDF
FLP - Review of financial news 15.07.2019
PDF
Macroeconomic forecast and monetary policy update
PDF
FLP - Review of financial news 08.07.2019
PDF
FLP - Review of financial news 03.06.2019
PDF
FLP - Review of financial news 27.05.2019
PDF
FLP - Review of financial news 01.04.2019
PDF
FLP - Review of financial news 04.03.2019
PDF
FLP - Review of financial news 18.02.2019
PDF
FLP - Review of financial news 04.02.2019
Global trends 2030
Global Trends 2030: Alternative Worlds
FLP - Review of financial news 16.12.2019
FLP - Review of financial news 18.11.2019
FLP - Review of financial news 21.10.2019
FLP - Review of financial news 23.09.2019
FLP - Review of financial news 09.09.2019
FLP - Review of financial news 02.09.2019
FLP - Review of financial news 19.08.2019
FLP - Review of financial news 12.08.2019
FLP - Review of financial news 22.07.2019
FLP - Review of financial news 15.07.2019
Macroeconomic forecast and monetary policy update
FLP - Review of financial news 08.07.2019
FLP - Review of financial news 03.06.2019
FLP - Review of financial news 27.05.2019
FLP - Review of financial news 01.04.2019
FLP - Review of financial news 04.03.2019
FLP - Review of financial news 18.02.2019
FLP - Review of financial news 04.02.2019

Recently uploaded (20)

PPTX
Elias Salame Uses Fake Trades to Make Real Money Disappear.pptx
PDF
History ppt on World War 2 and its consequences
PPTX
15 Years of Fraud The Shocking Case of CA Impersonation.pptx
PDF
4th-president-of-the-Philippines-_20250 812_103637_0000.pdf
PDF
Best 5 Sites for Verified Cash App Accounts – BTC & Instant Delivery.pdf
PDF
Reviving Regional Truths: AI-Powered Journalism in Bangladesh
PDF
Naidu Pushes for Rs 36 Crore Subsidy to Support Farmers in Need
PDF
POLITICAL IDEOLOGIES of SOUTH KOREA vs NORTH KOREA.pdf
 
PPTX
INTRODUCTION TO WORLD RELIGION WEEK 1 Quarter 1
PDF
How India’s First AI-Powered Anganwadi in Nagpur is Changing Education – As F...
DOCX
Memecoin memecoinist news site for trends and insights
PPTX
POLY[1]....pptxtheiowqt4h3ioth4iofhe2toh42i0fhe2io3
PPTX
Rhythms of Freedom_ India Day Shines at Battery Dance Festival 2025.
PDF
Pancasila & Citizen Resume PPT - Guest lecture
PDF
Opher Bryer-The Rise and Fall of Opher Bryer How an AI Startup Turned from Pr...
PDF
4th-president-of-the-Philippines-_20250 812_103637_0000.pdf
PDF
Mindanao Debate Lecture Presentation Outline 1.General Facts 2.Mindanao Histo...
PDF
19082025_First India Newspaper Jaipur.pdf
PPTX
7th-president-Ramon-Magsaysay-Presentation.pptx
PDF
Jim Stone Freelance Voterig August 13, 2025.pdf
Elias Salame Uses Fake Trades to Make Real Money Disappear.pptx
History ppt on World War 2 and its consequences
15 Years of Fraud The Shocking Case of CA Impersonation.pptx
4th-president-of-the-Philippines-_20250 812_103637_0000.pdf
Best 5 Sites for Verified Cash App Accounts – BTC & Instant Delivery.pdf
Reviving Regional Truths: AI-Powered Journalism in Bangladesh
Naidu Pushes for Rs 36 Crore Subsidy to Support Farmers in Need
POLITICAL IDEOLOGIES of SOUTH KOREA vs NORTH KOREA.pdf
 
INTRODUCTION TO WORLD RELIGION WEEK 1 Quarter 1
How India’s First AI-Powered Anganwadi in Nagpur is Changing Education – As F...
Memecoin memecoinist news site for trends and insights
POLY[1]....pptxtheiowqt4h3ioth4iofhe2toh42i0fhe2io3
Rhythms of Freedom_ India Day Shines at Battery Dance Festival 2025.
Pancasila & Citizen Resume PPT - Guest lecture
Opher Bryer-The Rise and Fall of Opher Bryer How an AI Startup Turned from Pr...
4th-president-of-the-Philippines-_20250 812_103637_0000.pdf
Mindanao Debate Lecture Presentation Outline 1.General Facts 2.Mindanao Histo...
19082025_First India Newspaper Jaipur.pdf
7th-president-Ramon-Magsaysay-Presentation.pptx
Jim Stone Freelance Voterig August 13, 2025.pdf

Global forecast 2015

  • 1. 2015 global forecast Crisis and Opportunity editors craig cohen | josiane gabel
  • 2. 2015 GLOBAL FORECAST Crisis and Opportunity editors craig cohen | josiane gabel
  • 3. about csis For over 50 years, the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) has developed solutions to the world’s greatest policy challenges. As we celebrate this milestone, CSIS scholars are developing strategic insights and bipartisan policy solutions to help decisionmakers chart a course toward a better world. CSIS is a nonprofit organization headquartered in Washington, D.C. The Center’s 220 full-time staff and large network of affiliated scholars conduct research and analysis and develop policy initiatives that look into the future and anticipate change. Founded at the height of the Cold War by David M. Abshire and Admiral Arleigh Burke, CSIS was dedicated to finding ways to sustain American prominence and prosperity as a force for good in the world. Since 1962, CSIS has become one of the world’s preeminent international institutions focused on defense and security; regional stability; and transnational challenges ranging from energy and climate to global health and economic integration. Former U.S. senator Sam Nunn has chaired the CSIS Board of Trustees since 1999. Former deputy secretary of defense John J. Hamre became the Center’s president and chief executive officer in April 2000. © 2014 by the Center for Strategic and International Studies. All rights reserved. CSIS does not take specific policy positions. Accordingly, all views, positions, and conclusions expressed in this publication should be understood to be solely those of the author(s). PHOTO CREDITS: Page 4: Shutterstock.com. Page 6: Cheryl Casey / Shutterstock.com Page 8-9: Official White House Photo by Lawrence Jackson. Page 12: U.S. Navy photo by Mass Communication Specialist 3rd Class Amanda S. Kitchner/Released Page 15: Tech. Sgt. H. H. Deffner, U.S. military/ Department of Defense. Page 17: Shutterstock.com. Page 18-19: Shutterstock.com. Page 21: Shutterstock.com. Page 26-27: photo.ua / Shutterstock.com. Page 28-29: https://www.flickr.com/photos/eppofficial/5875973953/. Page 32: http://government.ru/media/2012/2/4/47985/ photolenta_big_photo.jpeg Page 36-37: Kiev.Victor / Shutterstock.com Page 41: Merkushev Vasiliy / Shutterstock.com. Page 45: Mykhaylo Palinchak / Shutterstock.com. Page 48-49: AP Photo/Hassan Ammar. Page 50-51: U.S. State Department photo. Page 54: Anton_Ivanov / Shutterstock.com. Page 56: https://www.flickr.com/photos/soldiersmediacenter/ The piece by Juan C. Zarate is an adaptation of two of the author’s previous op-eds: “Making Russia Pay for Its Actions in Ukraine,” The Washington Post, March 6, 2014, and “After the Sanctions, Prepare for the Russian Counterattack,” The Financial Times, September 24, 2014. Center for Strategic and International Studies 1616 Rhode Island Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20036 202-887-0200 | www.csis.org 6795361645/. Page 58: Oleg Zabielin / Shutterstock.com. Page 60: U.S. Navy photo taken by Mass Communication Specialist 2nd Class Brett Cote. Page 62-63: U.S. Navy photo by Mass Communication Specialist 3rd Class Dustin Knight/Released. Page 65: Astrelok / Shutterstock.com. Page 67: Official White House Photo by Pete Souza Page 70: Nisarg Lakhmani / Shutterstock.com Page 72: jorisvo / Shutterstock.com Page 74: U.S. State Department photo by William Ng. Page 76-77: Shutterstock.com Page 80: Bretton Woods Monetary Conference of 1944, Mount Washington Resort photo Page 83: Dashu / Shutterstock.com. Page 86: The Yomiuri Shimbun via AP Images. Page 89: Jim Barber / Shutterstock.com. Page 90-91: Anton_Ivanov / Shutterstock.com. Page 93: EC/ECHO/Jean-Louis Mosser. This publication is made possible by internal resources to CSIS. Donors to CSIS can be found at CSIS's website at csis.org/ support-csis/our-donors.
  • 4. contents Introduction | Is America in Retreat? JOHN J. HAMRE PART 1: What Role Will Deterrence Play in America's National Security Strategy? The Case for Deterrence KATHLEEN H. HICKS Rebuilding Credibility: Regional Perspectives A CONVERSATION WITH JON B. ALTERMAN, HEATHER A. CONLEY, AND MICHAEL J. GREEN MODERATED BY STEPHANIE SANOK KOSTRO Why Deterrence Failed to Prevent Syrian Use of WMD SHARON SQUASSONI A Nuclear Deterrent for the 21st Century CLARK A. MURDOCK Deterrence in the Cyber Age JAMES A. LEWIS The Role of Conventional Forces in Deterrence MAREN LEED The Challenge of Deterring ISIS THOMAS M. SANDERSON PART 2: What Are the Implications of Putin’s New Russia? Russia’s Influence on Europe HEATHER A. CONLEY Putin’s Dilemma ANDREW C. KUCHINS The Calculations of Russia's Neighbors JEFFREY MANKOFF Ukraine's Transition SARAH MENDELSON A Test of Wills on Sanctions JUAN C. ZARATE Energy Codependency EDWARD C. CHOW NATO’s Eastern Front ANDREW A. MICHTA PART 3: How Can the United States Best Exert Influence in Today’s Middle East? Acting and Reacting in the Middle East JON B. ALTERMAN The Need for Better Civil-Military Planning ANTHONY H. CORDESMAN The Challenge of Non-state Actors HAIM MALKA Counterterrorism Success and Failings SAMUEL J. BRANNEN PART 4: Is the Rebalance to Asia Sustainable? Asian Perceptions of the Rebalance MICHAEL J. GREEN AND ZACK COOPER Keeping Focus on Korea VICTOR CHA Economic Imperative in Southeast Asia ERNEST Z. BOWER The Long View on India RICHARD M. ROSSOW Maintaining the U.S.-Japan Alliance NICHOLAS SZECHENYI Recalibrating on China CHRISTOPHER K. JOHNSON PART 5: Is a Competing Economic Order Emerging? The Evolving Institutional Landscape MATTHEW P. GOODMAN Strengthening the Existing Order AMY STUDDART The Evolution of the Global Trading System SCOTT MILLER Geopolitical Instability and Energy Markets SARAH LADISLAW Divergent Perspectives of the Democratic BRICS A CONVERSATION WITH CARL MEACHAM, JENNIFER G. COOKE, AND RICHARD M. ROSSOW MODERATED BY AMY STUDDART PART 6: Will Ebola Evolve from a Health Crisis to an Economic and Governance Crisis? The Trajectory of Ebola and our Response J. STEPHEN MORRISON The Economic Impact of the Ebola Outbreak DANIEL F. RUNDE AND CONOR M. SAVOY Contributors 5 10 12 14 16 18 21 23 28 31 34 36 40 43 45 50 53 57 59 64 65 67 69 71 73 78 81 83 85 87 92 95 97
  • 6. Is America in Retreat? Introduction | John J. Hamre As the 2016 presidential election race begins, both parties look schizophrenic on foreign and defense policy. Three factors create this wavering between isolationist and internationalist visions: budgets, who gets to wear the mantle of “strong on defense,” and the horizontal nature of the problems we face. The result is a policy debate that doesn’t conform to traditional battle lines. This has left the rest of the world wondering two things. Is America in retreat? And will the upcoming election settle this question or prolong it? Let me start with the politics of defense budgets. There is an internal political dynamic in Washington for defense budgets that is only indirectly related to the threats the country faces. Over the past 30 years, one of the dominant factors in budget politics has been a Republican Party that maintains “strong defense” as an essential component of its ideological base. Democrats were traumatized by the Vietnam War, and so despite a few notable exceptions, they were deeply ambivalent about defense over this period. Over the past six years, however, Democrats were able to emerge from the shadow of Vietnam. They were able to portray the party as sensible on national security after the overreach of the Bush administration on Iraq. The courageous strike on Osama bin Laden, the hated mastermind of the attack on 9/11, further shielded Democrats to the charge that they were soft on defense. But this also meant that there was no longer a great electoral benefit to Republicans to being defense champions. This trend coincided with the emergence of the Tea Party as the energetic base of the Republican Party. Tea Party conservatives came to Washington believing that the greatest national security risk we face is unbridled deficits. Former Vice President Dick Cheney famously said that GLOBAL FORECAST 2014 / 5
  • 7. deficits don’t matter politically, but the Tea Party argued successfully that even Defense should be cut if that is how we need to get our national house in order. This sentiment still has a firm lock on Republicans, dividing them internally and blocking a consensus on defense spending. Democrats want to see greater domestic spending and are willing to increase defense to get it, but don’t want to be seen as flagrant deficit spenders. This is the dynamic that produced the sequester— the mindless, automatic process that cuts the federal budget by a set percentage unless Congress acts to replace it with another budget. Defense budgets have remained caught in this cycle in which discretionary spending—which will account for less than a third of federal spending in FY 2015—must shoulder the entire burden of reducing the deficit because Congress can’t reach consensus on cutting entitlements or raising taxes. Stepping out of this cycle will require positive action from both parties to compromise, a lost art in Washington these days. The result of this domestic political dynamic is that neither party has established a consensus for a sustained commitment abroad. In fact, both parties have strong wings questioning our existing commitments. These isolationist arguments resonate with Americans after 12 years of war. But the challenges we face internationally do not lend themselves to quick fixes or retreating behind Fortress America. Let me use the example of the two external crises commanding our attention at present—Ebola and the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS). Now that the Ebola virus has spread to the United States, we have become alert as a nation to a problem that we thought was limited to Africa. At the same time the news is deeply troubling in Iraq that ISIS continues its march across the desert, expanding its demonic remit. These two crises seem quite unconnected, yet they share fundamental qualities. Ebola has erupted periodically in Africa for at least decades. It always remained contained in its local setting, gradually disappearing back into the natural environment into what epidemiologists call the “reservoir” where it remains until the next outbreak. We have had terrorists for over a millennium in the Middle East. But historically those terrorists had only parochial aspirations. Now we have a virulent ISIS that threatens Europe and America via repugnant videos released on the Internet. While these are different forms of pestilence, they both become global concerns because of two factors. The first is the ease of movement in the 21st century—the movement of people, information, ideas, disease, and commercial goods. The second half of the 20th century saw a revolution in commerce and technology. American consumers depend on distant factories that transport goods in container ships within short weeks. Millions of people a day are flying across the globe. Technology has sped the transit of people, goods, and disease at unprecedented speed. In one sense it is amazing it took four months before Ebola showed up in America. The second factor that underlies ISIS and Ebola is that both exploded in areas with weak governments and poor infrastructure. Corruption undercuts the legitimacy and effectiveness of governments. The void is a breeding ground for all forms of pestilence. Both ISIS and Ebola have caused deep anxieties here in Washington. I hear politicians saying that we should shut down all air transportation from West Africa, for example. Until ISIS exploded in Syria and 6 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 8. Iraq, the prevailing public sentiment was to walk away from Iraq and not get involved in Syria. Our fatigue with 12 years of war understandably caused Americans to simply want out of the whole mess. But we all greatly benefit from this new global economy. Our prosperity and way of life are now inextricably connected into this global system. We can’t simply quarantine our country from the rest of the world to avoid ISIS or Ebola or anything else. It was clear to health professionals six months ago that Ebola would come to America if we didn’t mount a Marshall Plan-type effort to stop it in West Africa. It was clear three years ago the chaos in Syria would erupt into violent energy throughout the Middle East. We just didn’t do anything. President Obama was widely criticized at the time of the Libya invasion when the administration said it would “lead from behind.” I thought the administration’s position was wrong at the time. But I would reformulate that statement the question is whether our domestic politics can sustain the type of lasting effort required to lead from within. to capture what I think has to be our strategy to deal with ISIS, Ebola, and most modern threats: we have to lead from within. We are not going to defeat ISIS with airplanes. We will have to be on the ground. But we will be on the ground in the middle of a coalition, predominantly made up of moderate Sunnis from Iraq and partner countries in the region. America has to be in the middle of it. We finally sent 3,000 military personnel to West Africa to provide logistics support for the health professionals there, who are struggling to contain Ebola at the source. Again, we have to be leading from within. The question is whether our domestic politics can sustain the t ype of lasting effort required to lead from within. This is the overarching question that lies behind the articles in this annual CSIS publication. Is America’s power of deterrence still credible? Can we sustain our alliances and commitments abroad? Can we still shape events in places where our credibility has suffered? Will the world still look to us for political, security, and economic leadership, or are we seeing alternatives emerge? In this modern era, there are very few unilateral actions America can take to solve the problems we face. Acting in concert with others doesn’t mean America is leading from behind or is in retreat. Quite the opposite. We must build partnerships with those who need our help but lack the ability to solve problems on their own. I suspect that both parties’ nominees for the presidency in 2016 will understand this. Americans are a pragmatic people. We adapt to the challenges we face. The risk is that before this occurs, our domestic politics will evolve into a crisis of confidence in government. We now need, all the more, a bipartisan consensus. No enduring U.S. policy can be achieved without it. I believe the world wants and needs U.S. leadership. We remain uniquely capable. The only thing that could truly send America into retreat is ourselves. ▶ GLOBAL FORECAST 2014 / 7
  • 10. PART ONE What Role Will Deterrence Play in America's National Security Strategy?
  • 11. The Case for Deterrence Kathleen H. Hicks After a difficult year in U.S. foreign policy, some are wondering if the concept of deterrence still holds. Deterrence, though ancient in its basic precepts, came to prominence during the nuclear age when the United States was focused on convincing the Soviet Union that the costs and risks of direct military conflict would outweigh its potential benefits. With the dynamics of bipolar nuclear competition having long given way to a broader set of national security challenges, the U.S. government has made an effort to update its deterrence policy. Following the attacks of September 11, 2011, the U.S. go vernment began to refer to “tailored deterrence,” wherein the United States would tailor its approach to affecting the decision calculus of different potential adversaries in different circumstances. Some argue that tailored deterrence has gone too far—that deterrence has become so context-specific and ubiquitous that it is no longer useful as an or ganizing principle of U.S. policy. These critics can point to documents like the 2010 National Security Strategy, in which the Obama administration made 17 references to deterrence, ranging from deterring armed conflict and aggression to deterring cyber intrusions and unlawful entry to the United States to deterring attacks on the international financial system. If deterrence has so many variations, can the United States effectively build policy around it? The broad applicability of deterrence should not be seen as one of its failings. Deterrence was a key feature of foreign policy long before it carried the label and became synonymous with averting crises in strategic nuclear competition. Variations in the context for deterrence do, however, put a premium on effectively communicating to potential adversaries the risk-reward calculus they face in a particular circumstance. Communicating deterrent threats today is further complicated because norms are not yet firm in some domains of conflict, such as cyberspace, nor universally shared among key actors, such as in maritime disputes. Moreover, in an age of instant global communications and in which many deterrent contexts are present simultaneously, “tailored deterrence” can be difficult to execute, as key actors conflate word and deed in one case (usually U.S. inaction) with another. The most damning critique of deterrence is far simpler: the concept is no longer useful because it does not work. Skeptics holding this view can point to incidents such as R ussia’s 2008 incursion into Georgia and 2014 annexation of Crimea, the recent rise of ISIS in defiance of international condemnation, repeated North Korean nuclear tests in the face of sanctions, and the Syrian regime’s use of chemical weapons despite President Obama’s “red line” as evidence that the United States does not have the credibility to deter threats. These incidents have taken 10/ CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 12. place in the face of overwhelming U.S. military capability, the wielding of “exquisite” economic sanctions, and seemingly tireless diplomatic efforts (how many hours has Secretary of State Kerry been airborne these past 12 months?). If the United States, with all its current advantages, cannot deter others from undertaking actions it opposes, who can? It is the United States itself that offers the most compelling case for the continuing relevance of deterrence: we are routinely deterred because we do not wish to risk the consequences— usually in blood and treasure—that taking certain actions might bring. And the United States in turn can deter well, especially against potentially catastrophic activity. U.S. nuclear capability and overwhelming conventional military power have forced many would-be rivals and non-state actors to pursue action in less deadly spheres, where it is difficult for the United States to bring these same advantages to bear. The problem, then, is not with the concept of deterrence but rather its successful application. Our failures stem from three important shortcomings: in clarifying our interests, to ourselves and to others; in convincing others of our credibility in threatening those who challenge our interests; and in demonstrating the will and capability to fulfill those threats if deterrence fails. Moreover, U.S. credibility is more elastic than our leaders might like—the more deterrence fails or appears to fail in a particular context, the less credible U.S. threats are in that context, and often in other spheres. The good news is that leaders can often increase their credibility relatively quickly, as the administration has done this year by stepping-up its military capabilities along NATO’s eastern border following Russia’s annexation of Crimea. It is time to set aside tired theoretical debates about deterrence to focus on concrete applications that fit today’s dynamic environment. In the coming year, deterrence will be an aspect of vir tually all our security dealings. From continuing nuclear challenges, to the conventional military sphere, to cyber and “cross-domain” challenges, to counterterrorism, deterrence will succeed only where American leaders can convince others that their actions (or inactions) risk greater costs than rewards. The results will usually be far less than desired: competition of interests will continue, and in some cases, the United States will care less about the outc ome than those with opposing goals. This was true in the Cold War, from the creation of the Warsaw Pact to the Prague Spring, to, eventually, Vietnam, just as it was in 2014. In 2015, the United States will need to build on its strong record of deterring existential threats to better deter those who threaten us short of war. Better application of deterrence requires clearly communicating what we care about and our willingness and capability to act in defense of those interests. Importantly, it also requires us to carry out threats when deterrence fails. Credibility can be gained just as it can be lost, but absent the wherewithal to carry out the deterrent threats we make—whether codified in our longstanding treaty commitments or simply stated by the president—more and potentially greater challenges to our interests will follow. ▶ better application of deterrence requires clearly communicating what we care about and our willingness and capability to act in defense of those interests. GLOBAL FORECAST 2014 / 11
  • 13. Rebuilding Credibility: Regional Perspectives A Conversation with Jon B. Alterman, Heather A. Conley, and Michael J. Green moderated by Stephanie Sanok Kostro New realities within the international security environment—such as emerging threats from non-state adversaries—are causing U.S. officials to reevaluate how to use deterrence as a critical element of the nation’s defense strategy. Senior Fellow Stephanie Sanok Kostro sat down with Senior Vice President, Zbigniew Brzezinski Chair in Global Security and Geostrategy, and Middle East Director Jon B. Alterman, Senior Vice President for Europe, Eurasia, and the Arctic and Europe Director Heather A. Conley, and Senior Vice President for Asia and Japan Chair Michael J. Green to discuss regional perceptions and opportunities for improved U.S. deterrence. Stephanie Sanok Kostro: How do governments in your region of study perceive the current U.S. approach to deterrence? Heather A. Conley: U.S. deterrence in Europe is expressed through NATO’s Article 5 commitment that “an armed attack against one or more [ally] shall be considered an attack against them all.” In addition, any ally can convene Article 4 consultations when it feels threatened. There have been only four post–Cold War instances of such consultations: three invoked by Turkey over Iraq / Syria and one by Poland over the Ukraine crisis. Invocation of these articles sends strong messages to the world about NATO—to include American—security concerns. 12/ CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 14. Michael J. Green: Although U.S. deterrence has long underwritten Asian security, there are serious questions in Asian capitals about U.S. deterrence. Many states worry about China’s growing military capabilities and its assertive actions in territorial disputes. Japan and South Korea also focus on North Korea’s largely unimpeded uranium and plutonium weapons programs. Simultaneously, chaos in Syria, Iraq, and Ukraine (as well as political dysfunction in Washington) elicits concern that the United States might “pivot” away from Asia or lack the willpower or resources to manage new security challenges. Jon B. Alterman: There is a broad sense that U.S. deterrence is now less compelling, in part because of the Obama administration’s perceived reluctance to use tools of influence and in part because of the Bush administration’s inability to accomplish ambitious goals in the Middle East. While the region is fractured in many ways, there is virtual unanimity on one point: the Obama administration does not recognize pure evil when it sees it. Also, the United States is trying to deter both Middle East state and non-state actors. States have assets to hold at risk, and rewards can be conferred. Non-state actors require a different set of tools and offer a different set of potential outcomes. U.S. tools are much better developed for the former. Kostro: What are recent examples of successful U.S. deterrence efforts? Alterman: While one might argue the United States is successfully deterring Iran from producing a nuclear weapon, the United States and its partners have failed to persuade Iran to end its nuclear program. Whether the current violence in the Middle East represents the failure or success in U.S. deterrence efforts is unclear. The answer is probably a little of both. Conley: Article 5 in some allies’ minds equates to U.S. “boots on the ground.” This is true in Poland and the Baltic states, which have lingering doubts whether some European countries would come to their aid if Russia invades. The most successful example was the recent deployment of 600 U.S. soldiers to the Baltic region and augmentation of U.S. forces in Poland following Russia’s annexation of Crimea. It is also helpful that allies provided additional aircraft to NATO’s Baltic air policing and based NATO’s Multinational Corps-Northeast in Szczecin, Poland. Simply put, rhetoric is great, boots are required. Green: The most obvious historical examples are deterrence of North Korea crossing the 38th Parallel and China crossing the Taiwan Strait. Today, some of the most difficult challenges are “gray zones,” rather than black and white threats of invasion. China’s pressure on its neighbors in the East and South China Seas presents a serious challenge for many in the region. Despite the U.S. rebalance to Asia, U.S. policymakers do not appear to have a clear strategy for deterring such “gray zone” conflicts, and Asian states will find it difficult to deter revision of the status quo on their own. There have been successes in reassuring allies about deterrence, including new dialogues with Japan and Korea and visible deployments of tactical aircraft and nuclear-capable bombers after threatening moves by North Korea. Kostro: How could the United States improve deterrence activities? Conley: The United States and NATO must meet the challenge of modern deterrence, and they must rapidly adapt, including developing the GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 13 u.s. policymakers do not appear to have a clear strategy for deterring “gray zone” conflicts.
  • 15. tools to confront Russia’s unconventional means to influence the battle space, such as energy restrictions or support for anti-Europe parties. NATO must also be able to focus on its east and southeast flanks, given growing concern that concurrent tests of American and European policies in Ukraine and Syria will fail. Alterman: The United States needs to be clearer about its interests, more willing to take action to further its interests, and more effective in creating consequences it seeks to create. Allies and adversaries alike judge that the United States is so inwardly focused and wary of Middle Eastern entanglements that they can safely predict the limits of U.S. action. Green: I agree. Clarity and consistency in U.S. declarations will be critical. Washington’s discourse has left Asian experts confused about the core strategic assumptions that animate U.S. policy. Do U.S. policymakers seek a balance of power centered on U.S. allies? Or a concert of power centered on Beijing? Or a combination of both that depends on which official is speaking and what is happening in th e world? U.S. allies, partners, and adversaries are watching U.S. statements and actions. They will respond accordingly. ▶ Why Deterrence Failed to Prevent Syrian Use of WMD Sharon Squassoni When it comes to weapons of mass destruction (WMD) proliferation, it’s hard not to like deterrence as a concept: it’s much better to forestall WMD development than react to a fait accompli. Yet deterrence of WMD development and use is not simple. The Assad regime’s use of chemical weapons against Syrian civilians in 2012 and 2013 is widely considered a failure of deterrence. The lessons of Syria are not easy, clear, or likeable for those contemplating future efforts to deter WMD proliferation. From the beginning of the Syrian crisis, the Assad regime attempted to use the threat of WMD as a deterrent to external intervention. In July 2012, a foreign ministry spokesman claimed that, “Any stock of WMD or unconventional weapons that the Syrian Army possesses will never, never be used against the Syrian people or civilians during this crisis. . . . These weapons are made to be used strictly and only in the e vent of external aggression against the Syrian Arab Republic.” President Obama’s declaration of a red line the following month was probably not the response Assad had hoped for: We cannot have a situation where chemical or biological w eapons are falling into the hands of the wr ong people. We have been very clear to the Assad regime, but also to other play ers on the ground, that a red line for us is we start seeing . . . chemical w eapons moving around or being utilized. That would change my calculus. 14 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 16. Syrian chemical weapons subsequently killed 1,000 people in 2012 and 2013, but no direct foreign military interventions ensued. Instead, Assad used his chemical weapons stockpile as a bargaining chip against military intervention. By 2013, the international community (particularly Russia) succeeded in pressuring Syria to join the Chemical Weapons Convention and destroy its entire chemical arsenal. U.S. government officials have suggested that Russia and Syria thought the threat of U.S. military force was credible, but there is no way of knowing for sure. It was ultimately public outrage over the execution of American journalists and others by ISIS, not Syrian chemical weapons use, that prompted the U.S. military intervention in Syria in September 2014. As the Syria case demonstrates, there are limits to deterring WMD proliferation. Knowing that Assad already had chemical weapons, President Obama’s red line was aimed at their use or transfer to terrorists. However, use against Syrian civilians did not threaten U.S. vital interests, and it is hard to verify WMD transfer to terrorists. On Syria’s nuclear capability, it is unlikely that deterrence was ever seriously considered by Israel, which covertly bombed the Al Kibar reactor in 2007. For Israel, Assad’s construction of a nuclear reactor at Al Kibar threatened Israel’s vital interests in a way that Syrian chemical weapons did not. Israel preemptively struck the reactor, the consequences of which have not entirely unfolded. (The bombing of the Osirak reactor prompted Iraq to embark on a massive nuclear program, which Assad is likely not to pursue.) On a fundamental level, the clear signals and identifiable outcomes that define successful deterrence are tough to establish for WMD proliferation. Deterring WMD use may be easier than deterring WMD development, if only because WMD use is a clearly defined action (mostly), whereas WMD development is a process, and a deeply clandestine one at that. The challenges are further compounded when onward proliferation to terrorist groups (whether intentional or accidental) is added to the mix. In contrast, as long as WMD are thought to deter military action against a regime, they will be highly valued by proliferators, making WMD programs a vital interest. At the very least, giving up weapons or a program can buy time for a regime. GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 15 the clear signals and identifiable outcomes that define successful deterrence are tough to establish for wmd proliferation.
  • 17. As a policy tool, then, deterrence is unwieldy in the nonproliferation world. It shares an uncomfortable bed with the treaties (such as the Non-Proliferation Treaty, Biological Weapons Convention, and Chemical Weapons Convention) that seek procedural responses to noncompliance and with the informal supplier arrangements that rely on cooperation to keep the most sensitive materials and equipment out of the hands of w ould-be proliferators. A decreasing number of countries stand outside these regimes, and for these, deterrence is most likely to be directed against use of WMD, or their transfer to terrorist groups. Despite its limitations, however, deterrence will continue to be attractive for nonproliferation, if only because of the costs and risks of the alternatives: doing nothing (which allows a proliferator to develop weapons at will, a la North Korea), destroying a proliferator’s capabilities (a la Israel’s bombing of the Osirak and Al Kibar reactors or threatened U.S. and Israeli action against Iran, should it proliferate), or invasion (Iraq). Given the significant risk that terrorist acquisition of WMD continues to pose around the globe, the United States should focus particular attention on strengthening the network of legal controls, intelligence sharing, and international cooperation that prevent their spread and keep the risk well below the threshold of deterring use. ▶ A Nuclear Deterrent for the 21st Century Clark A. Murdock The Obama administration's policy from the outset has been to reduce U.S. reliance on nuclear weapons as a near-term step in the long-term pursuit of a world without nuclear weapons. This is easy for the United States to say, because it has the world's strongest military by far. If no one has nuclear weapons, the United States is the nondeterrable “600-pound gorilla.” As Paul Bracken, who coined the term “the second nuclear age,” observed in 2012: “China, Russia, India, Pakistan, North Korea, and Iran hardly desire a world that is ‘safe’ for U.S. strong-arm tactics with conventional forces.” For nations wanting the same freedom of action that our conventional superiority gives us, giving up the nuclear option makes no sense. Much like the United States in the 1950s when it faced massive Warsaw Pact conventional forces, other states are increasing their reliance on nuclear weapons. Russia and China are embarked on aggressive nuclear modernization programs; North Korea has joined the nuclear club; and Iran may be pursuing nuclear weapons. During the Cold War, the United States deployed about 7,000 tactical nuclear weapons in Europe, so that the Soviets would know that any major war in Europe would “go nuclear.” Today, the Russian general staff is writing doctrine for how Russia could use nuclear weapons in a conflict with a conventionally superior force (that would be the U.S.-led NATO) to “deescalate” a crisis. Nuclear weapons offset conventional military superiority. When the U.S. military declares that it is seeking “full spectrum dominance” (see Joint Vision 2010), it simply reinforces the dependence of our would-be competitors on nuclear weapons. How does the United States counter the nuclear weapons of other states that don't want to live under Pax Americana? We need to get serious again about nuclear weapons. The days of massive 16 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 18. retaliation and mutual assured destruction are over, but nuclear weapons still matter for the United States because they are the most credible way of deterring how other countries might employ their nuclear weapons against us. The scenarios are different, and the stakes less existential. But we are in the second nuclear age, and denial is no longer an option. Embrace Realism. The fallacy of hoping that our competitors would give up their means for offsetting U.S. conventional power is laid bare by the actions of Russia, China, and North Korea today. In the same way that the United States and the Soviet Union did during the Cold War, these states “use” their nuclear weapons every day. They understand that nuclear weapons are a primary element of the global distribution of power that provides the underlying structure for deterrence relationships between all states, not just those states seeking to oppose the United States. They also know that their nuclear weapons will cast a “nuclear shadow” over any major conflict with the United States. During the first nuclear age, it was the mutual fear of nuclear escalation that kept the Cold War cold as the two global superpowers engaged in Thomas Schelling’s “competition in risk-taking.” And as they plan for how to cope with a United States that increasingly acts as if nuclear war is unthinkable, they are thinking through how they might physically employ a nuclear weapon to demonstrate their willingness to escalate to the nuclear level. For these conventionally weaker powers, it won’t be as a last resort, because a lengthy conventional war with the United States is a no-win proposition. “Going nuclear” early in a conflict in a manner that convinces the United States to back off (but does not provoke us into “going ballistic”) makes sense from their perspective. We need to internalize that and plan accordingly. Buy 21st-Century Nukes, not Cold War Ones. Sustaining a U.S. nuclear force designed for the Cold War cannot be the right response to the challenges of “the second nuclear age.” Like our potential adversaries, we should develop and procure new nuclear weapons. We also need nuclear weapons whose employment we need to get serious again about nuclear weapons. demonstrates our willingness (if necessary) to break the nuclear threshold in a manner that does not set off uncontrollable nuclear escalation. From a global perspective, we need to maintain nuclear parity with the Russians and sustain nuclear superiority over the Chinese— dealing with a Russia that thought it had nuclear superiority would be even more difficult than it already is; a China that had achieved nuclear parity would tear big holes in the U.S. nuclear umbrella. Our conventional superiority obviates some of our requirements for nuclear weapons, but it creates others. This is paradoxical, to be sure, but paradoxes seem endemic to any nuclear era. ▶ GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 17
  • 19. Deterrence in the Cyber Age James A. Lewis Deterrence is the threat to use military force to impose intolerable costs if an opponent takes an unacceptable action. The threat must be credible, which requires opponents to calculate whether it is serious and if potential gains outweigh the possible harm. The context for deterrence has changed markedly, from a single peer opponent to several different rivals, each with different capabilities and tolerance for risk. Nuclear weapons form the core of strategic deterrence, but their utility is increasingly constrained. “First strikes” are stigmatized, as is nuclear weapons use for anything other than to deter nuclear attack. The destructive effect of nuclear weapons is disproportional to the attacks we face, reducing the credibility of threats to use them. Nuclear weapons deter nuclear attack and (with general military forces) major conventional war, but there is little between these two extremes. The likelihood that a country will carry out its deterrent threat depends on both material and political factors. Powerful militaries can inflict immense harm even without nuclear weapons, and no one doubts the capabilities of U.S. forces. Opponents use several techniques to manage and reduce the risk of retaliation, such as relying on proxy forces and irregulars. Opponents can limit their actions to those that do not qualify as the use of f orce (defined by the UN Charter as threatening a nation’s territorial integrity or political independence) or that threaten American lives or major economic damage (the U.S. threshold for preemptive response to cyber attack) and diminish the likelihood of American retaliation. This could be proof that deterrence works now much as it did during the Cold War and is effective at a “strategic” level. America’s military rivals avoid actions that could 18 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 20. trigger a damaging U.S. military response. It also suggests the limits of deterrence. Opponents likely calculate that actions that do not affect America’s vital national interests, as they perceive them, will not trigger a damaging response. The United States could change these calculations if it convinced opponents that it had an expansive definition of vital national interests, such as defending the “global commons,” but these broad definitions are unpersuasive. Other countries define vital national interests in a more limited fashion and it is through this narrower prism that they measure U.S. pronouncements. For extended deterrence, we can likely deter opponents from invasion or nuclear attacks on allies or friends, but not from supporting terror attacks by proxies or most kinds of cyber attack. When it comes to a deterrent threat, nuclear weapons are too much; launching a few random cruise missiles is too little; perhaps threatening cyber attack can reshape opponent calculations? This idea is better in theory than in practice. If deterrence has to threaten unacceptable cost, cyber attacks cannot deliver. Their effect is tactical, and while they offer real military utility, they do not pose an existential threat or create intolerable costs. A stand-alone cyber attack like Stuxnet would create only temporary annoyance, and annoyance is not an astute strategy. GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 19
  • 21. “Cross-domain” deterrence is another twist on traditional nuclear deterrence. The idea is to threaten that an attack by an opponent in one domain—for instance, on U.S. space or cyber assets—will result in damaging counterattacks in another domain—such as against sea or land targets. However, cross-domain deterrence turns out to be unworkable. How many ATMs must Iran hack to justify a cruise missile response? How much stolen intellectual property justifies a strike against a Chinese space launch facility? Cross-domain deterrence’s complicated strategic calculus does not produce credible threats. Some scholars argue that a lower threshold for the use of force in cyberspace could deter cyber attack. China’s cyber espionage, they say, is “death by 1,000 cuts,” and justifies retaliation as economic espionage imperceptibly saps vital industrial capabilities. There is no evidence that the Chinese follow this strategy, which sounds more like the plot of a cheap thriller. Nor have the 1,000 cuts done much harm—America continues to grow, and if growth has been slow in the last 15 years, it reflects bad policy choices more than nefarious foreign stratagems. In any case, after Snowden, it would be unwise for the United States to insist that cyber espionage is an act of war. Deterrence worked best when linked to clear foreign policy goals and red lines, such as shielding Europe from invasion. Weak linkages between deterrent threats and vital American interests make red lines unpersuasive and encourage opponents to calculate how much they can get away with. The circumstances where the United States will inflict unacceptable harm on an opponent (and risk harm to itself) remain very few. A vast range of coercive activities directed against the United States and its allies are not deterrable. Some of these actions have only symbolic effect, such as blocking a bank’s website. Other actions advance regional agendas that may appear to opponents an peripheral to U.S. vital interests. Some actions, like cyber espionage, fall outside of the scope of what international law regards as justifying the use of retaliatory force. The United States can no more deter espionage or proxy conflict now than it could in the Cold War. Rather than ask what we can deter, it is better to ask how to clearly define vital interests and plan how to counter opponents who adjust their strategies to rely on techniques and technologies that avoid triggering a U.S. military response. ▶ if deterrence has to threaten unacceptable cost, cyber attacks cannot deliver. 20 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 22. The Role of Conventional Forces in Deterrence Maren Leed For decades, U.S. conventional forces’ primary role in deterrence has been to maintain sufficient capability and capacity to engage in a large-scale, potentially long-duration fight with other large conventional forces. While nuclear forces remained the “ultimate” deterrent, conventional U.S. capability was one in the range of challenges an adversary might face when contemplating actions contrary to U.S. national interests. Since the collapse of the Soviet Union, and especially in the 21st century, the deterrence picture has become more complex in at least two ways. First, the Bush doctrine of preemption has given way to conventional wisdom that claims that Americans are no longer willing to support large-scale employment of U.S. forces. (This view is borne out by the inability or unwillingness o f the U.S. Congress to reverse defense budget cuts, despite numerous and growing demands for U.S. military capabilities around the globe.) A second shift relates to the growing power of non-state actors, from terrorists to criminal networks to pirates, whose deterrence calculi have proven different than those with which many U.S. strategists had become familiar. GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 21
  • 23. Both changes—domestic reluctance to employ large U.S. military forces, and their more limited salience to the full range of complex challenges facing U.S. leaders—affect the basic calculus of deterrence, which is a function of both will and capacity. Political constraints affect the “will” component, and the ability of non-state and irregular actors to pose asymmetric threats to conventional forces affect the relevance of their capacity. Given this reality, questions about how much of a role conventional forces can play in future deterrence strategies are well warranted. It would be foolish, however, to underestimate their continued relevance. It is important to note that the large, near-peer state competitors for which conventional U.S. forces have been principally designed remain, and in at least one case is growing stronger. This reality implies that capacity will continue to be needed. That said, however, different and smaller capabilities may be more relevant to deterring other threats. The larger question with respect to potential U.S. adversaries is about will: not only whether U.S. leaders would commit forces if required, but, more importantly, whether others perceive that they would. Here, the U.S. government has been clearly signaling its desire to keep its military commitments limited, and when commitment is absolutely necessary, small. While this is an accurate reflection of public desires, the question for U.S. leaders is whether more can be done within the “limited and small” framework to enhance the U.S. deterrent posture. For example, Russia’s move into Crimea was essentially a fait accompli by the time U.S. forces were deployed setting “trip wires,” like red lines, only serves to deter if, when tripped, the consequences are quick and severe. on the ground. Could the small units of U.S. forces that deployed to Poland and the Baltic states have been positioned earlier as indications of Russian troop movements became clear? Elsewhere in the world, the tinderboxes in the South and East China Seas could flare at any moment. Should U.S. leaders be routinely approving freedom-of-navigation operations in the South and East China Seas as a demonstration of American commitment to international maritime norms and a political solution to maritime disputes in the region? Such actions would of course involve risks. Employing forces proactively—however small—runs the risk that if others take actions against them, the United States could be drawn further into conflagrations it might prefer to handle differently. Setting “trip wires,” like red lines, only serves to deter if, when tripped, the consequences are quick and severe. On the other hand, taking more visible though tailored steps might change the trajectory of certain conflicts, forestalling larger problems and potential calls for more significant U.S. military intervention later on. Such actions could align more clearly with current U.S. public will. The capacity question—whether U.S. conventional capabilities are well suited to deter non-state actors—is more complex. In both instances, however, a more robust cost-benefit analysis of the degree to which smaller conventional force formations might better contribute to current deterrence challenges is both necessary and overdue. ▶ 22 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 24. The Challenge of Deterring ISIS Thomas M. Sanderson Through its coalition against ISIS, the West and its local allies are struggling to save a region now teetering on the edge of a geopolitical precipice. The amalgam of coalition forces—much of it still notional— is an engineer’s nightmare: composed of countless moving parts of marginal quality, with American pressure and a fear of ISIS as its only lubricants. The U.S.-led force also confronts an unpalatable reality: the adversary is undeterrable. Foreign fighters pouring over Turkey’s border to do battle in Syria can make one final stop before gliding through the Bab Al- Salam gate. Before a perfunctory wave through by border officials, aspiring jihadists can sell their passports to a well-positioned café owner who knows these fighters will never again need them. Drawn from a life of marginalization to one of empowerment and eventual salvation, dozens of young men will transform themselves into human bombs at the direction of ISIS or Jabhat al-Nusra. with few deterrent options, the united states and its partners should support efforts aimed at dissuading would-be fighters before they make the decision to join isis. Seemingly inexhaustible in number, Sunni boys and men from America to Indonesia and more than 75 countries in between are drawn by the dramatic imagery, fueled by social media, of heroic fighters doing battle against all manner of evil. These young men—many of them illiterate and poor—move from a life devoid of choice, dignity, and respect to an environment impervious to reason and fear. A long-sought caliphate is in place, they are told, and it needs defending at all costs. Willing to die in defense of their religion and the self-declared caliph who interprets it for them, many of these fighters are energized by the promise of a favorable postmortem evaluation of their Earthly deeds. Helping to cleanse holy lands of corrupt, despotic, Western-controlled Sunni governments (and even more detestable Shi’a regimes) is intoxicating indeed. The excesses and failures of corrupt governments have thrust them—fearless and energized—to the front lines of a holy war. For some of those who do not perish on the battlefield, their onward movement presents an entirely new threat. At times withdrawing through the same border crossing in Turkey, there is the option of buying a now-repurposed passport for travel to Europe. Chances are, the documents on offer were once held by some of the estimated 3,000 European fighters who journeyed to the region, many hailing from one of 30 U.S. “visa-waiver” countries. Soon they could be on an airplane to America— intentions unknown, but quite likely lethal. What can be done about ISIS and its team of motivated, trained foreign fighters and other non-state actors like them? Is the only solution arrest or death, or can those two sanctions prevent them from taking up arms in the first place? GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 23
  • 25. Unfortunately, a deterrence strategy, which by definition is based on the threat of consequences, is unlikely to succeed in the fight against ISIS or similarly minded groups. Death is a goal for many jihadists, and one to be celebrated. With few deterrent options, the United States and its partners should support efforts aimed at dissuading would-be fighters before they make the decision to join ISIS. This may include local efforts to engage family members, clergy, community leaders, and law enforcement, who in turn can discourage plans by those most at risk to fight and die in Syria or Iraq. These influences must be brought to bear before an ISIS commander or facilitator makes his mark on the individual over social media or in person. After that point, stemming the flow of fighters will be much harder and more expensive to achieve. ▶ 24/ CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 28. PART TWO What Are the Implications of Putin’s New Russia?
  • 29. Russia’s Influence on Europe Heather A. Conley The transatlantic community awoke on March 18, 2014, to a strategic surprise: the Russian Federation, a “strategic partner” of the European Union, had formally annexed Crimea. This was an event not seen since Adolf Hitler annexed Austria in 1938. On that same day, Vladimir Putin articulated a new guiding doctrine for Russian foreign policy, stating that Moscow will preemptively act to “protect” ethnic Russians wherever they live. This policy became reality as Russia quickly moved to destabilize eastern Ukraine in support of pro-Russian separatists. The post–Cold War era and order has come to an abrupt end. We have yet to identify what this new period will bring. What does the future hold and how should the transatlantic community respond to Russian malfeasance in its neighborhood? What are Putin’s long-term intentions? How do regional leaders perceive Russian actions? What transatlantic policy responses will be most effective with regard to sanctions, energy, civil society, and defense? Perhaps most importantly, can Europe and the transatlantic alliance hold together despite Russia’s pervasive economic and political influence within the European Union? As this collection goes to print, the Russian flag still flies over Simferopol, the capital of Crimea; the conflict in Ukraine’s Donbas region is now Europe’s latest and greatest frozen conflict; and the United States and Europe have yet to fully address the growing threat that Putin’s revanchist ambitions pose. When Central and Eastern Europe threw off the Communist yoke and the Soviet Union collapsed, Europe and the United States transformed their Soviet policy of isolation and containment to one of political and economic integration with the Russian Federation. This approach had been largely successful over the past 25 years. Russia joined the Group of Eight (G8) in 1998, the World Trade Organization in 2012, and was considered for membership in the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD). In the past 10 years alone, the value of Russia’s global trade has 28 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 30. nearly quadrupled from $210 billion in 2003 to $802 billion in 2013. Last year, Russia’s trade with the EU represented 48.5 percent of its total. Although U.S.-Russian trade ties remained subdued by comparison, the two former superpowers developed a measurable degree of economic interdependence, as evidenced by the International Space Station and Russian-made titanium engines for Boeing’s 787 fleet. This transatlantic policy of integration came to an abrupt halt on March 18, 2014. Over time, Russia’s economic integration with Europe—and specifically with the countries of Central and Eastern Europe—has gradually devolved from a positive source of growth into a negative and corrosive force, serving only to widen economic and political rifts within Europe. Europe’s reliance on Russian energy and financial resources and its accompanied political influence has hindered its ability to formulate a swift, unified, and robust response to Moscow’s violation of Ukraine’s territorial integrity. Europe’s policy hesitancy is in actuality a delicate political balancing act in which Europe must weigh the normative benefits of defending international legal principles against the tangible, self-inflicted economic costs of imposing sanctions against Russia. While Europe’s sustained sanctions campaign has seemingly tipped the scales in favor of democratic principles for the time being, its asymmetrical economic impacts are raising questions about the durability of this GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 29
  • 31. commitment. Nowhere else is this equilibrium teetering more than in Central and Eastern Europe where Russia has begun to reclaim its influence. Presciently, in a July 2009 Open Letter to President Obama, a group of pro-American leaders from Central and Eastern Europe, such as former Polish President Lech Walesa, foreshadowed the dark side of Russia’s integration with the West: “Russia is back as a revisionist power pursuing a 19th-century agenda with 21st-century tactics and methods. . . . It [Russia] uses overt and covert means of economic warfare, ranging from energy blockades and politically motivated investments to bribery and media manipulation in order to advance its interests and to challenge the transatlantic orientation of Central and Eastern Europe.” Despite being full-fledged members of the European Union for over a decade, the countries of Central Europe are experiencing an erosion of the rule of law and good governance. there appears to be a linkage between russian influence and the rise of populist, nationalistic, and xenophobic political parties in parts of europe. Freedom House’s 2013 Nations in Transit report noted that only two (Latvia and the Czech Republic) out of 10 Central European countries have improved their democracy “score card” after being members of NATO and the European Union for over a decade. The other eight countries’ ratings dropped in the areas of media freedom, electoral processes, judicial independence, and corruption. Increasingly, there appears to be a strong correlation between a marked decline in transparency, rule of law, and democratic practices, and the extent of Russian economic and political engagement in these countries. In the case of Bulgaria, recent media reports estimated that as much as one-third of Bulgaria’s economy is owned by Russian entities, with particular concentration in the energy, financial, and media sectors. Bulgaria’s political landscape is highly volatile and opaque; the country has already seen four governments in the past two years. Consequently, Transparency International ranked Bulgaria 77 out of 177 countries on perceived levels of public-sector corruption— the second lowest in the European Union. There also appears to be a linkage between Russian influence and the rise of populist, nationalistic, and xenophobic political parties as many of these entities receive financial support from Russian-affiliated nongovernmental organizations (NGOs). Taking advantage of Europe’s economic malaise, these increasingly successful fringe parties have contributed to the weakening of political support for the European Union and governments across Europe. Their impacts, however, are most evident in the former Eastern Bloc, where institutions and civil society remain underdeveloped and susceptible to the revitalization of former Soviet networks. In the case of Hungary, many of these trends have toxically blended to produce an increasingly authoritarian regime. Over the last decade, Hungary has maintained strong economic and political ties with Russia. Russia is Hungary's largest trading partner outside the European Union, and the country remains 80 percent reliant on Russian energy. As Russia’s grasp on Hungary’s economy has tightened, nationalist and xenophobic groups—such as the neo-fascist Jobbik party—have also risen to prominence, further undermining the country’s Western, liberal orientation. Moreover, Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orban has articulated a significant shift in national direction and policy orientation, declaring in July that Hungary must strive to build “an illiberal new state based on 30 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 32. national foundations” as evidenced by legislative motions to restrict free speech (including an oppressive advertising tax), centralize authority (Hungary’s new constitution has been amended five times), and erode the independence of the judiciary. Noting that the geopolitical “wind is blowing from the East,” Orban has credited Moscow for these latest Russian-styled Hungarian “reforms.” These illiberal trends have been accompanied by distinctly pro-Russian foreign policies in Budapest. Orban has consistently derided the EU’s sanctions against Russia, and Hungary abruptly discontinued its sale of excess gas supplies to Ukraine after a visit from the CEO of Gazprom this fall. Hungary received a 10 billion euro loan from Russia for a new nuclear power plant facility, increasing Hungary’s energy dependence on Russian technology and financial support. Negative developments in Hungary and its neighbors threaten to derail wider European efforts to restrain Russian recidivism. Although the 21st-century East-West confrontation does not bear the ideological vestiges of the Cold War, there is a clear ideological component. This contestation is between liberal versus illiberal, transparency and good governance versus corruption and “managed democracy.” The unqualified success of Central Europe’s transformation from Communism to liberal democracies and market economies is not immutable, and we should not trick ourselves into believing it is so. ▶ Putin’s Dilemma Andrew C. Kuchins Just days before Boris Yeltsin shocked the world by retiring early from the Russian presidency on December 31, 1999—making then-Prime Minister Vladimir Putin acting president—Putin released his Millennial Statement that outlined Russia’s immense challenges and a vision for its future. This vision emphasized greater predictability, prosperity, and stability for Russia after the economically and socially traumatic 1990s. The document’s other core theme was the urgent need to reconsolidate the Russian state in order to lead the recovery of the Russian nation. For the past 15 years that Putin has served as Russia’s de jure and/or de facto national leader, the majority of Russian people have been satisfied that he has delivered what he promised and what they want. During his first two terms as president, the Russian economy grew at approximately 7 percent per year (measured in nominal dollar terms and accounting for ruble appreciation, the figure is an impressive 26 percent). Even after the global economic crisis in 2008–2009, the Russian economy regained its footing growing at a rate of more than 4 percent in 2010 and 2011. GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 31
  • 33. The foundation for Vladimir Putin’s consistently high political ratings has been the Russian people’s perception that their economic prospects were constantly improving. Putin’s so-called vertical of power—an increasingly state-centric political economy—has been facilitated by a growing economic pie that could be carved up and distributed to Putin loyalists. This system, patrimonial authoritarianism, finds its historical roots traced to the princes of Muscovy, Russian tsars, and later Soviet general secretaries. In this sense, Vladimir Putin is a very traditional Russian leader. But signs that not all was well in modern Muscovy manifested themselves in the winter of 2011–2012 when the largest political demonstrations took place in Russia in 20 years as tens of thousands of protesters took to the streets to condemn the falsified Duma elections of December 2011. Putin’s United Russia party fared poorly in those elections marking Putin’s first electoral defeat since his emergence on the national stage a decade earlier. The demonstrations also marked the first large social media-mobilized opposition Putin had ever faced. It seemed clear from private discussions with Putin and his inner circle prior to the 2011 election that Putin was taken by surprise. The demonstrations were a shock to Putin personally as well as to the political system he oversaw for over a decade. While the protesters were ideologically diverse, the majority were the relatively well-off middle and upper-middle classes who had benefited the most during those prosperous years of Putin’s tenure. But they viewed Moscow’s centralized, corrupt, and authoritarian political system nurtured by Putin as incapable of promoting further economic growth or answering their demands for improved governance. When he returned to the presidency in May 2012, Putin faced a difficult choice as signs of economic stagnation were already visible: he could either co-opt the growing middle class by addressing their concerns and embark on structural economic reforms or risk undermining the political foundation of his vertical of power. Putin’s dilemma is reminiscent of the Soviet Politburo in the early 1980s. Despite massive windfall revenue of petrodollars, the economy was so structurally inefficient that the Soviet growth rate was close to zero. At the high point of Soviet zastoi or stagnation, Brezhnev and his successors decided structural economic reform was too politically risky and attempted to muddle through. Had oil prices remained high, 32 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 34. muddling may have been successful and the Soviet Union would have endured. Of course, oil prices plummeted, the Soviet Union attempted reform, and collapse ensued. Putin, like his Soviet predecessors, has avoided reform and the Russian economy has continued to stagnate (1.3 percent growth in 2013) even before Crimea annexation and the war in Ukraine despite historically high oil prices. It appeared that Putin had already decided to abandon economic growth and prosperity as the foundation for his political popularity and authority. This risky political strategy would require a new political narrative to justify his indefinite leadership if economic growth and prosperity were no longer the essential thread. This new political narrative began to form in 2012–2013 with a growing emphasis on traditional Russian values captured in the 19th-century Russian policy of “official nationality” revolving around the triptych of autocracy, orthodoxy, and Russian nationality. The crisis over Ukraine offered an ideal opportunity to further consolidate this new political narrative. Previously, Putin had always been careful to avoid enflaming Russian nationalism, but his seminal speech to the Russian Assembly formally annexing Crimea on March 18, however, articulated a highly chauvinistic form of Russian nationalism that does not accept the legitimacy of post–1991 borders let alone post–World War II and even post–World War I borders. Putin has reintroduced the Tsarist-era term of Novorossiya, which geographically included much of Eastern and Southern Ukraine under the administrative jurisdiction of Russia. This has become his new political narrative and a rallying cry for the insurgents in Eastern Ukraine. Putin will manage the devastating economic consequences of his strategic choice in many different ways. The nearly 25 percent decline in oil prices has put further pressure on his government. The house arrest in September of leading economic magnate Vladimir Yevtushenkov sent a deep chill through the Russian business community in a similar manner as the 2003 arrest of Mikhail Khodorkovsky. The Khodorkovsky affair and the destruction of the Yukos oil company was the watershed event in the establishment of Putin’s vertical of power, including the redistribution of some of the core assets of the Russian economy. As the economic pie is reduced, Putin must find ways to assure the loyalty of his core allies and the intelligence putin clearly has made a faustian bargain with russian nationalism and oligarchic predators with unpredictable consequences for russia’s neighbors, regional security, and the russian people. services to guarantee his leadership. All signs suggest that another redistribution of assets to his loyalists is underway. Western sanctions may actually help facilitate this process as Western financial institutions and individual investors are removed as arbiters in the Russian market that make it easier for erstwhile Putin allies to consume their own. Putin clearly has made a Faustian bargain with Russian nationalism and oligarchic predators with unpredictable consequences for Russia’s neighbors, regional security, and the Russian people. Although government officials and experts perceive that Russia is weak, Putin has proven himself time and time again as highly adept at playing what app ears to be a weak hand. Ukrainian President Peter Poroshenko has described Putin as “unpredictable, emotional, and dangerous.” How long Putin can manage this volatile situation that he has created is an open question, but we should not assume it will be brief or that whoe ver comes after Putin will be easier. ▶ GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 33
  • 35. The Calculations of Russia’s Neighbors Jeffrey Mankoff For Russia’s neighbors in the South Caucasus and Central Asia, the Ukraine crisis is a watershed moment. Since independence, these countries had pursued a “multi-vector” foreign policy, which meant seeking new partnerships while acknowledging their dependence on Russia and being careful to respect Russian red lines. After the annexation of Crimea and destabilization of eastern Ukraine, the location of those red lines no longer seems clear. The resulting uncertainty is forcing the leaders of the South Caucasus and Central Asian states to be more deferential to Moscow in the near term while accelerating these states’ efforts to loosen and diversify their ties with Moscow. Time, especially the emergence of a new generation of leaders with no memories of the Soviet Union, will only accelerate this process. Before the outbreak of protests on Kyiv’s Maidan Nezalezhnosti [Independence Square] in September 2013, Ukraine’s strategy for dealing with Russia was multi-vector as well. Economic and cultural ties with Russia remained strong, but the government, even under the allegedly pro-Russian President Viktor Yanukovych (whose political career the Kremlin aided), sought to develop diplomatic, trade, and investment ties with other partners. For Ukraine, that meant primarily the European Union, while the South Caucasus and Central Asian states have looked variously to the United States, EU, Turkey, China, and elsewhere. While these states pursued economic ties with a range of neighbors, they understood that Moscow regarded security cooperation, especially the presence of NATO or U.S. forces, as a red line, and steered clear—or paid the price. Georgia’s courting of NATO, which contributed to the 2008 war with Russia, and Kyrgyzstan’s hosting of U.S. forces at the Manas Transit Center, which helped fuel Moscow’s role in ousting former President Kurmanbek Bakiyev, served as object lessons of the costs of seeking outside security assurances. Still, the rule seemed to be: trade with whomever you want at least as long as you do not 34 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 36. challenge Russia’s preferred position such as in EU energy markets, but keep U.S. and NATO forces out. In line with this understanding, before the Maidan protests, post-Soviet elites from other states were generally weary of joining the Russian-backed Eurasian Customs Union with Belarus and Kazakhstan, or the planned Eurasian Economic Union. Despite the fact that Kazakh President Nursultan Nazarbayev first proposed the Eurasian Union in the 1990s, many Kazakh officials and businessmen opposed Putin’s scheme, and even Nazarbayev took pains to emphasize that the planned body was solely an economic union. Others, including Armenia, where more than 5,000 Russian troops are based, as well as Kyrgyzstan and Tajikistan, whose economies are heavily dependent on remittances from Russia, demurred. Meanwhile, Ukraine, along with Armenia, Georgia, and Moldova, negotiated association agreements with the EU that, when implemented, would radically transform their economic and administrative structures, weakening inherited links with Russia. Although Moscow opposed these agreements and encouraged its neighbors to join its customs union, these countries largely continued charting their own course, mostly evincing little interest in the customs union. the “maidan scenario”—a corrupt, ineffective government thrown out by its own people—represents the greatest fear of many post–soviet leaders. Nevertheless, in the run-up to the EU summit where Armenia, Georgia, Moldova, and Ukraine were set to formalize their association agreements, Russia began exerting enormous political and economic pressure. In September, Armenia abruptly announced it was shelving its association agreement and would join the customs union. Soon thereafter, Ukrainian President Yanukovych also buckled, following a secretive two-day visit to Moscow. Yanukovych’s about-face sparked the protests that led to his downfall, Russia’s occupation of Crimea, and the insurgency in eastern Ukraine. These events seemed at odds with the previously accepted rules of the game. Russia’s military intervention in Ukraine was driven more by post-colonial disregard than any prospect of NATO forces on its border (indeed, it was the Russian intervention that led new President Petro Poroshenko to again seek Ukrainian NATO membership). Moreover, to justify the intervention, Putin proclaimed a wide-ranging mandate to protect “compatriots,” “Russians and Russian-speakers” throughout the former USSR. This formula gave Moscow a pretext to intervene in any of its former dependencies—including the Baltic states. Incautious remarks from Putin about Kazakhstan lacking historical legitimacy only exacerbated the sense of concern in the neighborhood that Russia had gone rogue. The Ukraine crisis held another lesson for the former Soviet states as well, a lesson about the dangers of “people power.” The “Maidan scenario”—a corrupt, ineffective government thrown out by its own people—represents the greatest fear of many post– Soviet leaders. The result, in at least some states, has been greater repression and less openness, even if these crackdowns make a Maidan more likely in the longer term. In the near term, the twin fear of Moscow and the Maidan is working to Russia’s advantage. Unlike the West, Russia will not object to crackdowns on domestic opposition, while joining the Eurasian Economic Union provides some insurance against Russian meddling (a krysha, or roof, in Russian criminal slang). In the past year, Armenia and Kyrgyzstan have applied GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 35
  • 37. to join the Eurasian Economic Union, while Azerbaijan and Georgia have increasingly hedged their pro-Western orientations. Further driving this tilt toward Moscow is the perception, widespread especially in Central Asia, that U.S. engagement in the region is declining with the withdrawal from Afghanistan. Yet the post–Soviet states view Russia’s decision to change the rules of the game as a threat to their sovereignty. The crisis in Ukraine has strained the bonds of affection tying these states to Russia. While they may have little choice but to join Russian-led multilateral bodies, these countries will work to ensure that these entities remain toothless, and will redouble their efforts to reduce their dependence on and vulnerability to Russia. Almost without exception, elites in the South Caucasus and Central Asia see greater U.S. engagement as vital to the sovereignty and independence of the region’s states. The irony is that, as Putin made clear in 2008, Russia does not view Ukraine, any more than the states of the South Caucasus and Central Asia, as a “real state.” By forcing these countries to defend their independence, Moscow is compelling them to define themselves and their national interests, often in opposition to Russia. Russia’s actions are breeding a new national identity and pride, which will be the surest guarantee of these countries’ sovereignty over the longer term. ▶ Ukraine’s Transition Sarah Mendelson The guiding aspiration since World War II and the mantra since the end of the Cold War for Euro-Atlantic security has been “Europe whole and free.” For many, that conception of security has included an independent, democratic, and prosperous Ukraine. At times, improbable as it now seems, it has also included a democratic Russia. What is to be done, as we pass the 25th anniversary of the fall of the Berlin Wall, with the 40th anniversary of the Helsinki Accords looming, about Vladimir Putin overseeing an invasion of Ukraine and a war that has cost thousands of lives? Setting aside armed intervention, what is the right response given his apparent judgment that the post–Cold War order is not to his liking, and universal rights, transparency, and accountability are either deemed not applicable to Russia or threaten its sovereignty? Are we all doomed to live in a new, post–Helsinki world? 36 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 38. The answer better be no or we will see more chaos and violence in Europe. The need for coherent, coordinated support to Ukraine has vaulted to the top of the Euro-Atlantic security agenda for 2015. Political transitions are complicated enough without a neighbor trying to split the country and occupy territory. But a year after the Euromaidan first formed, it is important to remember that Ukrainian citizens chose and drove this transition and still do. The stakes are especially high; this is Ukraine’s third go at post– independence transformation, and many believe it is their last chance at creating a stable, law-governed country. In responding to this urgent agenda, we need to identify and apply lessons learned from decades of support to political transitions around the world. Lessons Learned In contrast to the cartoonish images that some paint of how international democracy promotion works, we cannot want democracy and rule of law in Ukraine more than Ukrainians do. We ought to have both a sense of humility at outsiders’ ability to effect change and a highly nuanced understanding of Ukrainian public opinion. According to a September GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 37
  • 39. 2014 International Republican Institute (IRI) poll, Ukraine is neither as deeply divided as some argue, nor as uniform as others suggest. More and different data are needed for a fuller understanding of Ukrainian political demands. Using data to address citizen needs is critical to reducing conflict, countering propaganda from Moscow, and addressing historical grievances—so often overlooked or underappreciated as drivers of development. Euro-Atlantic cohesion is also vital to effective support of Ukraine, and when divisions emerge, U.S. and European diplomats must make it a priority to mend them. Russia actively tries to divide and conquer; there are illiberal trend lines in Hungary and other European Union countries. With the departure of both Swedish Foreign Minister Carl Bilt and Polish Foreign Minister Radosław Sikorski, strong voices in support of Ukraine and Euro- Atlantic cohesion, there is heightened need for both continued U.S. diplomatic attention to these issues and new European voices to emerge. the importance of getting accurate information both to russians and to countering more globally the disinformation supported by kremlin-financed platforms should be a high priority. As we speak with one voice, we must not become overly focused on any one political figure. Unconditional political devotion to Boris Yeltsin as he failed to deliver to his citizens cost the United States enormously in terms of credibility in Russia. Instead, our support must go to those in Ukraine who listen and respond to citizens’ needs. Euromaidan activists argue the task at hand is moving from “the revolution of dignity” to “the revolution of effectiveness.” This requires transparency in budgets and accountability of officials; it is good news that the new laws 38 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES on anticorruption were (finally) adopted. They must now be implemented. The activists also acknowledge that broader behavioral change across Ukraine needs to occur in terms of demand for transparency and accountability. Currently tied with the Central African Republic, Iran, and Nigeria in terms of corruption, Ukraine needs to apply the comprehensive approach to tackling corruption that Georgia deployed in recent years. Nothing less will work and requires political will from both society and government. The Kremlin has successfully weaponized information, even going so far as to take over television stations in Ukraine at gun point. The importance of getting accurate information both to Russians and to countering more globally the disinformation supported by Kremlin-financed platforms should be a high priority. Are companies that include the RT news channel in cable packages in the United States and Europe enabling Kremlin propaganda, and if so, what can be done about it? While the U.S. Broadcasting Board of Governors’ recently launched 30-minute Russian-language television news program “Current Time” is laudable, much more is needed to counter the steady stream of falsehoods propagated by the Kremlin. Specifically, the traditional approaches to supporting independent media need to be brought quickly into the 21st century, including tapping millennials to creatively advance information on new platforms as well as on television. A gathering of stakeholders on this issue ought to be convened in Europe in early 2015.
  • 40. Finally, foreign assistance absent home-grown strategy is not going to solve Ukraine’s problems. Prime Minister Arseniy Yatsenyuk’s “Recovery for Ukraine: Action Plan” is a good start. While the United States allocated around $291 million this year for democracy, economic, and security efforts, President Petro Poroshenko and the new Parliament need to draft a compelling and transparent account of what funding is needed for what programs, including a long-term plan for energy independence. The sources of revenue should be varied and include the assets stolen by senior members of the Yanukovich government, apparently in the tens of billions of dollars. The location and return of these funds are rightly a priority, however laborious to track. Behavior Has Consequences Rather wobbly in the beginning, the United States and Europe have demonstrated good solidarity on Ukraine since the downing of Malaysia Airlines Flight 17 and the incursion of thousands of Russian troops into Eastern Ukraine in late August. Putin counts on this fading over time. Instead, 2015 needs to be a year of unprecedented Euro-Atlantic cohesion; it is our best shot at shaping not only Putin’s choices, but those of the Russian elite, some of whom might—just might—emerge as a counterbalance. A few reports suggest that fissures are emerging in Moscow, a by-product of the bite from sanctions which need to stay in place. In the longer run, and most important, is the demonstration effect that a prosperous and open new Ukraine might eventually have on Russia. Even after two decades of disappointment on the democracy front in Russia, there is still a minority that wants to be par t of the West, wants to have a “normal” life with a government responsive to its citizens, and institutions that deliver. Ukraine’s path, if able to choose for itself, could help shape Russia’s future; indeed that is what Putin fears and why it matters for Euro-Atlantic security. ▶ GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 39
  • 41. A Test of Wills on Sanctions Juan C. Zarate For all the costs that Western sanctions and lower oil prices are inflicting on the Russian economy, the Russian flag still flies over Crimea, Moscow remains undeterred, and the September 5, 2014, ceasefire in Ukraine has failed to end the fighting in Eastern Ukraine. In response, Russia is using its own form of economic and energy warfare as both a shield and a sword. This all suggests that there are limits to the West’s ability to deter Russian aggression. Since Russia’s annexation of Crimea in March, Western strategy has focused on blocking future deals with the Russian military sector, restricting Russian banks’ access to long-term capital, depriving elements of the Russian oil sector of technology they need for offshore and shale drilling, and freezing the overseas assets of individuals tied to the Kremlin. there is a limit to the amount of financial pain that the west can inflict on a major economy with substantial economic and energy ties to europe. But most existing contracts between Western interests and their Russian clients have been allowed to continue. Rather than dealing an instant blow, the aim has been to starve the country of capital by sowing doubts among Western investors about the wisdom of investing in Russia. These efforts have produced tangible results, impacting Russia’s ability to access the global banking and trade systems, and have already imposed direct transactional, investment, and reputational costs. The capital constriction strategy appears to have been effective. Contracts and capital have evaporated, and Moscow has attempted to dampen rumors that it could assert capital controls to halt the outflow of funds (net capital outflows are estimated to exceed $100 billion this year). The Russian Central Bank has been forced to intervene decisively in defense of the ruble as currency demand continues to plummet, spending $1.5 billion on October 8 alone. Growth has slowed to a near halt (projected to be just 0.4 percent for the year), and major Russian companies such as Aeroflot have been unable to acquire necessary investment. Since Putin’s return to the presidency, he has understood that Russia is economically vulnerable, and in recent years he has moved to reduce Russia’s reliance on the dollar in international trade and finance. He also knew that there is a limit to the amount of financial pain that the West can inflict on a major economy with substantial economic and energy ties to Europe and the rest of the world. Russia’s entanglements may be vulnerabilities, but they also allow Russia to exact a price of its own. Companies subject to Western sanctions are making moves to circumvent the restrictions. Rosneft, the Russian oil company, is set to buy 30 percent of Norway’s north Atlantic drilling, enabling it to access offshore drilling capabilities in the Arctic despite technology- 40 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 42. export bans and financial restrictions. Meanwhile, Russian investors continue to deepen their economic interests in London, Frankfurt, and New York. And the Russian sovereign wealth fund and Russian pensions funds will be tapped for billions of dollars to shore up necessary capital requirements for its banks hit by sanctions. Moscow is also responding to Western sanctions by substantially reducing flows of oil and gas to Ukraine, which restricts exports to other European customers as winter approaches. As some European countries have sent excess gas back to Ukraine in a reverse pipeline flow, Moscow has specifically punished these countries. For example, on October 2, Gazprom unexpectedly cut its supply of natural gas to Slovakia by 50 percent as punishment for this reverse flow. A recent visit by the CEO of Gazprom to Hungary completely ended Hungary’s efforts to send gas to Ukraine. The Kremlin has also banned agricultural imports from countries that have participated in the sanctions, which economically damages neighboring countries such as Poland and Finland. Symbolically, Russia has closed four McDonald’s restaurants, citing health and sanitation reasons—a common Russian tactic when it seeks to GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 41
  • 43. punish a country or company. Moscow has frequently suggested that it will develop a national payment system that could replace Visa and MasterCard and they have threatened to prevent Western airlines from flying over Siberia to Asian destinations at great expense. American consulting and accounting firms could also be prevented from operating in Russia. Russia has more cards to play. It could cut off supplies of engines to the U.S. space program. It is a big exporter of titanium and other resources needed by western companies and could restrict exports in retaliation. Moscow could emerge as a sanctions-busting financial partner to a country such as Iran, at the height of nuclear negotiations. Finally, in the past Russia has launched cyber-attacks against Estonia and Georgia as well as used tax and money-laundering investigations to silence critics. The Kremlin could enlist hackers and organized criminals to disrupt financial systems and companies in the West to complement the tit-for-tat sanctions war that has erupted. Some have questioned whether recent massive cyber-attacks against JP Morgan and others were Russian-originated due to events in Ukraine. There are measures the West can take to minimize Russian countermeasures. Europe must finally take decisive measures to secure alternative sources of oil and gas. This will be a gradual shift, however, as Europe lacks the critical infrastructure necessary, particularly liquefied natural gas (LNG) facilities and alternative pipelines, to receive greater imports from abroad. Other countries should also seek diversity of Russian energy supply as Moscow becomes increasingly unpredictable. New Russian investments in the United States and Europe also should be carefully scrutinized, and Western commercial contacts with suspect individuals and companies further constrained. There also needs to be a broader effort to 42 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES marginalize illicit financial behavior—not just those individuals and entities tied to the invasion of Ukraine. Thus far, sanctions have been limited to targeted asset freezes, visa bans, and trade and financial restrictions in critical sectors. A more robust sanctions campaign, however, would entail aggressive investigations of illicit financial activity of Russian interests globally— tied to concerns about money laundering, corruption, tax evasion, and links to Russian organized crime. This could include European measures to apply enhanced due diligence and reporting requirements on Russian entities or individuals with bank accounts or new investments in real estate. Europe applied similar scrutiny in Cyprus during its recent banking crisis but it must redouble its efforts. But these steps would not be without complications. Distinguishing between legitimate and illicit financial activity would prove difficult. And at a time of weak growth, Europe has little appetite for additional economic pain. Already, existing sanctions have had tangible impacts on Europe’s economy, impacting both large and small countries already struggling against a triple-dip recession. At the end of the day, enduring the economic pain of sanctions for both Russia and the West is a test of wills. If one side is unwilling to endur e the economic pain, their sanctions campaign will prove ineffective. At this moment, Moscow seems willing to accept the pain as it exerts its influence in its near abroad; the West also has accepted the cost to defend the international system but it seems to do so with increasing reluctance. The West must realize that this crisis may be a new frozen economic conflict, where both sides use financial and economic tools to impose pain on the other. Both sides should prepare themselves for a long campaign. ▶
  • 44. Energy Codependency Edward C. Chow During Vladimir Putin’s first two terms as president of Russia from 1999 to 2008, oil prices rose from below $20 to over $140 per barrel. In many respects, this enabled the domestic and foreign policies that he pursued, including in the oil and gas industry where private ownership was restricted and the sector recentralized in the hands of the state and state companies. Today, Russia is more of a petro-state than the Soviet Union ever was, with oil and gas contributing more than a quarter of GDP, half of federal budget revenue, and two-thirds of the country’s export earnings. The same will not be true during Putin’s third term as president from 2012 to 2018 as oil prices dropped below $90 per barrel from historic highs of above $100 for the last four years. For the energy industry, high prices eventually result in conservation, substitution, and new supply. The American shale gas and tight oil revolution is a classic example of the development of new supply. Even if this is a cyclical decline, oil prices are unlikely to return to the growth rate of the previous decade. To maintain Russia’s currently high oil and gas production and export levels on which its economy depends, large-scale and long-term investments are needed in exploration and development in frontier areas beyond Russia’s traditional producing regions, such as in East Siberia and the Arctic offshore, and in costly infrastructure to bring new production from remote areas to markets in Russia or abroad. Majority state-owned Rosneft and Gazprom, or favored companies such as Novatek, needed Western energy partners to underwrite these investments and provide technical and management expertise. Western economic sanctions therefore come at a critical time for its oil and gas industry in response to Russia’s aggression against Ukraine. Financial sanctions restrict access to capital for Russian energy russia needs europe more than ever as the primary destination of its oil and gas exports. companies. Sanctions against investments in frontier exploration in the Arctic offshore and shale oil have stalled or halted projects with major international oil companies. The often-heard narrative that Europe is heavily dependent on Russian energy sources is true for some European countries yet Europe receives overall about 30 percent of its oil and gas imports from Russia. The less understood dynamic is that Russia is even more reliant on Europe as the market for 80 percent of its total oil and gas exports. While much has been made of Russia’s recent energy mega-deals with China, diversification of Russia’s export markets to Asia will take a decade or longer, if ever, to reach a level comparable to its exports to Europe. As global energy prices soften and global demand stagnates, Russia needs Europe GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 43
  • 45. more than ever as the primary destination of its oil and gas exports. The other narrative is Russia’s use of its oil and gas supplies as a tool of statecraft. In reality, Moscow has little room for maneuver. Europe will continue to import oil and gas from Russia; Russia cannot shift its oil and gas exports to Asia in the near term. Therefore, this boils down to the economic terms of energy trade, whether Europe and Russia are politically willing to lessen their degree of mutual dependence, and whether both sides are willing to bear the higher cost of supply diversification by shipping or receiving oil and gas over greater distances utilizing expensive new infrastructure. Here natural gas matters a lot more than oil. As a globally traded commodity with ease of transportation, oil supply is much more flexible than gas supply, which is tied to fixed infrastructure and longer-term contracts in regionalized markets. In other words, Russia’s oil pays the rent (at a ratio of 4 to 1, more valuable than gas), whereas gas is more about power politics—both domestic and foreign—as well as revenue generation and distribution. For the third time in less than a decade, Europe is again faced with the possible interruption of Russian gas transiting Ukraine that, following the development of the Nord Stream pipeline, represents today around 15 percent of Europe’s total gas supply. Each occasion was triggered by significant political developments in Ukraine that were perceived by Putin as affecting Russia’s interests: the Orange Revolution (preceding the gas cutoff in 2006), the internal power struggle between President Yushchenko and Prime Minister Tymoshenko (the longer 2009 gas cutoff), and now the Euromaidan and the departure of former Ukrainian President Yanukovych (leading to the current standoff on gas supply). Each cutoff occurred during the winter months. Neither Russia nor Ukraine can afford another gas crisis. Ukraine has yet to implement any fundamental reform of its dysfunctional and corrupt energy system. Reform requires political will on the part of Ukrainian leaders even under the most difficult conditions of war/ insurrection and economic collapse and great patience by the Ukrainian people to accept increases in energy prices in order to improve energy efficiency and increase domestic production. Ukraine will require extensive financial assistance from international financial institutions and Western countries for the next five to ten years with strict reform conditionality. As lower oil prices and Western sanctions exact a toll on Russia, Moscow will likely continue to see Ukraine as an undependable transit partner for its energy and to focus on completing its plan to bypass Ukraine entirely by constructing the South Stream gas pipeline system under the Black Sea and through the Balkans. What role does Europe play as it enters potentially its third energy crisis with Russia? The European Union must decide to observe its own stated rules as outlined in the Third Energy Package and EU competition policies. After years of investigation of Gazprom’s business practices in Europe, the “statement of objections” (or formal charge sheet) was poised to be released in May 2014. The matter is still pending. Europe must also decide whether and how to use its leverage to determine the terms of the gas trade with Russia. While creating a future EU “Energy Union” may be an important step, the EU must first implement its own rules rather than continually seek exemptions without reducing its energy vulnerabilities. The best solution for all sides is for Russia and Ukraine to reach a six-month interim agreement, which is currently under discussion, on the gas debt that Ukraine owes Russia and on the gas price Russia will charge Ukraine. Continued brinksmanship between Russia and Ukraine on gas negotiations has only led to bad outcomes for all parties, including Europe. ▶ 44 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 46. NATO’s Eastern Front Andrew A. Michta Faced with Russia’s military aggression and its use of hybrid warfare in Ukraine, NATO remains caught in the double bind of shrinking defense resources and a continued lack of consensus on how to respond to this aggression beyond political condemnations, the imposition of economic sanctions, and enhanced exercise and readiness measures. NATO’s new Eastern Front—consisting of the most active NATO members, the Baltic States, Poland, Romania, and Bulgaria— wants physical assurances that NATO will prevent potential Russian aggression, not reassurances that NATO will respond to aggression after it has occurred. Herein lies the challenge: until NATO adequately shores up its Eastern Front with permanent military deployments, NATO’s regional security and deterrent posture will continue to erode. Yet, several NATO countries insist that the permanent stationing of NATO forces near Russia’s border not only would provoke additional Russian military action but also contravenes the 1997 NATO-Russia Founding Act (irrespective of Russia’s own violation of GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 45
  • 47. this Act). NATO’s easternmost states are also apprehensive about U.S. policy persistence and its sustained focus on Europe as events in the Middle East and the Asia-Pacific region draw attention and resources elsewhere. Against these political odds, establishing an effective deterrence regime against Russia along NATO’s eastern frontier remains a daunting task. It seems clear that Russian President Vladimir Putin’s “Novorossiya” (or “New Russia”) aims at reclaiming either direct or indirect Russian influence over the post–Soviet space—which could include NATO members Estonia, Lithuania, and Latvia. The immediate goal of Russia’s irredentist policy in Ukraine is to maintain its hold on the east of Ukraine and to consolidate its gains there. The presence of Russian forces in Moldova, Georgia, and Armenia can be viewed as part of a larger Russian regional military strategy, likely to be accompanied by a gradual tightening of Russia’s grip on other post–Soviet states. The September 2014 NATO Summit in Newport, Wales, demonstrated strong rhetorical unity among the 28 members, but debuted a limited package of reassurance measures for NATO’s eastern allies. Allies agreed to a Readiness Action Plan, which will create a rapidly deployable 4,000-troop task force to spearhead NATO’s response force, in addition to an enhanced regional exercise and training program. This reassurance package also augments the presence of 600 U.S. soldiers in the Baltic States and Poland, enhanced NATO air policing, and the readiness of NATO’s Multinational Corps–Northeast Regional Headquarters in Szczecin, Poland. Unfortunately, NATO allies were only able to agree to a “persistent” rotational force presence in the east and not a permanent deployment. The current formula of “persistent rotations” conveys a message to Russia that the crisis along NATO’s border is a temporary phenomenon rather than a new and long-term destabilizing force. The hoped-for deployment of NATO’s 4,000-troop spearhead force stands in stark contrast to the continuous mobilization of tens of thousands of Russian forces along Ukraine’s border over the past six months. NATO allies have also not been able to outline a new, overarching deterrence doctrine against hybrid warfare tactics. For example, in Eastern Ukraine Russia has deployed special force units disguised as separatist militants; utilized information, cyber, energy, and trade warfare tactics; and agitated ethnic Russian communities in order to achieve its aims. NATO remains underprepared to confront such unconventional challenges. Although NATO has created–or will shortly–Centers of Excellence in cyber warfare, energy security, and strategic communications in an attempt to address specific elements of hybrid warfare by enhancing policies and awareness (not surprisingly each of these centers resides in a Baltic State), the alliance has yet to make any decisive changes. As NATO confronts and attempts to deter the long-term security implications of “Novorossiya,” the Alliance will continue to rally around transatlantic unity and solidarity, as well as the shared commitment to uphold Article 5 treaty obligations. As Russia continues to further test NATO’s resolve in and around its territory, the Alliance must develop a new and flexible deterrence strategy against hybrid warfare that permanently stations NATO forces in the East, in addition to the readily available rapid-reaction forces. To implement this strategy, NATO should consider deploying at least one heavy brigade combat team (BCT)-sized deployment to the region with a mix of U.S. and European NATO troops. Likewise, the Szczecin HQ in western Poland could be substantially augmented with more senior leadership and staffed with more NATO personnel. Against the backdrop of Russia’s invasion of Georgia in 2008, its seizure of Crimea, and its encroachment into Ukraine, NATO must trans- 46 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 48. late its powerful rhetoric into a tangible military presence. NATO must overcome its hesitancy, if not outright opposition, to the permanent stationing of NATO troops in the region— most notably those objections articulated by Berlin. As NATO prepares to deter hybrid warfare, it must also retain deter-rence capabilities against a potential direct threat by Russia against NATO’s eastern flank. By developing a robust deter-rent nato’s hesitancy will further embolden russia to exert pressure along nato’s periphery. posture built on a permanent troop and asset deployment along the frontier combined with transatlantic unity, Moscow will be unable to erode confidence in NATO’s Article 5 commitment to its eastern members. Failure to do so will call into question NATO’s viability when Russia decides to probe a NATO member in an attempt to expose the lack of Alliance resolve. The political framework for implementing such a deterrent strategy has already been established in the outlines of President Obama’s recent speeches and statements in Warsaw and Tallinn, and reinforced by remarks from European leaders and the new NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg. Without a sufficient NATO deterrent policy, NATO’s hesitancy will further embolden Russia to exert pressure along NATO’s periphery. At present, NATO’s response has been to focus on de-escalation rather than deter-rence. Hence, efforts to seek political ac commodation and compromise have hobbled a larger strategic deterrent redesign that is imperative if NATO is to remain a credible alliance. ▶ GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 47
  • 50. PART THREE How Can the United States Best Exert Influence in Today’s Middle East?
  • 51. Acting and Reacting in the Middle East Jon B. Alterman When mass protests broke out in the Arab world in 2011, the Obama administration saw opportunity. The president helped push long-time U.S. ally Hosni Mubarak to step down from the Egyptian presidency, noting, “I think history will end up recording that at every juncture in the situation in Egypt that we were on the right side of history.” Almost four years later, “people power” has not taken hold in the Middle East. Some countries, such as Libya and Syria, hemorrhage from civil wars that started as peaceful protests. In Egypt, elections produced a government so exclusionary that after a y ear in power, much of the public supported a return to military rule. Three and a half years after the death of O sama bin Laden, jihadis are resurgent in the region. Meanwhile, the United States finds itself fighting battles in the Middle East with strained alliances and diminished influence. What went wrong? Where one stands depends on where one sits. For some, the problem is that the United States swiftly abandoned principles for expediency. Speaking at the State Department a week after bin Laden’s death, the president raised idealists’ hopes, favorably comparing protests in the Middle East to the American Revolution and the U.S. struggle for civil rights in the 1950s and 1960s. “After decades of accepting the world as it is in the region,” he said, “we have a chance to pursue the world as it should be.” And yet, the rise of violence and disorder in the Middle East pushed the United States to work more closely with the militaries, intelligence services, and authoritarian leaders who only months before seemed anachronistic. The tension between ideals and interests has been starkly clear in Bahrain, where the U.S. Fifth Fleet has its headquarters, and where a Sunni-led government, with support from Saudi Arabia and other neighbors, has been suppressing an uprising by the Shi’a majority. Naval base operations have not been affected, and the United States resumed sales of some military equipment only months after the unrest began. For others, however, the United States has remained not only idealistic but naïve in the face of real and persistent threats in the Middle East. 50 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 52. Gulf Arab allies continue to complain that the Obama administration “threw Hosni Mubarak under the bus,” yielding to chaos. Conservative regional governments express puzzlement that the United States has remained blind to the menace of the Muslim Brotherhood, seeing democrats where these governments saw power-hungry theocrats. These governments not only wonder about U.S. support should they face internal challenges, but even if the United States would provide aid and comfort to their enemies out of a misplaced belief in the enemies’ good intentions. Realists in the United States complain that the disorder that accompanies rapid political change is both predictable and profound, and the eagerness with which the United States embraced such change reflects a lack of historical awareness or strategic thinking. Perhaps most surprising in recent months, in the arenas where the United States has been putting forth the greatest effort—in Iraq, for example— the U.S. government has put the emphasis squarely on government-to-government relationships. In so doing, the pr esident is relying on often-ineffective or corrupt officials to reach the large and dissatisfied populations in whom the president had seen such promise a few years before. GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 51
  • 53. While some rush to ascribe incompetence or even malice to U.S. government actions, the lack of effectiveness is instead a product of sustained U.S. uncertainty. Tumultuous politics in the Middle East have pushed the United States toward a more circumspect attitude toward the permanence of its allies. Put simply, it is not willing to bet on their suc cess. The speed with which the United States moved to establish a working relationship with the Muslim Brotherhood in Egypt was chilling to many regional leaders, as was the slow reluctance with which the United States accepted the Egyptian army’s seizing power. For the United States, the episode was a principled expression of concentrating on process rather than outcome. For Arab allies, it was an opportunistic embrace of victors over friends. Distrust of U.S. intentions colors Arab leaders’ assessment of U.S.-led negotiations over the Iranian nuclear program. Arab governments fear that the United States will try too hard to accommodate Iran in the negotiations and react too passively to subsequent Iranian violations of its agreements, leaving them enveloped by Iranian hegemonic ambitions. The fears of Gulf leaders in particular are abetted by the prospect of U.S. energy independence, which they see as diminishing U.S. interest in their partnership, and in their security. While there is widespread agreement that U.S. policy in the Middle East should be responsive to conditions on the ground, there is widespread concern that it has become wholly reactive—crisis-driven, unprincipled, and uncoordinated. The perception that it is reactive elicits complaints that it is not reactive enough to an individual petitioner’s complaints. That makes it appear feckless as well. while some rush to ascribe incompetence or even malice to u.s. government actions, the lack of effectiveness is instead a product of sustained u.s. uncertainty. Whether one considers the “Transformational Diplomacy” of Condoleezza Rice or the “21st-Century Statecraft” of Hillary Clinton, the United States continues to lack a strategy it needs for an increasingly complex world—and increasingly complex Middle East—in which non-state actors are stronger, communications are more robust, and priorities harder to sustain. Equally importantly, foreign policy complexity has helped create a world in which U.S. strategic priorities are increasingly hard to discern. This is especially so given a strong bureaucratic impulse toward the inclusion of priorities in strategic documents rather than choosing between them. A clearer strategy would look like this: global energy security—broadly defined—is certainly in the strategic interest of the United States, as is containing transnational terrorism. So too is preserving the security of key allies against hostile states, and enhancing the resilience of friendly governments. Working with friendly states in the region, in Europe, and in Asia, those should be the strategic goals. In order to pursue them, the United States should not only work with friendly governments, but also push to empower a range of like-minded non-state actors, in the United States and abroad. Through it all, the United States must keep in mind that some of its greatest successes have come not from what it has done directly, but through creating institutions and incentives that encourage people and governments to act in desirable ways. The United States still needs to react, but those reactions need to be a smaller share of its actions in the Middle East and beyond. ▶ 52 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 54. The Need for Better Civil-Military Planning Anthony H. Cordesman The United States is now more than a decade into wars attempting to bring security and stability to the Middle East. The results have not been good. The initial U.S. military victory in Iraq that overthrew Saddam Hussein was followed by eight years of irregular warfare, a pause, and now a new war against ISIS. The U.S. military effort to lead from behind in Libya after 2011 has left instability bordering on chaos in that country. The U.S. military effort in Yemen has not prevented its capital and government from falling to Houthi rebels. The U.S. invasion of Iraq in 2003 had the unintended consequence of totally destabilizing the military balance in the Gulf by destroying Iraq’s military forces, and contributing to a massive regional arms race between Iran and the United States and Iran’s Arab neighbors. The broader upheavals in the Arab world have offset any other gains in the war in terrorism. The Study of Terrorism and Response to Terrorism (START) global database on terrorism shows an increase from fewer than 300 major incidents a year in the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) region during 1998 to 2004, to 1,600 in 2008, then from 1,500 in 2010 to 1,700 in 2011, 2,500 in 2012, and 4,650 in 2013—a fifteenfold increase since 2002, and threefold increase since 2010. A recent RAND study found that the number of Salafi jihadists more than doubled from 2010 to 2013, according to both low and high estimates. The war in Syria was the single most important attraction for Salafi-jihadist fighters. There was a significant increase in attacks by al Qaeda-affiliated groups between 2007 and 2013, with most of the violence in 2013 perpetrated by ISIS (43 percent), which eventually left al Qaeda; al Shabaab (25 percent); Jabhat al-Nusrah (21 percent); and al Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula (10 percent). The United States cannot ignore the need to meet real threats with military force, or the need to create effective counterterrorism programs. It also, however, urgently needs to look at the almost complete failure to create effective civil-military plans and programs during both the Afghan and Iraq wars, the critical failures to manage them effectively and establish transparency, adequate fiscal controls, and measures of effectiveness. By Congressional Research Service (CRS) estimates, the United States has already spent some $1.8 trillion on the two wars, and both SIGIR (Special Inspector General for Iraq Reconstruction) and SIGAR (Special Inspector General for Afghanistan Reconstruction) have shown the military and civil aid aspects of this spending involved incredible amounts of waste, fraud, and corruption. The weakest links lay in the civilian side of aid spending, and in the poor planning, weak management, and lack of proper audits and measures of effectiveness by the State Department and U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID). There GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 53
  • 55. is clear need for a comprehensive review of the reason for these failures and to find ways to create a structure that can cope with these challenges in the future. As the new war against ISIS makes clear, no war against jihadism, terrorism, or an extremist sanctuary can ever be won by force alone. Here, Americans and Europeans need to understand that the primary threat is not to outside states, and that, as RAND states, “Approximately 99 percent of the attacks by al Qaeda and its affiliates in 2013 were against ‘near enemy’ targets in North Africa, the Middle East, and other regions outside of the West, the highest percentage of attacks against the near enemy in our database.” As the UN Arab Human Development Reports have made clear since 2002, however, both outsiders and MENA states need to pay far more attention to the causes of these civil problems. They are complex, they vary by country, and analysts disagree about the importance of given issues, but even a short list of key pressures shows why extremism, violence, and instability will continue indefinitely unless their civil causes are properly addressed. The MENA region is largely a desert with declining aquifers, river flow, and rain, and dependence on finite amounts of fossil water. It is also under incredible demographic pressure. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the total population for the MENA region was about 83 million in 1950. In 2014 the population was 404 million—roughly five times higher. Its rate of growth is decreasing, but conservative estimates put its population at 590 million in 2050—seven times higher than in 1950—and 46 percent higher than in 2014. Part of the reason is aging. Life expectancy increased by roughly 12 years, from approximately 61 years to 73 years, on an average after 1900. At the same time, the dependency ratio—the number of people who depend on others for income—increased because so much of the population was so young. The CIA Factbook estimates that the percentage of citizens 14 years of age or younger is 28–38 percent in most MENA countries. For comparison, they are 19.4 percent in the United States, 13.8 percent in Italy, and 13.2 percent in Japan. This creates immense pressure on young people in countries that have not invested properly in education, where governments have failed to create meaningful jobs and 54 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 56. careers commensurate with the increase in population. Compounding the problem, in many societies women are not allowed to compete or be productive. In many cases, disguised unemployment leaves only dead-end jobs that do not cover basic family costs, including marriage, children, or housing. These problems are more destabilizing than direct unemployment, particularly in countries that have failed to modernize and reform their economies and lack major oil wealth. Many MENA citizens have also been forced to leave the areas that provided them their sect, ethnicity, and tribe with a traditional social safety net. There has been a drop, not an increase, in arable land, and the emerging market structures for agriculture create strong pressure to invest capital in agriculture and reduce the number of people on the land. This push away from the land, and sheer demographic pressure, are leading in all but the richest oil exporters to the unstable hyper-urbanization of formerly rural societies. To make matters worse, governments are not keeping up with matching development, housing, infrastructure, or investment in education, and sometimes fail to provide the most basic essentials, such as water and electricity. The modernization of the wealthier part of most MENA cities disguises large slums, low income, and long commutes. As a rough estimate, nations with 16–18 percent urbanization in 1950 are now well over 40 percent today. The CIA estimates the rate of urbanization in Qatar is 98 percent, 73 percent in Algeria, 82.3 percent in Saudi Arabia, and 82.7 percent in Jordan. In many cases, this creates new pressures that also increase sectarian, ethnic, and tribal tensions. It is also made much worse by the increasing flow of refugees and internal displaced persons coming from local and international conflicts—Algeria’s past civil war, the Iran-Iraq War and conflicts in Iraq, Arab-Palestinian conflicts, and ongoing civil wars in Libya, Syria, and Yemen. If one looks at national budgets and UN data, many non-oil countries—and several key oil countries like Algeria, Libya, Iran, and Iraq—do not invest in their civil sector proportionately to the rise in their population and fall badly behind in spending on education and social services. A major shortfall now exists between required levels of education in years and actual schooling. UN estimates indicate that the average required schooling totals 10.6 years in the MENA area, but that the mean average of actual years is 6. This is not bad by South Asian and African standards, but it compares with 10.4 years in Europe, and far too often it creates alienated young men who learn about Islam by rote memorization, are open to extremists, and have no reason to be loyal to their regimes. Secularism and existing political structures are often weak. The ideologies of the past have all failed, and the indices of the World Bank and Transparency International show high levels of corruption, high levels of violence, chronic failures of effective economic reform, and poor rule of law. A combination of authoritarianism, corruption, lack of transparency, and faulty rule of law help ensure that there are no real political parties and no opposition leaders really capable of governance. In turn, the opposition often becomes covert and ideological, extreme, and violent. State Department Human Rights Reports also warn that justice systems are often repressive and dysfunctional in civil and criminal areas, and religious extremism acquires political legitimacy by default—particularly since religious extremists seem to do the best job of exploiting the internet, religious societies, and social networks. Some MENA states still do well and modernize and reform, but there is an immense disparity of income between and within MENA nations. The CIA estimates that GDP per capita is $2,500 in Yemen, $6,000 in Jordan, $6,600 GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 55
  • 57. in Egypt, $7,000 in Algeria, $7,100 in Ir aq, $12,800 in Iran, $31,300 in Saudi Arabia, and $102,100 in Qatar—this compares with $52,800 in the United States. If one looks at gross national income (GNI) per capita, the average was $8,317 in 2013 f or the Arab world versus $33,391 for very high development countries. Moreover, corruption and favoritism skew the numbers in favor of the elite, and keep power in the hands of those with strong ethnic, sectarian, and tribal biases. unless the united states can do a far better job of addressing the civilian side of such conflicts, every “victory” will be no more real than the moment sisyphus got the rock As some of these figures show, one also needs to be very cautious in talking about MENA “oil wealth.” Some Gulf monarchies do well, but the Department of Energy/Energy Information Administration (DOE/EIA) estimates that per capita oil wealth in Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) states ranges from only $1,667 in Algeria to $2,706 near the peak. 56 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES in Iraq, $8,939 in Saudi Arabia, and $40,943 in Qatar. Distribution can range from reasonable to terrible, and the “Dutch disease” is a hiccup compared to the problems oil revenues create in the MENA area. This expansive set of factors helps explain why U.S. commanders, policy planners, and intelligence experts talk about a decade— or decades—of unrest, and warn again and again that every military victory or counterterrorism strike has marginal effect. Counterterrorism, counterinsurgency, and winning open conflict are not going to do the job. Unless the United States can do a far better job of addressing the civilian side of such conflicts, and broaden the nature of its efforts to create effective civil and military partnerships, every “victory” will be no more real than the moment Sisyphus got the rock near the peak. ▶
  • 58. The Challenge of Non-state Actors Haim Malka After half a century during which the Middle East was divided along Cold War lines between U.S. allies and adversaries, the United States now has friendly relations with nearly every Arab state, save the Assad regime in Syria. Yet, non-state armed groups have emerged as key protagonists in conflicts around the region, and they are often hostile to the United States. Today they undermine U.S. policy goals, destabilize fragile states, and kill civilians. they can be contained, their capabilities can be degraded, but by their nature they continue to evolve. More than ever before, the United States must address a mutating set of foes that operates in increasingly complex political environments. Doing so will require U.S. government officials to demonstrate vigilance, dynamism, and creativity at a time when security concerns push many to huddle inside embassy walls. The United States has many fewer tools to influence non-state armed groups than it has with governments—and close bilateral ties with governments have encouraged the United States to designate many such groups as foreign terrorist organizations, complicating any U.S. government contact with them at all. When it comes to non-state armed groups, the tools and the objective have often been limited to “isolate” or “eliminate.” And yet, these groups have flourished. Throughout the Middle East, non-state armed groups have adapted to shifting political constraints and opportunities, and they have increasingly adopted characteristics of states. Such groups control territory, engage in diplomacy, build constituencies, and play politics. Rather than merely looking for a stake in existing state systems, non-state groups are reinventing those systems. Part of the challenge for the United States is how to address the root causes of support that these armed groups enjoy. In many cases, non-state armed groups are inherently political actors with highly refined objectives that resonate with significant parts of local populations. Hezbollah fought for the rights of the Shi’a majority population that had long been marginalized in modern Lebanon. Hamas presented an Islamist alternative to the Palestine Liberation Organization’s (PLO) arrogance and corruption, which critics believed had done little to establish an independent Palestinian state. Even in the fight against al Qaeda and ISIS, there seems to be a steady supply of young men willing to die for the ideology and goals these movements espouse. While U.S. rhetoric describes ISIS in polemical terms, the reality is that ISIS has two powerful drivers of support: it is a utopian social and political entity that appeals to disaffected young people, and it is a powerful protector of sectarian interests for millions of Sunni Arabs in Syria and Iraq who feel systematically disenfranchised. The group will continue attracting foreigners as long as it convinces them that its project to GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 57
  • 59. build the caliphate remains sincere and a viable alternative to other forms of government in the region; it will likely continue finding support in Iraq as long as many under their rule believe that Shi’a politicians remain a larger threat to their interests. Beyond their political acumen, many non-state armed groups have become security providers. Islamist military brigades went on the Libyan government payroll after the revolution and provided security at hospitals and government installations. Hamas, though it remains committed to fighting Israel, has at times prevented rocket fire by smaller militant groups and, through its security monopoly, limited the activities of al Qaeda-affiliated cells in Gaza that could pose a more lethal threat. In Syria, Hezbollah is fighting ISIS and the al Qaeda affiliated Jabhat al-Nusra, a goal that overlaps with that of the United States. It is these groups’ political dimension, then, that poses the most complex challenges for U.S. policymakers. The experiences of the last several decades suggest that non-state armed groups cannot be eliminated. They can be contained, their capabilities can be degraded, but by their nature they continue to evolve: they adjust to new constraints, exploit opportunities, and reinvent themselves to meet new environments. For the United States, victory is unlikely to be found through defeating and eliminating these groups. Instead, the United States must work to change the political and social conditions that allow them to thrive. How to develop state structures that meet the needs of populations and offer a vision for them will be the great challenge for the next generation in the Middle East. If governments don’t take the lead in putting forward new visions that resonate with their populations, non-state armed groups will do it for them. ▶ 58 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 60. Counterterrorism Success and Failings Samuel J. Brannen As President Obama oversees military operations against ISIS, he and his advisers should also be sure to focus on the effectiveness of military operations against terrorist groups over the past 13 years. While succeeding in the short term— largely keeping the United States and its citizens safe from attack—U.S.-led strikes have neither stopped the spread of Islamist extremism, nor addressed growing, related state-level instability from Pakistan to Nigeria. The increasing capability of terrorists to destroy people and property and to command attention is presenting itself as the strategic challenge of a generation. In response to the most pressing threats, the United States has carried out a series of military strikes, sometimes directly and sometimes through allied militaries, sometimes on the ground and sometimes from the air. Military action against ISIS is the latest U.S. campaign against an armed terrorist group operating from a weak state. Addressing the long-term challenge of ISIS must begin with broad understanding of the utility of military force against this enemy— the most visible, costly, and active element of U.S. strategy to date. It is true that through innovation, investment, grit, and sacrifice across the U.S. national security enterprise, the United States has developed a remarkable capability to detect and disrupt terrorist plots emanating from overseas. Unmanned aerial systems can operate over remote geographies without putting a single American in harm’s way, while Special Forces capture or kill high-value leaders deep inside sovereign countries, with or without diplomatic permission. The enemy is nowhere safe, and largely the U.S. intelligence community can provide strategic (if not always tactical) warning of an adversary’s activities. Yet, there are firm limits on what strategic results this approach to counterterrorism brings. Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel told the House Armed Services Committee in September 2014 that “American military power alone cannot eradicate the threats posed by ISIS to the United States, our allies and our friends and partners in the region.” Despite remarkable operational successes in a global direct action campaign by the U.S. intelligence community and the military, a growing web of terrorist groups continues to attract and train recruits, regrow leaders, maintain funding, and gain new operational footholds. Osama bin Laden and hundreds of his top lieutenants and adherents are captured or dead, but during the past decade terrorist groups have expanded across the Middle East and North Africa. As these groups metastasize, U.S. military assets have been spread thin. The U.S. military maintains unflinching focus GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 59
  • 61. on counterterrorism at the expense of other difficult security challenges and strategic imperatives that will matter in years and decades to come. Former Secretary of Defense Bob Gates has observed that the incredible capability of the U.S. military can be a liability: “Our foreign and national security policy has become too militarized, the use of force too easy for presidents.” With so much military capability on call for the president, and the broad counterterrorism authorities endowed in presidential findings and the 2001 Authorization for Use of Military Force, there is a distortion in the cost-benefit analysis for action versus inaction (or less direct approaches). When option A is to attack the terrorist network and option B is essentially to do nothing, the choic e is not difficult, even if it is admittedly short term. But often, the choice to use military force empowers this enemy. Former Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld asked his staff in an October 2003 memo, “Are we capturing, killing or deterring and dissuading more terrorists every day than the madrassas and the radical clerics are recruiting, training and deploying against us?” The answer to that question is as unnerving today as when he asked it. Al- Qaeda and ISIS not only do not seem to mind that they ar e hunted; they seem to thrive because of it. Their propaganda depends on images of battle against a superior adversary, stoking a sense of victimization and injustice. Israel has experienced a similar phenomenon in its successive campaigns against Hezbollah and Hamas: battlefield victories translate at best into stalemate and at worst into political losses in a regional context. Terrorist groups feed on the instability and economic decimation that warfare brings. 60 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 62. A more effective U.S. counterterrorism approach is straightforward, well understood, and yet has proven elusive to two administrations. It would be far better to balance the use of military force in the short term against adversaries directly threatening the interests of the United States and its allies and partners with the need to pursue other approaches that cut off recruits and support for these groups in the medium and long terms. Over the past 13 years, in addition to its military successes the United States has improved border and transportation security, and developed powerful counter-threat finance tools. But it has fallen markedly short in other key areas. The good news is that the shortfalls and needed capabilities are well understood. They are mainly in the areas of information operations, partner security forces and law enforcement capacity building, economic and political development in weak states, and human rights. Our failure to make successful investments in these areas in Iraq helps explain the current challenges the United States and its allies—including the Iraqi government—face there now. Progress on these issues will require sustained attention from the president and his top advisers. The National Security Council must give the same attention to building up and exercising these tools as it does direct-action counterterrorism. Congress must similarly lend its attention to the necessary missing ingredients of a better approach to counterterrorism. Military force is a sometimes necessary, but strategically insufficient, answer to a growing threat. ▶ their propaganda depends on images of battle against a superior adversary, stoking a sense of victimization and injustice. GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 61
  • 64. PART FOUR Is the Rebalance to Asia Sustainable?
  • 65. Asian Perceptions of the Rebalance Michael J. Green and Zack Cooper Three years have passed since President Barack Obama announced the U.S. “rebalance” to Asia. A recent CSIS survey found that 79 percent of strategic elites in Asia support the rebalance, with opposition mainly coming from China where only 23 percent were in support. Yet, as enthusiastic as most Asian observers are about a renewed U.S. focus on their region, the rebalance or “pivot” to Asia has been overshadowed by doubts regarding the administration’s ability to follow through. In the CSIS survey, 51 percent of elites questioned whether the rebalance has been effectively resourced or implemented. Concerns center on three questions. is the objective of the rebalance a “new model of great power relations” with china or is it to strengthen First, can the administration and the Congress reach agreement on the Trans- Pacific Partnership (TPP)? At present, the core of the negotiations between Japan and the United States have broken down over about five remaining issues, with Washington blaming Japanese intransigence and Tokyo blaming the Obama administration’s unwillingness to seek Congressional Trade Promotion Authority (TPA). TPP is seen in the region as an indispensable cornerstone for building an open and inclusive trans-Pacific economic architecture going forward. security and economic partnerships with states under pressure from china? Second, does the United States have the willpower to counter increasing evidence of coercion in the region? Chinese mercantile and paramilitary coercion against claimant states in the East and South China Seas and North Korea’s ongoing nuclear weapons and missile programs have caused regional allies and partners to carefully watch the U.S. defense budget and the U.S. responses to the crises in Syria, Iraq, and Ukraine. On the one hand, they worry that renewed U.S. involvement in the Middle East or Europe will undercut the rebalance to Asia; but on the other hand, they worry about Washington’s lack of demonstrated resolve in these cases and the signal this sends for Asia. Third, what is the administration’s bottom line in Asia? Is the objective of the rebalance a “new model of great power relations” with China—as the administration has announced at various points, to the chagrin of allies and partners like Japan or India that are relegated to non-great power status by Beijing? Or is the objective to strengthen security and economic partnerships with states under pressure from China, which Beijing views as a new form of containment? The success of the rebalance depends in large measure on how credibly and consistently the United States articulates its own role in shaping a future regional order. While these questions percolate around the U.S. rebalance, there is good news for the administration as it refocuses on Asia and the Pacific over the coming years. First, elites in Asia appear to have confidence in American leadership overall, with 57 percent of respondents to the 2014 CSIS survey predicting that among various scenarios for the future of Asian order a decade from now, continued U.S. leadership was most likely. The major powers, including China, were most certain of this future. As President Obama prepares to travel in November to the East Asia Summit (EAS) and Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) summit, the administration would do well to use the opportunity to better define its vision for the rebalance in the years ahead. ▶ 64 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 66. Keeping Focus on Korea Victor Cha It is hard to tell what the bigger concern on the Korean peninsula will be over the next year: more nuclear weapons and ballistic missile tests by the North, or potential political discontinuities inside the Pyongyang regime. Neither is a good outcome. The first scenario would highlight the fact that over 20 years after the first nuclear agreement with North Korea in October 1994 (the Agreed Framework), and 10 years after the second nuclear agreement in September 2005 (the Six-Party Joint Statement), the problem has become exponentially worse in 2015. North Korea, under Kim Jong-un’s byongjin strategy appears to be aiming to develop the full spectrum of nuclear capabilities, from plutonium and uranium-based weapons to potential battlefield use. The Obama administration might try to make one last push for a denuclearization deal like the September 2005 agreement, but success would be highly unlikely. The second scenario is no better. The machinations of North Korean leadership dynamics raise concerns about regime stability. It is not clear if the young leader is GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 65
  • 67. calling the shots or if there are power struggles among elites in the party and military over a shrinking pie. Even if internal power struggles are not the problem, Kim’s health may be. Westerners who have met the young leader in person at diplomatic functions in Pyongyang have observed that he is grossly obese, much more so than official pictures depict; that he is a chain smoker; that he drinks heavily; and that his face looks unusually unhealthy for a 29- or 30-year-old. There is a history of heart disease in the family (Kim’s father and grandfather both died of massive heart attacks), as well as purported kidney and liver problems. The chances that he can rule for decades like his predecessors are slim. The challenge for the United States will be how to maintain focus on this problem when the White House will be preoccupied with Ebola in West Africa, Russia and Ukraine, and the war against ISIS. A crisis with the North (in the form of a fourth nuclear test or provocations against South Korea) will certainly grab attention, but the reaction will be to seek a temporary solution that provides compensation to Pyongyang in return for de-escalation—a familiar outcome that has contributed directly to the growth of the North’s nuclear program over the past 25 years. On the other hand, if the North does not invoke a crisis it will mean little attention from Washington, allowing the North’s nuclear program to develop unimpeded. as reluctant as the south koreans may be to work with their neighbor, enhanced u.s.- japan-korea trilateral alliance cooperation is the best answer to north korea’s threats and possible regime instability. The best antidote to this catch-22 is to continue robust defense cooperation with South Korea. This means enhancing missile defense, including the introduction of Terminal High Altitude Area Defense (THAAD) to the peninsula; delay of the transfer of wartime operational control (OPCON) from the United States to South Korea; and a rigorous regimen of military exercises to reinforce deterrence. Washington and Seoul might consider improved defense cooperation in areas like drone technology, which could be useful against North Korea. Regional security also requires better defense cooperation and information sharing between South Korea and Japan. As reluctant as the South Koreans may be to work with their neighbor, enhanced U.S.-Japan-Korea trilateral alliance cooperation is the best answer to North Korea’s threats and possible regime instability. North Korea is not the only issue on the U.S.- Republic of Korea (ROK) security agenda in 2015. Look for the two allies to complete a new civilian nuclear energy agreement that will form the basis of a new era of safe and proliferation-free nuclear cooperation. Washington and Seoul are likely to put flesh on the bones of a development assistance agreement made between the two Peace Corps last year (South Korea has the world’s second-largest Peace Corps next to the United States) and on health security initiatives. These types of projects reinforce the alliance’s growing scope not only to operate on the peninsula but also to provide public goods for the broader world community. Should the Trans-Pacific Partnership be completed in 2015, also look for South Korea to be one of the first major economies to seek membership in the institution. Despite the strong ties between ROK president Park Guen-hye and Chinese leader Xi Jinping, 2015 may be a year in which we see this deepening relationship put to the test. North Korean provocations will raise expectations in Seoul that Beijing should act expeditiously in punishing the North. Meanwhile, China is likely to call in some chips with the ROK by lobbying against the introduction of THAAD to the peninsula. Neither “ask” is likely to be heeded by the other side, which will create mutual disappointment. ▶ 66 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 68. Economic Imperative in Southeast Asia Ernest Z. Bower While there is a wide range of differing perceptions about the U.S. rebalance in Southeast Asia, there is a regional consensus that a strong, sustainable U.S. presence is necessary to retain regional peace and stability, which are in turn prerequisites for economic growth. To build an effective strategy to promote its interests in the region, the United States needs to digest the fact that in Asia, economics are the foundation for security. In other words, any U.S. security and military strategy for Asia will be incomplete and ineffective without a comprehensive economic thrust. Current U.S. economic offerings are insufficient because they don’t include all of the key countries. Nor do they articulate a comprehensive goal that makes sense to Americans seeking new jobs as well as Asian partners seeking expanded investment, trade, and the benefits U.S. companies bring, including training, education, and investment in communities and infrastructure. GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 67
  • 69. A number of factors are driving Southeast Asia to send the United States a strong demand signal for engagement: ■■ Anxiety over China’s rapid economic growth and its demonstrated willingness to use economic leverage to force neighbors to conform with its demands in disputes; ■■ China’s rapid increase in military capability; ■■ Admiration for elements of what the United States stands for, including democracy, freedom, and human rights; ■■ A well-developed instinct for geopolitical balancing. President Obama’s administration deserves credit for saying and doing many of the right things in this context, including sustaining a strong bipartisan continuity of focus on Asia. His team has articulated an Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN)- focused strategic outlook that sees the new geopolitical center of gravity as the point where the Indian and Pacific oceans meet, namely in Indonesia, ASEAN’s anchor. Former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton described ASEAN as the “fulcrum” of evolving security and economic architecture in Asia. Function has followed form, for the most part. President Obama successfully engaged ASEAN by acceding to the group’s Treaty of Amity and Cooperation, joining the East Asia Summit, and establishing diplomatic relations with a reforming Myanmar. Obama’s secretaries of state have not missed an ASEAN Regional Forum; his secretaries of defense have forged ahead with the ASEAN Defense Ministers’ Meeting-Plus and held a U.S.- ASEAN Defense Forum that the United States hopes to repeat annually. The president himself elevated his annual meeting with the 10 ASEAN leaders to a summit, thereby institutionalizing the high-level engagement. Additionally, steps have been taken to deepen bilateral ties with allies and important partners. The Enhanced Defense Cooperation Agreement was negotiated in the Philippines, four littoral combat ships now have a home in Singapore, military-to-military ties with Indonesia have been normalized, and the embargo on lethal weapons sales to Vietnam has been partially lifted. These steps, in addition to concentrated efforts to establish comprehensive or strategic partnerships with other ASEAN countries, are foundational benchmarks. These steps are necessary, but not sufficient. Southeast Asia worries about Beijing’s perception that Washington won’t sustain this level of focus and investment in Asia generally and Southeast Asia in particular. Most ASEAN members believe that Beijing has committed to achieving regional leadership by the Chinese Communist Party’s 100th birthday in 2021 and regional hegemony by the People’s Republic of China’s centennial in 2049. ASEAN’s members see China incrementally testing U.S. resolve, pushing Beijing’s goals to dominate the first and second island chain in the near- to midterm. China is testing the limits of its new power, and trying to understand where lines will be drawn. This creates a dilemma for most Southeast Asian countries. ASEAN needs China to be secure, economically successful, and active in economic integration, but it does not want to be dominated by China. Nor do any Southeast Asia countries want to emulate Chinese values or governance systems, including Vietnam. This conundrum is well demonstrated by the recent debate around China’s campaign to develop a new set of Sino-centric institutions to supplant, or at least regionally augment, existing entities. A good example is the proposed Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank. ASEAN countries badly need more infrastructure investment and feel current mechanisms such as the World Bank, the Asian Development Bank, and the global private sector are not acting quickly enough. But they worry a great deal about giving Beijing more economic leverage. To complete the rebalance in Southeast Asia, the United States needs presidential leadership to build a political foundation for future engagement in Asia. President Obama needs to talk to Americans himself, in the United States, 68 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 70. about why Asia is fundamentally important to U.S. prosperity and peace. This above all other actions will convince Asia that the United States is committed for the long term. This leadership effort cannot be deputized or delegated, though the ground work has certainly been laid in speeches by successive Obama national security advisers and other key cabinet members. Asia wonders why talking about foreign policy, trade, and Asia is seen as a negative in the context of U.S. domestic politics. Asian partners are being told repeatedly that the White House will spend political capital on the asia wonders why talking about foreign policy, trade, and asia is seen as a negative in the context of u.s. domestic politics. Trans-Pacific Partnership after the November midterm elections. This is not a good message in Asia. It undercuts a belief in a sustainable and serious U.S. commitment to the region. Engagement in Asia cannot and should not be something the administration squeezes in during the lame-duck session or after elections so it doesn’t divide its political base. The United States must develop an Asia consensus that serves as a foundation for policymaking for the remainder of the 21st century and beyond. ▶ The Long View on India Richard M. Rossow Ironically, the U.S. rebalance to Asia is viewed by some in India as a pivot away from their country. Repeated U.S. attempts to initiate top-down cooperation in strategic sectors, such as civilian nuclear power and defense trade, have experienced uneven success. Today, some senior U.S. policymakers privately question efforts to court a nation that often appears unwilling to reciprocate U.S. outreach. Few would argue that, in 20 years, a rising India will not play an important role in regional stability. For the United States to be a partner in this future, it must commit to finding small ways to work toward this vision—even if there will be few instances of short-term gratification. U.S. policymakers have a powerful predilection toward tangible deliverables. Senior officials want to walk away from public service with a sense that they, as individuals, made some particular contribution to America’s strategic success. There is less interest in engaging in relationships where there are low expectations for immediate repayment. Unfortunately, India has fallen into this category. President George W. Bush placed a “big bet” on India as a distinctly important partner in Asia’s future. But with the rebalance, India sees the United States as placing multiple smaller bets across Asia, with little strategic focus on India. The truth, of course, is much more nuanced; defense relations are expanding and space cooperation is back on the agenda, while nuclear cooperation is stuck in neutral largely due to India’s inability to open the door for commercial trade. The Bharatiya Janata Party’s (BJP) resounding victory in the spring 2014 parliamentary election offers a chance to review how the United States and India might engage on strategic affairs. This BJP government is not the Congress Party, and therefore historical positions concerning nonalignment bear less significance. While there will still be adherents to GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 69
  • 71. nonalignment in the bureaucracy, policymakers will be willing to approach issues differently. While India has no desire to be seen as a junior partner to Washington, Narendra Modi’s government is more open to expanding cooperation with the United States on a whole range of global issues. There are already strong signals that New Delhi is thinking differently about its global interests, as evidenced by the Joint Statement issued following Prime Minister Modi’s September 2014 visit to Washington, D.C. While the statement rehashes and updates some of the areas previously highlighted for bilateral cooperation, it expands the number of areas where the United States and India promise to collaborate, including North Korea, Iraq, Syria, and the South China Sea. Historically, India has avoided being this specific when it comes to identifying regions where it has strategic concerns and interests. there are already strong signals that new delhi is thinking differently about its global interests. If India is interested in being a partner to the United States in developing a new Asian security architecture, there are important domestic issues within India that must be addressed. First and foremost, finding a solution to the nuclear liability issue—which has thus far precluded American commercial involvement in India’s nuclear power industry—must be tackled. Second, India must be more receptive to U.S. attempts to initiate co-development and co-production of next-generation defense equipment. Third, India must show more willingness to engage on trade. While trade and strategic issues are sometimes viewed through different lenses, many consider the Trans-Pacific Partnership free-trade agreement to be one of the more tangible initiatives of the rebalance. India’s avoidance of engaging in high-standards trade agreements, combined with the Modi government’s decision to walk away from the World Trade Organization’s Trade Facilitation Agreement in July 2014, does not give confidence that the government is ready to make tough decisions on trade issues that could bind the United States and India closer together. Building a comprehensive, strategic relationship with India will continue to be an elaborate courtship. The United States needs to sacrifice its fondness for regular, clear deliverables, and be prepared to play a long game that may take decades. But India must also show greater willingness to take decisions that form the building blocks of a deeper relationship. A thoughtful assessment of Asia in 20 years shows a convergence of interests, but there is much work to be done to make sure that the United States and India have a dependable and comfortable partnership. ▶ 70 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 72. Maintaining the U.S.-Japan Alliance Nicholas Szechenyi The U.S. rebalance to the Asia-Pacific region presents an opportunity to strengthen the U.S.-Japan alliance and further its role in maintaining regional security and prosperity. U.S. fiscal constraints and multiple crises in other parts of the world have prompted concern in Japan about the sustainability of the rebalance, but close ties with the United States are the cornerstone of Japanese foreign policy and the Abe government unveiled a national security strategy last year that mirrors U.S. diplomatic, economic, and security objectives in the region. There is much the two governments can do in the coming year to enhance alliance cooperation aimed at shaping the regional order. Revised guidelines for bilateral defense cooperation expected by the end of 2014 will update the strategic framework for the alliance and signal a commitment to strengthen deterrence in an increasingly complex regional security environment. The two governments are conducting a policy dialogue to identify priorities. Examples listed in an interim report include maritime security; air and missile defense; intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance; capacity building; and space and cyber security. Core objectives are to increase Japan’s defense capabilities and interoperability between the two militaries, and the Abe government’s July 2014 decision to reinterpret the constitution and exercise the right of collective self-defense (or aid allies under attack) is potentially a means toward both ends. Requisite legislation for this policy reform will be submitted for parliamentary debate in 2015 and it will take some time to determine the impact in operational terms. Nonetheless, the guidelines likely will address the general implications for the alliance, which include improved information sharing as well as cooperation with other regional partners, a central tenet of the U.S. rebalance to Asia. Japan will continue to seek U.S. support for its sovereignty claims over the Senkaku Islands and respond to the challenges posed by Chinese coercion in the East China Sea. Senior Obama administration officials have stated repeatedly that while the United States does not take a position on the islands’ sovereignty, it does recognize Japan’s administrative control over the islands and consequently Article V of the U.S.-Japan security treaty (which obligates the United States to defend Japan and all areas under its administrative control) applies. U.S. officials have also consistently voiced opposition to any unilateral attempts to coercively change the status quo, but declaratory policy alone will prove insufficient in deterring Chinese assertiveness. China has orchestrated multiple incursions into Japanese territorial waters and air space around the Senkaku Islands, probing activities that fall short of armed conflict but increase tension and instability. Japan would like to advance operational planning with the United States on these GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 71
  • 73. so-called gray zone contingencies and reduce the probability of accidental conflict. The guidelines revision process should facilitate such planning and the U.S. Pacific Command should shed any reticence about exploring cooperation in future gray zone scenarios. A core pillar of Japan’s national security strategy and the U.S. rebalance is economic power. In joining the Trans-Pacific Partnership trade negotiations, both countries have recognized that economic competitiveness and trade liberalization are inextricably linked. The United States and Japan, as the first- and third-largest economies in the world, respectively, are poised to fuel the economic engine that is the Asia Pacific and enhance their strategic influence by setting high standards for regional economic integration. Trade politics in both countries render the prospects for concluding TPP uncertain, but progress on the agreement in the year ahead will be critical to the credibility of Prime Minister Abe’s structural reform agenda and the economic component of the U.S. rebalance. Article II of the U.S.-Japan security treaty focuses on economic cooperation, and joint leadership on TPP is a vital tool for enhancing both economic prosperity and security. Right a core pillar of japan’s national security strategy and the u.s. rebalance is economic power. 72 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 74. now the United States and Japan are disagreeing on issues that probably account for less than 1 percent of our total bilateral trade. Both sides need to look to the larger strategic and economic picture. Japan should build on deregulation under way in the agricultural sector to sell TPP at home, and the White House needs to make the case politically not only for opening Japanese markets, but also to demonstrate to U.S. trading partners that President Obama is willing to fight for necessary Trade Promotion Authority (TPA) against opposition in his own party. As a treaty ally of the United States, Japan naturally welcomes a sustained U.S. presence in the Asia-Pacific region and wants to be a partner in realizing the objectives of the rebalance. This is evidenced by an interest in expanding the parameters for bilateral security cooperation and setting standards for regional trade. Translating these shared strategic interests into action will prove important in terms of demonstrating Japan’s leadership capacity and a sustained U.S. commitment to the region despite a plethora of foreign policy challenges elsewhere. ▶ Recalibrating on China Christopher K. Johnson Sustaining the rebalance into 2015 will require crafting fresh approaches to managing the bilateral U.S.-China relationship while reassuring the region and encouraging Chinese leaders to understand Washington’s abiding commitment to Asia without further exacerbating Chinese suspicions over U.S. intentions. On overall strategy, the administration needs to acknowledge more honestly that President Xi Jinping is not responding to the heavy dose of traditional U.S. messaging and cueing on maritime tensions and other security sore spots—or at least not in the way Washington would want. This does not require U.S. acquiescence to China’s new policy tack, but it should give U.S. policymakers pause and a desire to reflect on whether—and how—U.S. actions may need to be recalibrated to deal with this dilemma. At a more tactical level, the United States must not miss the opportunity afforded by the round of summits taking place in Asia in late 2014. China’s tone has become noticeably less shrill, especially when it comes to relations with its regional neighbors. Whether it be Xi’s successful trip to India or the steady—if still sub rosa—shift toward less antagonistic relations with Japan, it is obvious that Beijing is on at least a mini charm GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 73
  • 75. offensive. As a still relatively untested ruler on the world stage, President Xi is keen to show off his foreign policy acumen in playing host to all of the region’s most important leaders at the APEC summit. Skillful U.S. diplomacy will seek to mold that instinct into an impetus for shaping the regional environment to sustain the warming trend in the coming year. Above all, operationalizing such a strategy with China requires putting most of the administr ation’s energy into advancing the economic and other nonsecurity elements of the rebalance. Given the seeming intractability of many of the security challenges in the relationship, emphasizing these other areas offers the best chance for developing the mutual strategic trust needed to move toward common ground on thornier issues. The f ollowing three pillars would seem the most sensible policy tools in undergirding such an approach: ■■ Use the APEC and reciprocal Sunnylands summits to get the relationship back on track. Many Chinese strategic thinkers believe the summit marks a critical juncture for shaping the trajectory of bilateral ties in the remaining years of the Obama administration. This year’s Strategic and Economic Dialogue failed to act as a policy springboard for paving the way for a successful summit. Instead, it released a relatively bland series of pronouncements that, after the summer in both capitals and an intense focus early in the fall on critical domestic events in each country, leaves precious little time to think about policy solutions for elevating the relationship. Along with progress on climate change and counterterrorism, the administration should seek to disarm Xi with an unexpected gesture of support, such as endorsing China’s proposed Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank, or at least dropping our clumsy efforts to undermine it. ■■ Put more energy into the Bilateral Investment Treaty (BIT) negotiations. President Xi and Premier Li Keqiang took a substantial domestic political risk in endorsing the BIT at last fall’s 74 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 76. watershed Third Plenum. The United States should more clearly articulate its appreciation of that gesture with greater activism while simultaneously pushing the Chinese negotiators to shift from aspirational enthusiasm for the treaty toward detailing real concessions the Chinese side is willing to make. The BIT also represents the best mechanism for the United States to affect the trajectory of China’s economic reforms, which has critical implications for the more challenging business environment U.S. and other foreign firms currently are grappling with in China. ■■ Get TPP done. The rebalance can have no credibility in the region without the TPP’s successful conclusion, because the pact reflects the crystallization of the policy vis-à-vis China. It reassures U.S. allies and partners that they need not focus exclusively on the pull of China’s economy while also providing a vehicle for those in China who acknowledge that, like China’s World Trade Organization accession more than a decade ago, TPP may provide a more politically palatable pathway for making the difficult changes at home that Chinese leaders agree they must enact for their own prosperity. Despite concerns about Washington’s implementation of the rebalance, the United States is well positioned to lead in Asia. Decades of U.S. engagement have enabled Asia’s economic growth, security, and the spread of shared values. Today many regional states look to China to drive economic growth, but they rely more than ever on the United States to guarantee regional security. For this reason, it is critical that regional allies, partners, and competitors recognize and acknowledge that the United States is a Pacific power with the ability to carry out its rebalance strategy. today many regional states look to china to drive economic growth, but they rely more than ever on the united states to guarantee regional security. Implementing the rebalance will require that the United States maintain its longstanding political relationships, robust economic ties, unparalleled military capabilities, and shared values with most regional states. Although the perception in Asia is that the United States and its rebalance to the region have lost some steam, 2015 provides an opportunity for Washington to demonstrate that U.S. engagement will not only continue, but will grow. ▶ GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 75
  • 78. PART FIVE Is a Competing Economic Order Emerging?
  • 79. The Evolving Institutional Landscape Matthew P. Goodman Seventy years ago, as World War II was nearing its end, 44 allied nations assembled at the Bretton Woods resort in New Hampshire to begin rebuilding a global economic order that had been reduced to rubble over the previous 30 years. The institutions spawned by that meeting, including the International Monetary Fund (IMF), World Bank, and eventually World Trade Organization (WTO), underpinned a rules-based economic order that produced seven decades of growing prosperity around the world. Over the past decade, the credibility of these multilateral institutions has been brought into question by two failings: frequent inability to deliver on their mandate, be it stronger growth or freer trade; and outdated governance structures that do not reflect the rise of China or the other emerging economies. Various efforts have been made to fix these problems, from IMF quota reform to WTO ministerial conferences, but most of these efforts have so far failed to deliver. As a number of developments over the past year brought into sharp focus, some countries—including industrialized economies—are tired of waiting for existing institutions to perform better and have started to pursue workarounds. Some of these initiatives have been consciously designed to bolster and reenergize the multilateral order, while others appear to have been motivated by narrower considerations. But in either case, there is a risk that these new arrangements could damage the existing order if not structured and governed appropriately. Trade is one area where workarounds are becoming the norm. Frustrated by a decade of unproductive multilateral negotiations under the Doha Development Agenda, Group of 20 (G20) leaders meeting in Cannes in November 2011 called for “fresh, credible approaches” to trade liberalization. This helped spur agreement at Bali in December 2013 on a new multilateral deal on trade facilitation, designed to lower border frictions to trade. Yet within months this agreement had unraveled, as India blocked final consensus. Meanwhile, various groups of WTO members have been pursuing regional trade arrangements outside the Doha framework. In the Asia-Pacific region, talks are underway along two tracks, the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) and the Regional Comprehensive 78 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 80. Economic Partnership (RCEP). The United States and European Union are negotiating a Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP). Although all of these negotiations have been slow going, there is a reasonable prospect that one or all of these mega-regional deals will be struck within the next two to three years. Along with attempts to negotiate sectoral agreements such as an updated Information Technology Agreement (ITA-II) and a Trade in Services Agreement (TISA), these new plurilateral arrangements could be seen as a threat to the multilateral system. However, provided they remain open to new members and build on existing rules rather than undermining them, these workarounds could lay out an alternative path to a new “21st-century” set of trade rules, after years of failed attempts to reach the multilateral summit directly via the Doha round. Meanwhile, attempts to reform the original Bretton Woods institutions to align their governance structures with the new global balance of economic power have made little progress. In 2010, the United States championed an agreement in the G20 to reallocate “shares and chairs” in the IMF from the advanced countries of Europe toward large emerging markets. But these reforms have stalled due to failure of the U.S. Congress to ratify an IMF capital increase that underpins the deal. Emerging markets have clearly lost patience with the slow progress on institutional reform and have started to pursue their own workarounds. Meeting with Southeast Asian leaders in late 2013, Chinese President Xi Jinping proposed an Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB) to help meet the region’s enormous infrastructure needs, estimated at some $1 trillion per annum over the next decade. Then in July 2014, Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa launched a New Development Bank— commonly known as the “BRICS Bank”— that would pool the group’s resources to finance development projects in the five countries and possibly beyond. While many details of the AIIB and BRICS Bank remain to be worked out, these initiatives clearly signal an impulse among their founders—and especially China—for more voice in global economic governance. The real question is whether these new institutions will enhance the rules-based order or detract from it. In an encouraging sign, Beijing has gone out of its way to clarify that the governance structure and operational practices of the AIIB, including environmental and other lending standards, will be transparent and consistent with the practices of the Asian Development Bank and other existing multilateral institutions. Finally, what of the G20? Established as a leader-level forum in 2008, the G20 was effectively a reversal of an earlier workaround, the G7, which the advanced industrialized democracies had created in the 1970s initially to meet their needs as energy consumers. Expanding the table to include major emerging countries, the G20 generated unprecedented international economic cooperation to combat the global emerging markets have clearly lost patience with the slow progress on institutional reform. GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 79
  • 81. financial crisis at its first few summits. However, the forum has suffered in recent years from a waning sense of shared purpose and an inability to deliver visible results on its core mission of strong growth, financial stability, and international financial architecture reform. As host in 2014, Australia sought to restore the G20’s credibility by seeking concrete outcomes under the themes “growth and resilience,” but 2015 host Turkey is likely to have its work cut out in sustaining the G20’s role as steering group for the global economy. For all the questions about the effectiveness and legitimacy of existing multilateral institutions, and for all the recent efforts at workarounds, it is worth remembering that the postwar rules-based economic order has produced unprecedented prosperity over the past seven decades. It is difficult to believe that a fundamentally different set of institutions and rules could have produced better outcomes. The big question going forward is whether key countries have the necessary combination of willingness and capability to reform and strengthen the existing order. The United States, Europe, and Japan still have the will, but their capacity has been diminished by slow growth, fiscal constraints, and political dysfunction. China, India, and other emerging economies have growing capabilities but have not yet consistently demonstrated a willingness to lead in this area. Thus fluidity is likely to remain the hallmark of global economic governance for the foreseeable future. ▶ 80 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 82. Strengthening the Existing Order Amy Studdart The pages of the economic press are not the place to look if you are feeling gloomy about the future of the liberal order: “Japan’s corporate confidence fades,” “Germany slashes its economic forecasts,” “Yen tensions rise,” “The euro zone: that sinking feeling (again).” Along with the United States, Japan and Europe represent the pillars of the Bretton Woods system, but unlike the United States, confidence in their economic prospects is low. It is understandable why emerging economies have been looking for alternatives: no matter how useful the tools and rules of Bretton Woods have proven to be, the economies that underpin it don’t look hugely appealing. Between them, Japan and Europe have five seats at the table of the G7. The BRICS have none. Within the International Monetary Fund (IMF) Europe has 35.6 percent of the voting power, Japan has 6.7 percent, and the BRICS share 11.5 percent. As seen from China, Brazil, India and other emerging economics, these numbers represent an outdated sense of economic power and reflect neither the emergence of new major economies nor the impact of the 2008 financial crisis. But Japan and the European Union continue to represent more than a third of global GDP and have historically been responsible stakeholders. Without them, Bretton Woods is a one-legged stool. The predominant response of emerging countries to the shift in economic power over the last year has been to experiment with the establishment of new, alternative institutions, not so loosely based on the architecture of the old: the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB) and the BRICS bank mirror the functions of the Asian Development Bank (ADB), IMF, and World Bank; and BRICS summits are not dissimilar to the G7 format. While these institutions need not necessarily compete with their predecessors, the tendency toward creating alternatives, combined with protectionist instincts on trade, marks a worrying shift away from a mutually supportive, integrated global framework. The similarities of these institutions to those that already exist reflect that there is much about the current order worth preserving. It is a without japan and europe, bretton woods is a one-legged stool. GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 81
  • 83. rules-based system that has tended to reward multilateralism and international cooperation over the pursuit of a narrow conception of self-interest. Without it, it is unlikely that the emerging economies would have developed as quickly or as robustly as they have. But that order—unadjusted to new political and economic realities—is fraying as countries start to feel that working around the system will yield more benefits than working within it. The creation of more inclusive institutions like the G20 has not been enough to stop the process. If the global economic order is to persist, Europe and Japan will need to help create an environment in which emerging economies are incentivized to become stakeholders within the existing system rather than to create a new one. This will require the promise of economic dynamism and strong political leadership that can negotiate adjustments to the system that better reflect today’s balance of power without compromising on the need for responsibility. While reporting on frameworks like the BRICS has tended to focus on the geopolitical, the world’s emerging economies are primarily looking for new sources of growth. Over the last few years, they have largely seen that momentum and opportunity in one another, and especially in China. But while the developing world has been seen as the driving force behind the global economy over the last decade and a half, growth rates are slowing. In July, the IMF’s World Economic Outlook revised their prediction for this year’s global growth down by 0.3 percent, citing “a less optimistic outlook for several emerging markets.” China’s promised economic reforms have progressed in fits and starts, and even the 82 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES success of that plan would see a diminished demand for the resource exports that have driven the growth of countries like Brazil. The IMF predicts that the growth rate of advanced economies will see an uptick between 2014 (1.8 percent) and 2015 (2.4 percent). In contrast, China’s growth is predicted to fall from 7.7 percent in 2014 to 6.8 percent in 2015. The net result is that Japan, Europe, and, in turn, the Bretton Woods system of global economic governance could again start to look more appealing. In Japan, this will rest on proving that the initial bout of confidence in Abenomics—Prime Minister Abe’s plan to revitalize the Japanese economy—is not misplaced. For the European Union, it will require a unified economic plan and strong enough political leadership to see that plan through. Given the recent figures on real wage depreciation in Japan and downward revisions for Germany’s economic growth, this is a tall order. When the U.S.-Europe-Japan Trialogue was established in 1973, the statement of purpose said that the three sides “bear a special responsibility for developing effective cooperation, both in their own interests and in those of the rest of the world. They share a number of problems which, if not solved, could cause difficulty for all.” There have been few instances where that has been truer than now. The problem with the global economic order is not that the institutions are irrelevant, but instead that two of the pillars that support it look like they are crumbling. Will a new global economic order emerge? Maybe. But if Europe and Japan get their economies on the right track, it is far more likely that the existing order will simply adapt. ▶
  • 84. The Evolution of the Global Trading System Scott Miller Five years ago, Moises Naim observed in Foreign Policy that the need for effective multicountry collaboration had been rising steadily since the 1990s but attempts to craft multilateral agreements had consistently failed. “Minilateralism,” the notion of conducting international governance by assembling the fewest parties necessary for the largest effect, was Naim’s alternative in light of the repeated failure of “big” multiparty deals. The trading system faces just such a challenge today. The General Agreement on Trade and Tariffs (GATT) 1994 was one of the last “big” multiparty deals. Twenty years on, the World Trade Organization (WTO) members GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 83
  • 85. have not once reached agreement to amend the structure on a multilateral basis. Even a small, universally beneficial agreement on trade facilitation—announced with great fanfare in December 2013—unraveled this summer when it came time to implement the deal. And never mind the Doha Development Agenda (DDA), launched in 2001 and scheduled to conclude in three years, which hangs around like a snoring party guest, obstructing discussion on other issues as the memory of its onetime relevance fades. Thanks to the “win-win” character of voluntary exchange, trade goes on and traders muddle through. Total merchandise trade achieved a record-high $17.3 trillion in 2012, growing at an average annual rate of 9 percent since the launch of the DDA in 2001. The trading system works reasonably well, due in part to the strong core disciplines of the GATT, especially the principle of nondiscrimination and the obligation of members to act in the “least trade restrictive” manner. Additionally, GATT 1994’s Dispute Settlement Understanding continues to command respect among the parties and helps to avoid policy drift. Traders appreciate the rules and live with the problems and inconsistencies. In truth, trade would flourish even in the absence of trade rules. Consider hydrocarbons, which amount to 18 percent of world merchandise trade despite there being practically no agreed disciplines. Likewise, millions of people around the world have seen their diet improved over the past 20 years thanks to growing trade in agricultural products, despite persistent protectionist measures. the wto may be stuck, but trade policy has by no means stood still. Technology Leads the Way The WTO may be stuck, but trade policy has by no means stood still. Regional economic cooperation—in the form of regional trading arrangements (RTAs) or bilateral/regional free trade agreements (FTAs)—has been the political “path of least resistance.” Over 200 RTAs have been concluded and operate in concert with treaty-based protection for foreign investors, creating a network for efficient commerce. The rise in RTAs occurred in parallel to dramatic changes in information, communication, and transportation technology often referred to as “globalization.” Technological progress caused barriers to the movement of goods, services, people, ideas, and culture to fall; lowered barriers led to further innovation in the way products are designed, produced, and marketed. RTAs were a logical policy response to technological progress. Even as technological change widens the gap between commercial realities and trade policy, sophisticated RTA negotiators are discovering solutions to new issues. Electronic commerce is an example. There was no commercial use of the Internet in 1994 when the most recent GATT agreement entered into force. Subsequent FTAs negotiated by the United States have steadily improved rules and practices, and today’s negotiators continue to refine and extend the disciplines. In the absence of a broad multilateral framework, RTAs have provided a vital outlet to develop international trade architecture (and innovations therein). Nothing Succeeds Like Success Why is international trade architecture evolving “bottom-up,” through RTAs instead of a multilateral agreement? Principally because of a split among the big traders. Trade policy views are divided between advanced industrial economies that support trade liberalization and large emerging economies that favor a larger role for state intervention. This split has been evident in the Doha talks since negotiations collapsed in July 2008. Disagreement about the liberal trade regime 84/ CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 86. will not be easily overcome, since state capitalism offers stability over growth, while allowing governments to capture rents. This basic divide exists not just among WTO members, but also in the G20 and other arrangements. Over time, trade agreements that offer practical benefits tend to grow, in both members and the range of disciplines. GATT rules solved important problems in constructive ways, and the agreement’s membership grew from 102 economies in 1986 to 160 today. The Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) was conceived as a way to modernize and raise standards for trade and investment among a dozen diverse Pacific Rim economies with existing RTAs. If negotiators succeed in crafting broadly acceptable, neutral rules for issues like digital commerce, state-owned enterprises, or localization requirements, others outside of the talks may adopt the provisions, whether by joining TPP or incorporating similar disciplines in another agreement. Net, TPP could become the “next big thing” on grounds of utility. In any case, a new trade architecture is more likely to emerge in an organic, bottom-up fashion than as a colossal production of a big multilateral conference. ▶ Geopolitical Instability and Energy Markets Sarah Ladislaw The foreign policy world is churning about the current state of global affairs, leading some to argue that we are witnessing an era of major realignment in global power structures. If this is true, regional powers will see an opening to strike a new balance, seek incremental gains, settle old scores, and improve their standing. This leaves energy sectors particularly vulnerable. The geopolitical landscape and energy often impact one another. Geopolitical turmoil can affect energy markets and energy trends can upset geopolitical dynamics. In the first instance, political risk and instability affect the vitality of local, regional, and sometimes even global energy markets by causing supply disruptions or stymying investment. Recent examples of this include supply outages and under investment in Libya, Nigeria, and Venezuela among others. In the second instance, large resource discoveries can alter internal domestic or regional tensions or perceptions of relationships. The most prominent current example of this is the surge of shale gas and light tight oil in the United States and the perception of geopolitical realignment and leverage this energy market development brings. This symbiotic relationship between energy and geopolitics has been true in many parts of the world since the beginning of the modern energy economy. GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 85
  • 87. What then might an age of geopolitical realignment mean for energy? The conventional wisdom thus far is that we are living in an era of heightened above-ground risk for energy investors. Oddly enough, however, at least in the realm of global oil markets, heightened geopolitical risk in some of the world’s largest energy producers has not led to a dramatic increase in oil prices. Part of the rationale is that market fundamentals are weak, there is adequate supply despite record outages, and demand looks soft. Moreover, even in areas where there is definite political strife, major oil and gas supplies are not necessarily at direct risk. energy is used as a point of leverage, a negotiation tool, and, indeed, a weapon. Lack of a near-term price response does not necessarily mean a lack of risk or impact, however. Energy is often used as a tool in many geopolitical struggles. It is targeted for tactical and strategic aims in conflict areas—recent examples include the fights over oil fields, pipelines, refineries, and export terminals in places like Libya, Northern Iraq, and Nigeria. It is used as a tool for messaging intent and asserting authority, like the recent deployment of a drilling rig into contested South China Sea waters as a “mobile manifestation of Chinese sovereignty.” Energy is used as a point of leverage, a negotiation tool, and, indeed, a weapon. This has only become more pervasive in the age of economic statecraft. No longer is “energy leverage” only about Russia seeking to constrain European foreign and domestic policy through the use of its leverage as natural gas supplier, but it is also about a coalition of governments using a variety of sanctions to restrict investment in future oil production in Russia as part of a broader strategy to bring about a course correction to Russia’s current posture toward Ukraine. While none of these discrete activities are particularly new, the culmination of them makes so-called “above-ground issues” matter more to the energy sector than ever before. An age of realignment and heightened geopolitical 86 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 88. tension when the energy sector is already experiencing disruptive change on a variety of levels— from unconventional oil and gas development, the declining cost of solar, decentralization and digitization of energy systems, slow and uneven growth, and rising investment costs—could dampen or accelerate investments by location. During periods like this, some countries will seek to shore up energy trade flows through the erection of new trade deals or by making infrastructure investments that tie countries together. Other countries and companies will start to question the costs and benefits of being tied to the international financial system and start to explore the feasibility and limitations of alternative systems and arrangements to underpin their energy investments. And nearly everyone, from private companies to state-owned enterprises and sovereign governments will reevaluate the political risk exposure in their portfolio and their approach to managing resource development. 2015 promises to be both an uncertain and opportunistic time. ▶ Divergent Perspectives of the Democratic BRICS A Conversation with Carl Meacham, Jennifer G. Cooke, and Richard M. Rossow moderated by Amy Studdart The BRICS grouping has emerged over the last year as one of the most significant gatherings of economic power in the world. No longer just a talk shop, the most recent summit in Brazil saw the creation of the BRICS Bank, the first concrete institution formalizing future cooperation. The success of the grouping has been surprising. The BRICS members have fundamentally different economies, politics, and, presumably, reasons for wanting to be associated with the BRICS framework. Arguably, the three democracies in the group--Brazil, India, and South Africa--share more with the West in terms of political systems and values than they do with China and Russia. In the interview that follows, CSIS experts tease out the reasons why the BRICS framework has been so successful in those three countries. Carl Meacham, director of the Americas program talks about Brazil’s approach; Jennifer Cooke, director of the Africa program, addresses South Africa’s role; and Rick Rossow, director of the India program, explains what the BRICS has meant to India in the past, and how that might change under a new government. Amy Studdart: What is the significance of being a part of the BRICS to Brazil, India, and South Africa? Carl Meacham: In many ways what the BRICS countries share is their individual incomparability. Within its own regional or subregional context, each BRICS member clearly stands out. But unlike its fellow BRICS, Brazil is not an undisputed leader in its region—a region it shares with the United States. But it is the largest, most promising, and fastest-growing developing country in the Western Hemisphere, and that isn’t to be taken lightly. In a region accustomed to U.S. leadership and dominance, Brazil is a rising star—and one that increasingly demands to be taken seriously on its own terms. Richard M. Rossow: For India, creating the BRICS as an alternative to the Bretton Woods institutions made sense when the Congress Party was leading the country. Congress’ commitment to “nonalignment,” while perhaps a bit weaker than when Jawaharlal Nehru was prime minister, remains GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 87
  • 89. an overriding principle of the Party’s foreign policy. They prefer to spread their chips across the table, instead of placing heavy bets on any individual partnerships. Supporting alternative development institutions made sense. So far the Modi government’s foreign policy is a mix of shoring up relations with immediate neighbors, and courting larger countries to make critical investments into India. The support for the creation of the BRICS institutions in July 2014 does not appear aligned with the primary objectives of the Modi government’s overall foreign policy. It remains to be seen if the July summit was merely following through prior commitments while the government carved out its own foreign policy goals, or if support for BRICS remains strong. Prime Minister Modi’s own statements on the need for BRICS refer to weakness in major economies, the need for people-to-people exchanges, and a concern about the impact of developed nation’s monetary policy on the Indian market. bric membership is seen less as a vehicle to advance a global strategic vision than as a means to advancing national commercial and economic interests. Jennifer G. Cooke: South Africa is an odd choice for inclusion in the BRICS grouping. The country’s infrastructure and financial service base are relatively sophisticated compared to much of Africa, but with a GDP of just $351 billion in 2013 and a population of 50 million, it is not exactly poised to become a driver of global economic growth. Nigeria, with a bigger and faster-growing economy and triple South Africa’s population would arguably have been a better African candidate. But being the grouping’s sole African member may give South Africa a boost in global prestige, burnish its credential as a representative of “African” interests in global forums (a notion that other African countries might dispute), and perhaps most important, afford it greater and more frequent access to investment and borrowing opportunities with Chinese and Indian counterparts. It also fits with a popular ideological rhetoric within segments of the ruling African National Congress of a South Africa that stands up to the overweening influence of Western powers. Studdart: How do India, Brazil, and South Africa view their relationship with China within the BRICS framework? Rossow: It has been surprising to see the Narendra Modi-led BJP government maintain the nation’s support for the BRICS institutions. The BJP [Bharatiya Janata Party) leans more toward a “realpolitik” foreign policy, and views China as the country’s long-term strategic and economic competitor. While aligning with China on BRICS activities provides some important positive connectivity, it is difficult to envision India playing anything but a junior role in this “partnership,” which will create pressure in New Delhi to withdraw. Meacham: China is, at this point, pivotal to the Brazilian economy—and it is this economic closeness that forms the lion’s share of the Brazil-China relationship. China is, without a doubt, a strategic partner for Brazil in economic terms, though the two countries differ on many fundamental issues. But those issues aside, China is Brazil’s largest trading partner. Trade flows have grown over tenfold since 2003, making the two the biggest partners within the BRICS. Brazil is among China’s largest destinations for foreign direct investment, with Chinese cash fueling construction and development projects across Brazil. So, in short, Brazil’s relationship with China—both within the BRICS and outside that framework—is fundamentally an economic one focused on the two countries’ overlapping interests and growth trajectories. Cooke: Views within South Africa about its burgeoning relationship with China are mixed. The South African leadership has been very open to partnership with the Chinese, and President Zuma has assiduously cultivated the diplomatic and commercial relationship, which plays well within nationalist, far-left factions of the ANC [African National Congress]. But the whole-hearted embrace of China has not been without controversy, 88 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 90. with some critics arguing that in its rush to find alternatives to traditional Western partners, South Africa risks becoming overly beholden to a new great power. The Dalai Lama has been refused an entry visa into South Africa three times in the last three years (once after receiving a personal invitation to celebrate the birthday of anti-apartheid hero Bishop Desmond Tutu), leading some critics to paint Zuma as a new lackey of the Chinese. The import of inexpensive Chinese goods, particularly textiles and clothing, has hit local manufacturers and the textile industry hard. And President Zuma himself voiced concern over the lopsided nature of the relationship, calling the supply of raw materials to China without benefit of local value addition unsustainable. Studdart: Each of the BRICS countries is also a member of the G20. What do South Africa, India, and Brazil hope to achieve through the BRICS framework that they cannot through the G20? Cooke: Aside from an occasional rhetorical flourish, South Africa under President Jacob Zuma has not shown much real interest in trying to reshape the global rules through the G20 or any other global forum. For the most part, BRIC membership is seen less as a vehicle to advance a global strategic vision than as a means to advancing South Africa’s national commercial and economic interests. Membership in the smaller group gives South Africa greater global cachet, and a more exclusive relationship with China. In time, however, and with more focused intention, South African leadership may calculate that it will have greater influence in a smaller, South-South grouping than the more diffuse G20, and that the grouping could potentially serve as a vanguard for a broader constituency for global governance reform. Rossow: India shows habitual concern about the development of global economic pacts and standards where it does not exhibit sufficient influence alone. The World Trade Organization is the most obvious example, but India has voiced concerns about developments in other areas such as Internet governance, global taxation regulation, patents, and more. Meacham: In many ways, the flexible BRICS format is the best-case scenario for Brazilian engagement in the world, given the country’s preference for nonbinding interactions on the global stage. The summit-style arrangement and its inherent malleability are what make the forum so appealing to Brazil. Through the summits, Brazil is empowered to identify those areas in which cooperation would best suit its own needs. In many ways, Brazil’s engagement with the BRICS reflects Brazil’s increasing tendency to look to the global economy to address its own development goals. The BRICS framework complements Brazil’s more established partnerships in innovation and research, providing a low-risk but potentially high-reward alternative to the existing order. The BRICS summit in Brazil this summer demonstrated an as-yet unseen coordination among the member states for the future of the alliance—a future that probably could extend beyond complementing the present world order. But it would likely be difficult to align the objectives of the five members on a broad range of economic, geopolitical, and security issues, given their asymmetrical interests. ▶ GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 89
  • 92. PART SIX Will Ebola Evolve from a Health Crisis to an Economic and Governance Crisis?
  • 93. The Trajectory of Ebola and our Response J. Stephen Morrison Ebola in West Africa is a modern plague, unlike anything we have seen. In less than a year since the epidemic reportedly began, President Obama, the UN Security Council, World Health Organization (WHO) Director General Margaret Chan, and others have declared the epidemic a grave threat to security in Africa and beyond—including the United States. By late October, there were 10,000 confirmed cases, and over 5,000 deaths in Guinea, Liberia, and Sierra Leone. (The largest previous outbreak, in Gulu, northern Uganda, in 2000, was 424 cases.) These numbers, thought to represent as little as a quarter of the true scale, are expanding exponentially, doubling every 20 days. By early December, the epidemic is expected to reach 10,000 new cases per week. The precise trajectory in 2015 is difficult to predict, as West Africa heads into the unknown. Under a worst-case scenario laid out by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), the total number of cases in Liberia and Sierra Leone could reach 1.4 million in January 2015. Under less extreme projections that assume quicker international progress in bringing the epidemic under control, the number might be half, a quarter, or less, but none of these options is comforting. Whichever scenario materializes, it is safe to expect that the epidemic will march forward at a fierce pace into 2015. That will happen in parallel with an international mobilization, led by the United States, the United Kingdom, and the UN Mission for Ebola Emergency Response (UNMEER), that races against time—incrementally—to put in place structures and programs that, it is hoped, will cut the chain of transmission across countless communities. The backdrop will feature steady economic regression, worsening food insecurity, and health systems in collapse that leave people without access to safe delivery, malaria treatment and control programs, and care for diabetes, along with other critical services. For U.S. policymakers, Ebola is a tricky two-front war, fought both at home and abroad. It is now the task before Ron Klain, the newly appointed White House Ebola coordinator (czar) to figure out the way forward. In an unprecedented military-led international health intervention, President Obama pledged in September the deployment of U.S. forces (now upwards of 4,000) and $1 billion over the first six months. ($750 million in military assistance has been committed, with the option of another $250 million. U.S. civilian emergency assistance exceeds $350 million.) At home, all visitors arriving from Sierra Leone, Liberia, and Guinea are now routed through five hub airports where they are subject to advanced screenings. The U.S. military has assembled a 30-person emergency medical team and CDC has begun to deploy “swat teams,” each to 92 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 94. assist hospitals across the country that find themselves handling Ebola cases, before those cases are transferred to one of four biocontainment facilities. CDC protocols for the handling of Ebola cases have been revised and strengthened, and training of medical personnel has intensified across the nation. Ebola’s two fronts are interdependent and at times in considerable tension with one another. It is not possible to reduce the threat of importation of Ebola into the United States if the source— burgeoning Ebola in West Africa—is not quickly brought under control, if not extinguished altogether. Yet how, when, and if control of Ebola in West Africa is to be achieved remain highly uncertain propositions. And the longer these uncertainties persist, the more difficult it will become to sustain essential political and financial commitments by the White House and Congress to stay the course in West Africa, and the more difficult it will become to fend off an increasingly frightened population in the United States that demands greater unilateral protections at our points of entry. These crosscutting pressures will only intensify. As the initial first six months draws to a close in the first quarter of 2015, the Obama administration, Congress, the media, and the American people will debate difficult, messy choices. At home on American soil, the overriding goal is to protect Americans, minimize the importation of cases, and when cases do appear, ensure U.S. health institutions are equipped to contain outbreaks. It is fundamentally a battle to manage fear, preserve confidence, strengthen capacities to control infection and trace contacts, and thereby minimize the threat that the disease poses to individuals, to front-line institutions like Texas Health Presbyterian Hospital, and to the credibility of the presidency itself (including the reform of U.S. health system under the Affordable Care Act) and key public health agencies like the CDC. As we discovered following the Liberian Thomas Eric Duncan’s arrival in Dallas in September, and the subsequent secondary infections of the two nurses, a very few bungled cases can swiftly ignite public panic, recriminations, and a political emergency that reaches into the White House. At the same time these incidents raise pressures for a travel ban and the tightening of visas, steps that reach beyond enhanced thermal screening and interviews at major U.S. airport hubs. If harsh exclusionary measures are imposed, however, these could weaken commercial air links and the GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 93
  • 95. flow of essential health workers, emergency personnel, and commodities. That in turn will worsen pressures upon the U.S. military to fill the resulting gaps and aggravate the perception within West Africa that medieval quarantine measures are being imposed. In Liberia, the overriding U.S. goal is to cut the chain of transmission by effectively isolating those who have been exposed and infected from all others. That is a tall order that requires the rapid entry of a flood of personnel and goods. The vital U.S. military contributions in Liberia are to create a command-and-control capacity; erect an air bridge from Dakar, Senegal; construct a health worker training center, a 25-bed facility for care of health workers, and 17 treatment facilities with 1,700 beds; and deliver mobile laboratories, protective gear for health workers, and thousands of home care kits. The operational delivery of emergency health services is the responsibility of some combination of nongovernmental groups and civilian contractors, though how exactly that interface is to be managed has yet to be sorted out. There are not yet answers to several other fundamental questions. Across the three countries, upwards of 20,000 trained national and international staff are required, at least half in Liberia, yet recruitment continues to be seriously impeded by the highly lethal threat of Ebola itself, a worsening climate of instability and chaos, and uncertainty about whether international staff will be guaranteed adequate health care, including medevac arrangements to Europe or North America. For the United States and others to be confident that both the threat of Ebola across the region will be addressed effectively, and that a future handoff to a multilateral effort will be possible, it is critical that other major donors come soon to the table with major commitments and begin to deliver quickly, especially in neighboring Sierra Leone and Guinea. Filling out the donor ranks and spurring quick action, however, remain problematic. There has been recent progress. The United Kingdom has committed 750 troops and 300 million pounds; the World Bank and IMF over $400 million in emergency facilities; and the EU 130 million euros. The Chinese have pledged $200 million, including 200 medical personnel, and the Cubans over 400 doctors and other skilled medical staff. Interestingly, Mark Zuckerberg, Bill Gates, and Paul Allen have stepped forward with, respectively, $25, $50, and $126 million in quick-disbursing assistance to fill critical gaps. But despite these gains, the shortfall in pledges for UNMEER’s $988 million appeal is over $630 million. Given the uncertainty, fear, and risk, many donors are hanging back. The stability of Liberia, Sierra Leone, and Guinea remains an open question: the danger is real that current governing structures, being weak, corrupt, and widely held in popular contempt, could dissolve into violent chaos. There has been discussion of the possibility of the Ebola virus mutating to become airborne, and of terrorists using Ebola as a bioweapon: both possibilities are remote but do incite fear in the blogosphere far more plausible is the risk that ebola will become endemic to the large coastal cities where it is now rampant, and that it will spread to other neighboring states. and elsewhere. Far more plausible is the risk that Ebola will become endemic to the large coastal cities where it is now rampant, and that it will spread to other neighboring states. Most vulnerable are Ivory Coast, Ghana, and Mali. While Senegal and Nigeria have scored early successes in managing Ebola cases, each remains vulnerable. 94 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 96. There is awareness of the acute need to accelerate the development of new technology tools—vaccines, therapies, rapid tests—and much action is under way in each area. Realistically, progress will be slow. There is reason to be hopeful, but new solutions are not expected to become widely available for some time, and are not expected to shape outcomes in this current urgent phase. Debate over post–Ebola reconstruction has not yet begun, but will become increasingly important. The same is true for what the international community should do to repair a broken WHO that failed at critical moments in 2014 to intervene and sound the alarm, despite prodding from Doctors Without Borders (MSF), the true heroes of this tragic saga, and other witnesses. In closing, U.S. leadership in response to the Ebola crisis has been bold, ambitious, risky, and quickly evolving. It rests on unprecedented military commitments to answer a dangerous modern plague. It tests our nation’s resolve on two complex fronts that will remain in tension with one another. It requires navigating profound uncertainties. ▶ The Economic Impact of the Ebola Outbreak Daniel F. Runde and Conor M. Savoy Ebola is quickly moving from a regional public health crisis to a regional economic and political crisis that threatens to overwhelm the fragile development gains made by Sierra Leone and Liberia over the past decade. Beyond the immediate impact the disease is having on the public he alth systems of the three countries affected, Ebola is now having a significant economic impact. At the moment this is confined primarily to the tri-country region of Liberia, Sierra Leone, and Guinea, but as borders remain closed, there is a growing possibility that it could threaten the broader West African region’s economic well-being. The World Bank estimates that in the short term, meaning for the remainder of the year, Guinea will see a reduction in GDP of 2.1 percent, Liberia will see a reduction of 3.4 percent, and Sierra Leone’s GDP will be reduced by 3.3 percent. Moreover, the fiscal impact for each country is significant, with Liberia seeing a loss of $93 million, Sie rra Leone $79 million, and Guinea $120 million. Each of these numbers is significant on its own. What makes the numbers truly startling is that these states are some of the poorest on the poorest continent in the world. Liberia and Sierra Leone are both slowly recovering from disastrous civil wars that were only resolved in the early 2000s. Since then, both have seen significant economic gains. GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 95
  • 97. This has included high GDP growth rates that have helped to generate additional revenues to help fund critical investments. In addition, both have attracted impressive amounts of foreign direct investment (FDI), with Liberia alone seeing $16 billion in FDI since the end of the civil war. These trends are now in danger of being reversed. On a country level, Ebola is causing commerce to grind to halt. Some of the hardest-hit areas in the tri-country area are the “bread basket” regions and this, combined with the closing of national borders, is causing food prices to spike. This has already caused citizens to horde food, but the worst may be to come if prices continue to rise and may trigger civilian unrest. Liberia’s economy, for example, is dominated by mining, agriculture, and services, all of which are coming under severe strain. China Union, one of two iron ore producers in Liberia, suspended operations at its facilities in Liberia in August. ArcelorMittal, the other iron ore producer, is suspending its expansion plans. On the agricultural side, palm oil and rubber producers are reducing production, which has significant implications for export earners. International financial institutions such as the International Monetary Fund, World Bank, and African Development Bank have responded with significant support packages for the three countries. In addition, several bilateral donors, including the United States, have pledged financial and material support to help the countries control and stabilize the outbreak. These all represent good short-term support that should help Liberia, Guinea, and Sierra Leone bare the initial costs of this crisis. To be sure, the international community needs to focus on stopping the spread of Ebola, but planning should also begin for helping these countries to recover rapidly once the disease is under control and the crisis passes. What seems clear from the cases of Liberia and Sierra Leone is how quickly the institutions of state are being overwhelmed by Ebola. The most obvious manifestation of this is the local public health ser vices, which were weak prior to the Ebola outbreak. The danger now is that as the outbreak continues, other government institutions will begin to be affected by the disease. If this happens, then recovery from this crisis will be far more difficult. The Ebola crisis in West Africa is, unfortunately, a stark reminder that for all of the “Africa rising” stories there are significant challenges remaining at the country level. Liberia and Sierra Leone have been two countries that many have sought to highlight as leading performers on the continent, in spite of their ongoing fragility. And, yet, it appears that these gains were relatively narrow and, as is so often the case, a major crisis is exposing a lack of resilience in existing institutions. The challenge for the governments of these three countries and international donors is to concentrate on building resilient institutional capacity that will help to guarantee that future economic gains are not lost to disease or other crises. ▶ 96 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES the ebola crisis in west africa is, unfortunately, a stark reminder that for all of the “africa rising” stories there are significant challenges remaining at the country level.
  • 98. contributors JON B. ALTERMAN is a senior vice president, holds the Zbigniew Brzezinski Chair in Global Security and Geostrategy, and is director of the Middle East Program at CSIS. Prior to joining CSIS in 2002, he served as a member of the Policy Planning Staff at the U.S. Department of State and as a special assistant to the assistant secretary of state for Near Eastern affairs. Before entering government, he was a scholar at the U.S. Institute of Peace and at the Washington Institute for Near East Policy. ALISON BOURS is creative director at CSIS. She designs and manages the production of CSIS publications, manages the CSIS brand, and develops graphics for all external communications. She previously served as deputy director of external relations, program manager and marketing associate, program assistant, and intern in the Office of External Relations. She is a certified graphic and type designer and also holds a B.A. in political science from the University of Wisconsin at Madison. SAMUEL BRANNEN is a senior fellow in the International Security Program at CSIS, where his research focuses on U.S. defense and national security strategy and policy, unmanned systems policy, and Turkey. Prior to rejoining CSIS in May 2013, Brannen served at the Pentagon as special assistant to the principal deputy under secretary of defense for policy. Earlier, he served as country director for Turkey, Cyprus, and Malta in the Office of Secretary of Defense, and as special assistant to the deputy under secretary of defense for strategy, plans, and forces. ERNEST Z. BOWER is a senior adviser, Sumitro Chair for Southeast Asia Studies, and codirector of the Pacific Partners Initiative at CSIS. He is recognized as a leading expert on Southeast Asia. He is president and CEO of BowerGroupAsia, a business advisory firm he created and built. Before forming his company, he served for a decade as president of the US-ASEAN Business Council, the top private business group composed of America’s leading companies in Southeast Asia. VICTOR CHA is a senior adviser and Korea Chair at CSIS and is a professor of government and director for Asian Studies at Georgetown University. From 2004 to 2007, he was director for Asian affairs at the White House, where he was responsible for coordinating U.S. policy for Japan, the two Koreas, Australia, New Zealand, and the Pacific Island nations. He also served as U.S. deputy head of delegation to the Six-Party Talks and has acted as a senior consultant on East Asian security issues for different branches of the U.S. government. EDWARD C. CHOW, senior fellow in the Energy and National Security Program at CSIS, is an international energy expert with more than 30 years of oil industry experience. He has worked in Asia, the Middle East, Africa, South America, Europe, and the former Soviet Union, and he has advised U.S. and foreign governments, international oil companies, multinational corporations, multilateral agencies, and international financial institutions. CRAIG COHEN is executive vice president at CSIS. In this role, he serves as deputy to the president and CEO, responsible for overseeing and helping to achieve all aspects of the Center’s strategic, programmatic, operational, outreach, fundraising, and financial goals, including recruitment of new program directors to CSIS. Previously, Mr. Cohen served as vice president for research and programs, deputy chief of staff, and fellow in the International Security Program. He has directed research on foreign assessments of U.S. power for the National Intelligence Council, codirected CSIS’s Commission on Smart Power, and has authored reports on Pakistan, foreign assistance, and post-conflict reconstruction. HEATHER A. CONLEY is senior vice president for Europe, Eurasia, and the Arctic and director of the Europe Program at CSIS. Previously she served as deputy assistant secretary of state in the Bureau for European and Eurasian Affairs in the Department of State, where she was responsible for U.S. bilateral relations with Northern and Central Europe. Additionally, she served as the executive director to the chairman of the American National Red Cross and was a senior associate with the international consulting firm Armitage Associates. GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 97
  • 99. JENNIFER G. COOKE is director of the Africa Program at CSIS. She works on a range of U.S.-Africa policy issues, including security, health, conflict, and democratization. She has written numerous reports, articles, and commentaries for U.S. and international publications. Previously, she worked for the House Foreign Affairs Subcommittee on Africa, as well as for the National Academy of Sciences in its Office of News and Public Information and its Committee on Human Rights. ZACK COOPER is a fellow with the Japan Chair at CSIS, where he focuses on Asian security issues. Prior to joining CSIS, Mr. Cooper worked as a research fellow at the Center for Strategic and Budgetary Assessments. He previously served on the White House staff as assistant to the deputy national security adviser for combating terrorism. He also worked as a civil servant in the Pentagon, first as a foreign affairs specialist and then as a special assistant to the principal deputy undersecretary of defense for policy. ANTHONY H. CORDESMAN holds the Arleigh A. Burke Chair in Strategy at CSIS. He is a recipient of the Department of Defense Distinguished Service Medal and has held positions in the Departments of Defense, Energy, and State, and at NATO. JOSIANE GABEL is vice president for programs and institutional partnerships at CSIS. In this role she supports a wide range of CSIS programs and special initiatives, develops and oversees CSIS executive education, and supports partnerships with other institutions. She serves as the executive director of the Brzezinski Institute on Geostrategy. She is also responsible for running CSIS’s professional development, leadership, and ethics training as director of the Abshire-Inamori Leadership Academy. MATTHEW GOODMAN holds the William E. Simon Chair in Political Economy at CSIS. Previously, he served as director for international economics on the National Security Council staff, working on the G-20, APEC, and other forums. Before joining the White House, Goodman was senior adviser to the undersecretary for economic affairs at the U.S. Department of State. He has also worked at Albright Stonebridge Group, Goldman Sachs, and the U.S. Treasury Department. MICHAEL J. GREEN is senior vice president for Asia and Japan Chair at CSIS and an associate professor at the Edmund A. Walsh School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University. His research and writing focuses on Asian regional architecture, Japanese politics, U.S. foreign policy history, the Korean peninsula, Tibet, Burma, and U.S.-India relations. He joined the National Security Council in 2001 and from January 2004 to December 2005 was special assistant to the president for national security affairs and senior director for Asian affairs. JOHN J. HAMRE is president and CEO, Pritzker Chair, and director of the Brzezinski Institute at CSIS. Before joining CSIS, he served as the 26th U.S. deputy secretary of defense. Before joining CSIS, he served as deputy secretary of defense and undersecretary of defense (comptroller). In 2007, Secretary of Defense Robert Gates appointed him to serve as chairman of the Defense Policy Board. KATHLEEN H. HICKS is a senior vice president, the Henry A. Kissinger chair, and director of the International Security Program at CSIS. Prior to joining CSIS, she ser ved as principal deputy under secretary of defense for policy and deputy under secretary of defense for strategy, plans, and forces. She focuses on U.S. national security and foreign policy, geopolitical trends, and defense matters. CHRISTOHPER K. JOHNSON is a senior adviser and holds the Freeman Chair in China Studies at CSIS. An accomplished Asian affairs specialist, he spent nearly two decades serving in the U.S. government’s intelligence and foreign affairs communities and has extensive experience analyzing and working in Asia on a diverse set of country-specific and transnational issues. STEPHANIE SANOK KOSTRO is acting director of the CSIS Homeland Security and Counterterrorism Program and a senior fellow with the CSIS International Security Program, where she focuses on a range of issues affecting defense, foreign affairs, and development. Prior to joining CSIS, she served at the U.S. embassy in Baghdad, where she developed policy options for the U.S. government’s efforts to support a sovereign, stable, and self-reliant Iraq. 98 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 100. ANDREW C. KUCHINS is a senior fellow and director of the Russia and Eurasia Program at CSIS. He is an internationally known expert on Russian foreign and domestic policies. He publishes widely and is frequently called on by business, government, media, and academic leaders for comment and consulting on Russian and Eurasian affairs. SARAH O. LADISLAW is a senior fellow and director of the CSIS Energy and National Security Program, where she concentrates on the geopolitics of energy, energy security, energy technology, and climate change. She has authored papers on U.S. energy policy, global and regional climate policy, clean energy technology, as well as European and Chinese energy issues. Ms. Ladislaw teaches a graduate-level course on energy security at the George Washington University. MAREN LEED is senior adviser with the Harold Brown Chair in Defense Policy Studies at CSIS. From 2011 to 2012, she served as senior adviser to the chief of staff of the U.S. Army. From 2009 to 2011, she was a senior fellow and director of the New Defense Approaches Project at CSIS, where she led projects on topics as diverse as military personnel costs, the future of ground forces, amphibious capabilities, and service cultures. She previously served as an analyst at the RAND Corporation. JAMES A. LEWIS is a senior fellow and director of the Strategic Technologies Program at CSIS. His research involves innovation and economic change, Internet policy and cyber security, space programs, and intelligence reform. Previously, he was a member of the U.S. Foreign Service and Senior Executive Service. The policies he helped develop include counterinsurgency in Asia and Central America, military basing in Asia, conventional arms transfers, commercial remote sensing, high-tech exports to China, and Internet security. HAIM MALKA is deputy director and senior fellow in the Middle East Program at CSIS. His principal areas of research include violent non-state actors, North Africa, political Islam, and the Arab-Israeli conflict. Before joining CSIS in 2005, he was a research analyst at the Saban Center for Middle East Policy at the Brookings Institution, where he concentrated on Israeli-Palestinian issues and U.S. Middle East foreign policy. Malka spent six years living in Jerusalem, where he worked as a television news producer. JEFFREY MANKOFF is deputy director and fellow with the CSIS Russia and Eurasia Program. Before joining CSIS, he served as an adviser on U.S.-Russia relations at the U.S. Department of State as a Council on Foreign Relations International Affairs Fellow. From 2008 to 2010, he was associate director of International Security Studies at Yale University and an adjunct fellow at the Council on Foreign Relations. CARL MEACHAM is director of the CSIS Americas Program. He joined CSIS from the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, where he served on the professional staff for Senator Richard Lugar (R-IN) for over a decade. He served as the senior adviser for Latin America and the Caribbean on the committee, the most senior Republican Senate staff position for this region. In that capacity, he travelled extensively to the region to work with foreign governments, private-sector organizations, and civil society groups. SARAH E. MENDELSON is a senior adviser and director of the Human Rights Initiative at CSIS. From May 2010 to May 2014, she served as deputy assistant administrator, responsible for democracy, human rights, and governance, in the Bureau for Democracy, Conflict and Humanitarian Assistance at the U.S. Agency for International Development. ANDREW A. MICHTA is an adjunct fellow with the CSIS Europe Program and the M.W. Buckman Distinguished Professor of International Studies at Rhodes College. His areas of expertise are international security, NATO, and European politics and security, with a special focus on Central Europe and the Baltic states. SCOTT MILLER is a senior adviser and holds the William M. Scholl Chair in International Business at CSIS. From 1997 to 2012, Mr. Miller was director for global trade policy at Procter & Gamble, a leading consumer products company. In that position, he was responsible for the full range of international trade, investment, and business facilitation issues for the company. J. STEPHEN MORRISON is senior vice president and director of the Global Health Policy Center at CSIS. He publishes widely, has led several high-level task forces and commissions, and is a frequent commentator on U.S. foreign policy, global health, Africa, and foreign assistance. He GLOBAL FORECAST 2015 / 99
  • 101. served as committee staff in the House of Representatives and has been an adjunct professor at the Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies. CLARK A. MURDOCK is a senior adviser for the U.S. Defense and National Security Group at CSIS and director of the Project on Nuclear Issues. His research focuses on defense and national security issues, including strategic planning, defense policy and governance, and U.S. nuclear weapons strategy and policy. He directed the four-phase study on Defense Department reform, “Beyond Goldwater-Nichols,” which released multiple reports from 2004 through 2008. RICHARD M. ROSSOW is a senior fellow and holds the Wadhwani Chair in U.S.-India Policy Studies at CSIS. In this role he helps frame and shape policies to promote greater business and economic engagement between the two countries. He joined CSIS in 2014, having spent the last 16 years working in a variety of capacities to strengthen the partnership between the United States and India. DANIEL F. RUNDE is director of the Project on Prosperity and Development, holds the William A. Schreyer Chair in Global Analysis, and codirects the Project on U.S. Leadership in Development at CSIS. He focuses on private enterprise development, the role of private actors in development, and the role of “emerging donors.” Previously, he headed the Foundations Unit for the Department of Partnerships and Advisory Service Operations at the International Finance Corporation and was director of the Office of Global Development Alliances at the U.S. Agency for International Development. THOMAS SANDERSON is codirector and senior fellow in the CSIS Transnational Threats Project, where he works on terrorism, transnational crime, global trends, Central Asia, and intelligence issues. With fieldwork across nearly 60 countries, he engages all manner of sources including extremists, insurgents, foreign intelligence officials, nongovernmental organizations, clergy, and academics. He has authored or coauthored 13 CSIS reports, as well as opinion pieces and articles in major newspapers. CONOR M. SAVOY is deputy director and fellow with the Project on U.S. Leadership in Development at CSIS, where he focuses on implementing and guiding the project’s research agenda. He has contributed to several CSIS reports and commentaries. Prior to this, he worked in energy consulting and as a research associate at the Council on Foreign Relations in Washington, D.C. NICHOLAS SZECHENYI is a senior fellow and deputy director of the Japan Chair at CSIS. His research focuses on U.S.-Japan and U.S.–East Asia relations. In 2009, he was selected as an inaugural fellow of the U.S.-Japan Network for the Future program, established by the Maureen and Mike Mansfield Foundation. Prior to joining CSIS in 2005, he was a news producer for Fuji Television in Washington, D.C., where he covered U.S. policy in Asia and domestic politics. SHARON SQUASSONI is director and senior fellow with the Proliferation Prevention Program at CSIS. She joined the Center from the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, where she was a senior associate in the Nuclear Nonproliferation Program. From 2002 to 2007, Ms. Squassoni advised Congress as a senior specialist in weapons of mass destruction at the Congressional Research Service, Library of Congress. AMY STUDDART is deputy director and fellow of the William E. Simon Chair in Political Economy at CSIS, where she explores current issues in international economic policy, with a focus on the Asia-Pacific region. Prior to joining CSIS in 2014, Ms. Studdart worked in Brussels at the German Marshall Fund of the United States and, before that, at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace. JUAN C. ZARATE is a senior adviser to the Transnational Threats Project and the Homeland Security and Counterterrorism Program at CSIS. He is the Chairman and Co-Founder of the Financial Integrity Network, and is also senior national security consultant and analyst for CBS News, as well as a visiting lecturer of law at Harvard Law School. He is a former deputy assistant to the president and deputy national security adviser and former assistant secretary of the Treasury. He sits on the Board of Advisors of the National Counterterrorism Center and on the Board of Directors of the Vatican's Financial Information Authority. He is the author of the new book, Treasury's War: The Unleashing of a New Era of Financial Warfare. 100 / CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
  • 102. 1616 rhode island avenue nw washington, dc 20036 tel. (202) 887.0200 fax (202) 775.3199